Blog

Heroes from Aceh – DKI Jakarta Governor Anies Baswedan changed the name of Jalan Inspection Kalimalang on the north side to Jalan Laksamana Malahayati, namely a national hero from Aceh. Anies said that Admiral Malahayati’s role in dealing with the invaders needed to be appreciated and dedicated.

The change in the name of the road is based on Governor Decree No. 1242 of 2021 concerning the Determination of the Name of Jalan Laksamana Malahayati replacing the Name of Jalan Inspection Kalimalang on the North Side.

Besides Admiral Malahayati, there are many heroes from Aceh whose names are immortalized as street names and place names in DKI Jakarta. Here are the names of these heroes and their short biographies:

1. Cut Meutia

Tjoet Nyak Meutia was born on February 15, 1870 and died on October 24, 1910. He was an Indonesian national hero who came from the Aceh region. He was buried in Alue Kurieng, Aceh. Cut Meutia was declared a national hero of Indonesia based on Presidential Decree Number 107/1964 in 1964.

Cut Nyak Meutia or Cut Meutia is the son of Teuku Ben Daud Pirak and Cut Jah. In their marriage, they were blessed with 5 children. Cut Meutia is the only daughter in the family. The oldest brother is named Cut Beurahim, then followed by Teuku Muhammadsyah, Teuku Cut Hasen and Teuku Muhammad Ali. Cut Nyak Meutia’s parents are native Acehnese, a Uleebalang in the village of Pirak which is in the Keuleebalangan Keureutoe area.

At first, Cut Meutia fought against the Dutch together with her husband, Teuku Muhammad or Teuku Cik Tunong. However, in March 1905, Cik Tunong was arrested by the Dutch and executed on the Lhokseumawe beach. Before he died, Teuku Cik Tunong gave a message to his best friend Pang Nanggroe to be willing to marry his wife and take care of his son, Teuku Raja Sabi.

Cut Meutia then married Pang Nanggroe carrying out her husband’s will and joined other troops under the leadership of Teuku Muda Gantoe. In a battle with the Marechausée Corps in Paya Cicem, Cut Meutia and the women fled into the forest. Meanwhile, Pang Nagroe continued to fight until he died on September 26, 1910.

Cut Meutia then got up and continued to fight along with the rest of his troops. He attacked and seized colonial posts while moving towards Gayo through the wilderness. However, on October 24, 1910, Cut Meutia and his troops clashed with Marechausée in Alue Kurieng and in that battle Cut Nyak Meutia died.

On December 19, 2016, the Government of the Republic of Indonesia, enshrined Cut Nyak Meutia in the Republic of Indonesia’s new rupiah banknotes with a nominal value of IDR 1,000.

In DKI Jakarta, the name Cut Meutia is immortalized as the name of the street and the name of the mosque located in the Central Jakarta area.

2. Cut Nyak Dien

Cut Nyak Dhien was born in Lampadang, Kingdom of Aceh, in 1848 and died in Sumedang, West Java on November 6, 1908; he was buried in Mount Quail, Sumedang. Cut Nyak Dhien is an Indonesian National Hero who comes from Aceh and fought against the Dutch during the Aceh War.

After the VI Mukim region was attacked, she fled, while her husband Ibrahim Lamnga continued the battle against the Dutch. The death of Ibrahim Lamnga at Gle Tarum on June 29, 1878, finally brought Cut Nyak Dhien further in his resistance against the Dutch.

In 1880, Cut Nyak Dhien married Teuku Umar, after he had previously been promised to be able to go down on the battlefield if he accepted the proposal. From this marriage, Cut Nyak Dhien was blessed with a child named Cut Gambang. After his marriage to Teuku Umar, Cut Nyak Dhien and Teuku Umar fought together against the Dutch. However, on February 11, 1899 Teuku Umar died.

Cut Nyak Dhien was eventually arrested and taken to Banda Aceh. There, he was treated and his illness began to improve. The existence of Cut Nyak Dhien, who was considered by the Dutch to still have a strong influence on the resistance of the Acehnese people and his relationship with the Acehnese warriors who had not been caught, made him then be exiled to the Sumedang area. Cut Nyak Dhien finally died on November 6, 1908 and was buried in the Mount Quail area, Sumedang. The current name of Cut Nyak Dhien is enshrined as Cut Nyak Dhien Nagan Raya Airport in Meulaboh.

In DKI Jakarta, the name Cut Nyak Dhien is immortalized as the name of the street and the name of the mosque in the Central Jakarta area.

3. Teuku Umar

Teuku Umar is a hero of Indonesian independence from Meulaboh, West Aceh District. He struggled to defend Aceh from the Dutch by using the strategy of pretending to cooperate with the Dutch, so that he was given full trust to lead troops with weapons. When the weapons had been collected, he immediately turned around and attacked the Dutch.

Positions held by Teuku Umar include:

1. In 1878, Teuku Umar had served as Keuchik of Gampong Darat (now Johan Pahlawan District) and became Commander of the People’s Defense when the Dutch attacked Meulaboh
2. In 1887, together with Teuku Tjik Abdurahman, the crown prince of Teuku Tjik Ali, uleebalang Meulaboh.
3. In 1889, he was appointed by the Sultan of Aceh as Admiral/Amirul Bahar or Panglima Laot in western Aceh. He was always active in assisting the finances of the Sultan, Teungku Tjik Ditiro, and Panglima Polem through regular cash transfers.

Teuku Umar made peace with the Dutch in 1883. However, one year later war broke out again between the two. 9 years later, in 1893, Teuku Umar began to find a way to beat the Dutch from ‘within’. He then pretended to be a Dutch henchman. This action made Cut Nyak Dien furious because he felt embarrassed and confused.

For his services in subduing several defense posts in Aceh, Teuku Umar won the trust of the Dutch. He was then given the title Johan Pahlawan and given the freedom to form his own army with a total of 250 soldiers and facilitated by complete weapons from the Netherlands. The Dutch did not know that this was only the strategy of Teuku Umar, who had collaborated with Acehnese warriors before. Not long after, Teuku Umar was given an additional 120 soldiers and 17 commanders including Pangleot as his assistant and right hand man.

March 30, 1896, Teuku Umar finally left the Dutch military service. It was here that he then launched an attack based on the tactics and strategy of war that he had. Together with troops equipped with 800 guns, 25,000 bullets, 500 kg of ammunition and 18 thousand dollars in cash, Teuku Umar together with Teuku Panglima Polem Muhammad Daud and 400 of his followers slaughtered the Dutch. It was recorded that 25 people died and 190 were injured from the Dutch.

Governor Deykerhof, who at that time replaced Governor Ban Teijn, had trusted Teuku Umar all this time, feeling hurt and angry because he had been betrayed by Teuku Umar. Deykerhof then ordered Van Heutsz and his large army to arrest Teuku Umar. A sudden attack was launched on the Meulaboh area and it was this attack that took Teuku Umar’s life. He was shot and died on the battlefield, precisely in Kampung Mugo, on February 10, 1899.

The name Teuku Umar is immortalized as the name of a street in an elite area in Central Jakarta.

4. Polem Commander

Panglima Polem or who has the full name Teuku Panglima Polem Sri Muda Perkasa Muhammad Daud is an Acehnese commander. Until now, clear information has not been found regarding the date and year of Panglima Polem’s birth, what is clear is that he is from the descendants of the Acehnese nobility. His father, Panglima Polem VIII Raja Kuala, was the son of Teuku Panglima Polem Sri Imam Muda Mahmud Arifin who was also known as Cut Banta (Panglima Polem VII (1845-1879). Mahmud Arifin was Commander of Sagoe XXII Mukim Aceh Besar.

In 1893, Panglima Polem joined Teuku Umar with the aim of fighting Dutch colonialism. Previously, Teuku Umar carried out a strategy by pretending to surrender and then attacking the Dutch again together with Panglima Polem. In 1897 in the Seulimeum ​​area, Panglima Polem together with his troops fought against the Dutch. In that battle, the Dutch managed to conquer three fortifications that were previously built by Panglima Polem along with his troops.

The defense made in the Gayo area succeeded in frustrating the Dutch because they always failed to master it. Then, the Dutch carried out a cunning strategy by trying to kidnap the family of King Daud Syah from Aceh. The Dutch finally succeeded in kidnapping the sultan’s wife named Teungku Putroe in the Glumpang Payong area. Besides that, the Dutch also arrested another sultan’s wife named Pocut cot Murong and the Sultan’s son in Lam Meulo. The Dutch then forced Sultan Daud Syah to surrender and sign a peace treaty with the Dutch.

Apart from that, the Dutch also threw threats that if Sultan Daud Syah did not immediately surrender, then his family who had been arrested would be thrown into exile. Because of this threat, in January 1903, Sultan Daud Syah was forced to make peace with the Dutch. The Dutch then exiled Sultan Daud Syah to Ambon and to Batavia until he died in 1939.

The arrest of Sultan Daud Syah apparently influenced the Polem Commander who was still fighting in Aceh. Until finally Panglima Polem was forced to surrender and make peace with the Dutch in 1903. Panglima Polem was then detained until he died in 1939.

The name Panglima Polem is immortalized as one of the roads in the Blok M area, South Jakarta.

5. Teuku Cik Di Tiro

Teuku Chik Di Tiro is a scholar and national hero from the Pidie area, Aceh. He is very famous for inflaming the spirit of Sabil war in the Acehnese people to continue to fight against Dutch colonialism.

Quoted from the official website of the Aceh Provincial Government, Teuku Chik Di Tiro’s Sabil War movement managed to frustrate the Dutch in the period 1881-1890. Teuku Chik Di Tiro finally died on January 25, 1891 and was allegedly poisoned by the enemy.

The name Teuku Chik Di Tiro is immortalized as the name of a street in the Menteng area, Central Jakarta.

6. Admiral Malahayati

Keumalahayati, born on January 1, 1550 and died on June 30, 1615 was a warrior from the Aceh Sultanate. His father was Admiral Mahmud Syah. His grandfather from his father’s line was Admiral Muhammad Said Syah, son of Sultan Salahuddin Syah who became leader in 1530–1539 AD. Sultan Salahuddin Syah was the son of Sultan Ibrahim Ali Mughayat Syah (1513–1530 AD), who became the founder of the Kingdom of Aceh Darussalam.

In 1585–1604, he served as Head of the Secret Commander’s Palace Guards and Commander of Government Protocol from Sultan Saidil Mukammil Alauddin Riayat Syah IV.

Malahayati’s struggle to fight the invaders began after the battle in Teluk Haru. The Aceh Sultanate’s naval fleet against the Portuguese fleet. In that battle, Admiral Zainal Abidin, the husband of Malahayati, died. After being abandoned by her husband, Malahayati made a suggestion to the Sultan of Aceh to form an army consisting of the widows of Acehnese soldiers who had died in war. The request was granted and Malahayati was appointed as the leader of the Inong Balee troop with the rank of admiral. Malahayati is the first Acehnese woman to receive this rank.

Admiral Malahayati was not only proficient on the battlefield. He was also good at conducting peace negotiations on behalf of the Sultan of Aceh with the Dutch. The negotiations were an attempt by the Dutch to free Frederick de Houtman who had been arrested by Admiral Malahayati. The peace is realized. Frederick de Houtman was free, but the Dutch were obliged to pay compensation to the Sultanate of Aceh. Admiral Malahayati was also the person who received James Lancaster, namely the envoy from Queen Elizabeth I of England.

Admiral Malahayati died in 1615. His grave is in Lamreh Village, Krueng Raya District, Aceh Besar District. Admiral Malahayati earned the title of National Hero on November 9 2017.

Now the name Laksamana Malayati has officially replaced the Kalimalang Inspection Road on the north side in Pondok Kelapa Village, Duren Sawit Village, Pondok Bambu Village, Duren Sawit District and Cipinang Muara Village, Cipinang Besar Selatan Village, Jatinegara District, East Jakarta.

• 17 Indonesian Women National Heroes
• Get to know the Traditional Weapons of West Sumatra
• List of Indonesian National Heroes 
• 6 Very Inspiring Heroes of Independence
• List of Revolutionary Heroes and Their Short Profiles

 

Funny Javanese rhymes – In Indonesian society, you must be familiar with the term rhymes because since elementary school we have known rhymes in Indonesian lessons. Pantun is generally known as a type of old poetry which is very famous in the archipelago and allied neighboring countries.

Pantun as part of literature has various forms and types and even has its own characteristics in several regions. As in Java, rhymes are known as parikan, as part of traditional rhymes. Pantun as part of a literary work also has a function as a medium to express the contents of the heart and mind through oral and written forms.

Besides that, rhymes also have a function as a means to entertain the heart through the choice of witty words and it is not uncommon for rhymes to be used as part of an art performance because they are considered to have cultural elements in some areas.

In Javanese, we will know pantun as a medium of entertainment because of the use of Javanese regional language vocabulary which is funny and very entertaining to hear.

So, for that, Sinaumed’s friends can understand more about rhymes, especially rhymes in Javanese, which can cheer up the mood of Sinaumed’s friends who are upset or have hard days. Therefore, in this discussion, we have summarized various information related to rhymes in Javanese that can make your days fun and happy.

Further discussion regarding Funny Javanese Poems can be seen below!

Meaning of Pantun

Before discussing further examples of rhymes in funny Javanese, it’s a good idea for Sinaumed’s friends to also listen to information related to the meaning of rhymes in general first!

Pantun is a form of writing that is bound by rules. In the past Pantun was oral literature, people used to rhyme together. They say it verbally without thinking. But over time, now we also find written poetry.

Haji Ibrahim Datuk Kaya Muda Riau, a writer who lived at the same time as Raja Ali Haji, was the first person to write this oral literature. The first pantun anthology is entitled “Persatuan Pantun Melayu”.

The main characteristic of pantun is that it does not include the name of the author (anonymous). This is because Pantun is spread by word of mouth.

Pantun is also an ancient poem that is read in the archipelago. Almost all regions have rhymes. Pantun itself comes from the Minangkabau language. The original word is pantun, which translates to “guide”.

In simple terms, pantun is a type of ancient poetry that is widely known throughout the archipelago. Each region has a name that is almost familiar, namely “Pantun”, but has a different expression depending on the region. The word pantun is found in several different languages ​​in the archipelago, Tagalog (watch), Javanese (guidance), toba (rhyme), have the same meaning, namely regular expressions, a form of unity, an educational direction.

The interesting thing about the word pantun is that in Simalungun it means satire, whereas in Sundanese the word Sisindiran means a form of poetry known as pantun. The term Pantun in Central Java is called Parikan, in the Toraja area Pantun is known as Bolingoni. Pantun is often used in Makassar traditional arts, including: kelong-kelong, Banyuwangi: Gandrung, Banjarmasin: Ahui and Tricks in Surabaya: Ludruk, West Java: Doger songs.

So it can be said that most of the meanings of the word pantun agree with the arrangement or rules. The meaning of Pantun according to that given by RO Winsted is a Malaysian cultural scholar. RO Winsted argues:

Pantun is not just a combination of words with rhythm and rhyme, but a beautiful arrangement of words to describe warmth such as affection, love, longing and revenge from the speaker of the rhyme. Pantun can also contain critical and creative ideas or ideas as well as deep content in different meanings. Like the origin of words, pantun is actually a synonym of vocabulary built in relation to the conventional criteria of physical form and anonymous (anonymous) folk poetry. There are also people who say that the word pantun originally means like or similar.

There are also those who say that the word pantun comes from the word pantun (Minangkabau language) which means instructions for conveying advice based on oral literature to convey/pronounce quotes and proverbs that are known in the community.

Typically, a pantun consists of four lines (or four arrays if written), each containing 8-12 syllables and ending with the rhyme pattern abab and aaaa (not aabb or abba). Pantun was originally an oral literature, but now there are written rhymes. All pantun forms consist of two parts: cover and content.

The first two lines of sampiran are often related to nature (experiencing naturalization of the agricultural culture of the supporting community) and usually have nothing to do with the second part, which has a purpose other than to convey rhymes/poetry.

Until now, rhymes are still often used in offering ceremonies (proposals) and also in marriages. There is also used as a greeting to open and close events.

Both in Java, Sundanese, Medan and other areas, the function of expressing thoughts and feelings in the form of rhymes is to educate the public as well as provide entertainment by playing the sound of language and providing satire as a warning against some inappropriate/bad actions.

But that doesn’t mean our society doesn’t have the power to say something. Pantun has its own style of conveying/expressing something to make it more memorable. When we advise or scold people who use rhymes they look more polite and those who scold don’t feel cornered or embarrassed. Thus the explanation that we can describe about the meaning of pantun in various regions, hopefully it can add to our knowledge.

The Role of Pantun Function

As a means of preserving language, Pantun acts as a guardian of the function of words and the ability to continue the flow of thought. Pantun trains someone to think about the meaning of words before speaking. It also trains associative thinking that one word can be linked to another. Socially, pantun still has a strong social mission to this day.

Pantun is universally appreciated by today’s youth. The pantun shows the speed of human thinking and playing with words. But in general, the social role of pantun is a means to improve message delivery.

The closeness of social values ​​and pantun even comes from the philosophy of the pantun itself. The pantun custom of not skipping rhymes is a philosophy related to rhymes. This proverb shows that pantun is related to social values ​​and not just imagination.

The spirit of the essence of the rhyme becomes the guide for the rhyme. This declaration emphasizes the role of pantun as a guardian and medium of culture in conveying and supporting societal values.

Meanwhile, rhymes in Minangkabau culture are used in various traditional events. For example, at Manjapuik Maraplai (groom meeting), Batagak Gala (title coronation ceremony), Batagak Penghulu (prince coronation) or other traditional ceremonial speeches.

Poems in Tradition

A tradition of expression that is generally unwritten and often humorous in content, the so-called “pantun” is a traditional art widespread in the mostly Malay areas of Malaysia, Brunei, Singapore and the Indonesian archipelago.

Some of the “pantun” performances are narrative in nature; For example, the Kentrung tradition in Central and East Java uses the pantun structure to tell stories about religious history or local history accompanied by drums.

Basically, most of Indonesia’s traditional literature forms the basis of complex performances of various genres, such as West Sumatra’s “Randai” Minangkabau region, which combines music, dance, drama, and martial arts in a spectacular ceremonial mix.

Examples of pantun in Javanese

Pantun does not only function as a messenger, but often becomes entertainment in itself with words that are pleasant to hear.

Especially if the poem contains humor. Funny rhymes can make the atmosphere smooth, fun and unforgettable.

There are some funny rhymes that can make you laugh. This happy moment will be even more unforgettable when you read funny rhymes in the local language. One of the most widely used regional languages ​​is Javanese. Javanese funny rhymes can still be funny.

After Sinaumed’s’ friends have listened to the meaning of rhyme, its function, and its position as part of literature in several traditions, let’s look at some examples of funny rhymes in Javanese which we hope can entertain you all, Sinaumed’s friends, as follows:

1. Buto ijo, leaving school

Ra nduwe bojo, no problem

2. Sego liwet, lawuhe jlantah

Sega rawon, less uyah.

Oh dear, when are you getting married,

Mawon’s boyfriend, kulo rang gaga.

3. Hold kloso, slow wong papat

Dino tuesday, let’s cheer up.

4. Gatotkoco manganese gombong,

Nek kekonco, ojo just trimo ndomblong.

5. Intention to work, don’t golek perkoro,

6. Intention to get fortune, don’t get rich,

7. The intention is to find dhuwit, not to find disease.

8. Some books, some knowledge,

As knowledge, as teacher.

9. Some teachers, some inventors,

Seje discoverer, seje sing lulled.

10. Urip kui pretends to be crowded, pretends to be quiet,

If you can do it, you can’t leave it for coffee.

11. Jenenge urip must have a trial,

Yen akeh saweran, kui jenge dangdutan.

12. Abdul Somad, lecture in East Java,

My body is strong, my heart is crying out.

13. Brambang harvest, housed in a godong

Wes is overdoing it dear, even being carried away by uwong.

14. Saiki dino kemis wayahe pay debts,

A man without a mustache is like a sky without stars.

15. Entut mambu riot,

Mlebu’s overdoing, lazy rep ndudut.

16. City Market, Monument Market,

Atiku is ambyar, mergo your slira.

17. Tuku gedang chips, green wraps,

Tiwas mbribik ngasi stayed up all night, broke wis nduwe bojo.

18. Sing iki flower, sing iku shard,

Sing kene sing dear, sing kono sing happy ending.

19. Jaran braids don’t know how fussy,

It’s easy to get money, just go to the angel.

20. Japanese motorbikes are tenacious machines,

Borrowing money is easy, nagihe sing bulet.

21. Yen duwe jaran, ojo roughed up,

At first, he asked for advice, finally he was courted.

22. Yen basise wis male, not legitimately danced,

Yen uripmu wis fales, no need digitari.

23. Pring roof, wadhahe noodles,

The curry was nembung, even kneaded.

24. Can sing, can refine,

Can live, ora can match.

25. Golek Banyu Nang Riverside,

Dinggo Raup feels warm.

26. Kowe ojo change lali,

Mergo I love you so much.

27. Tumbas tamarind vegetables lali ra pay,

Keep mesem, senajan heart ambyar.

28. Ngarit suket, karo brakes,

Yen is not tight, I’m not marem.

29. The car crashes, ra isoh race,

Raine pale, do not eat breakfast.

30. Don’t spinach, lawuh crackers,

Disawang is calm, but my heart is broken.

31. Don’t remember not being beautiful,

What is missed is moving.

32. Tuku manganese, adohe tutuk German,

You don’t need to be charming, the important thing is to find food and clothing.

33. Crackling in a bucket,

Your nose is pug, your lambe is dower.

34. Neng pandan turns round,

Make a double call, bojone staff.

35. Kloso pandan taline limo,

Arepo shrimp, still macaryo.

36. Mangan peek, karo klopo,

Dadi wong urip, try.

37. Lungo herbal medicine shop

Order a gari siji limo

Grandma, I’m tresno marang sliramu

opo yo, I have to joke around with this

38. Say goodbye to Seturan

Jebule dolan n Nang Palagan

Senajan’s heart is still hungry

tangi saur must keep going

39. Sego bancaan dimaem Mas Rian

I don’t care if I’m a destination, I’m just going to run away

40. Neng Cedhak’s woodcutter, Pasar Triwindu

You are not alone, im here with you

41. Tuku onion kliru mrico

Wes overdo it dear…eee..mek is considered a sidekick

42. Grilled chicken tamarind vegetables, lambene mesem atine ambyar

43. Milkfish karo bread manganese

Fry peyek in the middle of the pan

Bojo is handsome and his heart is broken,

delicious, bad boy, please don’t like it

44. Flower yo flower, nek keno wind yo run away

Fight yo fight, grandma is not appreciated yo retreat

45. Cah wedok sangune powder,

ono cah boy untune gingsul

Kulo’s intention is badhe cedak,

Even though the wangsul arranged it, the real one was actually arranged by the wangsul

46. ​​Mount Talang, Mount Sumbing,

nyong sing struggle wong liya sing partner

Nek ngiwo yo ngiwo feels like a grandmother

Sing lungo yo lungo I miss you

47. Godong tales Godong durian,

Chat is not answered even though online

48. Neng playing dakon field with Paul Pogba

Tiwas tenanan ha, how come it seems like it’s broken, even if you try it

49. Dino the second week of the second

Sing missed why even double

50. Can dance

can not distill

Can live

can’t sing

51. Nang Magelang, ono Borobudur

Nek ra loved, yowes backwards

52. Godong klapa jengeklari, arep greet wedi being ignored

53. Nyangking klapa kiwe tengen, no greeting or no meaning no miss

54. Ana flower ketcep nails,

Grandma, my friend, I love my father’s friend

55. Nandur jae nang kills the house

no problem, no problem

 

Conclusion

That’s all for a brief discussion of the definition of funny rhymes in Javanese. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of humorous rhymes in Javanese, but also discusses further the meaning of rhymes, the role of pantun functions, rhymes in tradition, as well as examples of sarcasm sentences that Sinaumed’s friends can look at carefully.

Understanding the meaning of funny rhymes in Javanese gives us additional knowledge about various examples of rhymes in Indonesian literature, including funny rhymes, especially in Javanese, which can entertain all Sinaumed’s friends.

This is a review of the meaning of funny rhymes in Javanese. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about the meaning of pantun. And other knowledge related to language and literature, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Pandu Akram

Related article:

80+ Collection of Examples of the Best Advice Poems and Their Meanings

7 Educational Pantuns and Their Complete Explanations

Collection of examples of limericks with various themes and very funny

Definition of Pantun: Purpose, Function, Type, Characteristics and Examples of Pantun

Examples of Children’s Rhymes: Limerick, Advice, Joy

Intransitive Active Sentences – When learning Indonesian material, Sinaumed’s definitely understands that there are several types of sentences, including active sentences and passive sentences. The striking difference between the two types of sentences is the existence of a subject who does something (verb). What’s more, in the process of speaking we often use different word classes and are adapted to the context. This word class can be in the form of nouns, verbs, adjectives, numerals, and many others. So, each word class also has its own function .

In discussing the variety of sentences, which include active sentences and passive sentences, are two things that are often encountered in everyday life. Yep, the existence of active sentences and passive sentences is most often used in everyday conversation. In the active sentence variety, it can be further divided into transitive active sentences and intransitive active sentences. The key difference between the two is the use of objects and adverbs. In intransitive active sentences, they use adverbs, both adverbs of place and time after the predicate. So, what are the examples of intransitive active sentences? What is the definition of intransitive active voice? What are the differences between objects and complements so as to divide this variety of active sentences? Well, so that Sinaumed’sunderstand it, let’s look at the following review!

51 Examples of Intransitive Active Sentences

1. Dimas met with Adhi this afternoon. (S – P – Complement – ​​Adverb of Time)
2. We practiced theater at Uncle Fikri’s studio. (S – P – Complement – ​​Description of Place)
3. Rini laughed because she heard a very funny joke. (S – P – Explanation of Reason)
4. Mrs. Septi was tricked into billions of millions of rupiah. (S – P – Consequence Description)
5. I’m still going to go to the meeting even if it’s raining. ( S – P – Comparative Description)
6. Mr. Sabda cultivates crops in his garden. (S – P – Place Description)
7.  Lucas shivered during the heavy rain last night. ( S – P – Description of Time)
8. Mail burst out laughing. (S – P – Consequence Description)
9. Uncle always cursed when he was angry. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
10. The killer of a girl has been caught by the local police. (S – P – Statement of Reason)
11. Susanti fell down the stairs while playing with her friends. (S- P – Complementary – Adverb of Time)
12. All the students from the Language class ran towards the canteen. (S – P – Description of Purpose)
13. Our house alarm goes off when a burglar enters. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
14. Rani was very depressed by Father’s words. (S – P – Statement of Reason)
15. A weasel is trapped by Tok Dalang’s trap. (S – P – Statement of Reason)
16. My sister is scared when she is at home alone. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
17. Father’s hand was badly injured. (S – P – Complementary)
18. The crow flew up into the sky. (S – P – Description of Purpose)
19. Meta’s leg hit a nail on the field. (S – P – Complementary – Place Description)
20. Grandmother died 5 months ago. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
21. My study was disturbed by the sound of dangdut. (S – P – Statement of Reason)
22. The man was lying on the side of the road. (S – P – Place Description)
23. Students ask questions about how to quickly do exam questions. (S – P – Complementary)
24. Tiara likes to sing in the shower. (S – P – Place Description)
25. Riko and his friends ran when they heard thunder. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
26. Uncle and Aunt want to relax for a while in our house. (S – P – Complementary – Place Description)
27.  Father returns to sail in three months (S – P – Time Description)
28. The athlete did not run according to the coach’s instructions. (S – P – Complementary – Instructions)
29. We all fell silent when we heard mom and dad fighting. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
30. Brother wants us to get dressed quickly. (S – P – Complementary – Instructions)
31. The whale breathes through lungs. (S – P – Tool Description)
32. The group worked non-stop until the morning. (S – P – Complement – ​​Adverb of Time)
33. Vero is tempted by Rizky’s flattery. (S – P – Method Description)
34. We remember the time when all the family got together on Christmas Day. (S – P – Complement – ​​Adverb of Time)
35. Students learn through the zoom application. (S – P – Tool Description)
36. We all screamed when the living room light suddenly went off. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
37. All the money in Mira’s piggy bank disappeared suddenly. (S – P – Method Description)
38. The students asked about a quick way to solve math problems in the Algebra chapter. (S – P – Complementary)
39.  Mother has a hard time taking care of her sick sister. (S – P – Complementary – Explanation of Reason)
40. The little boy fell into the Musi river. (S – P – Place Description)
41. Three climbers got lost while climbing Mount Rinjani. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
42. The guests sang happily in the hall of the building. (S – P – Complementary – Place Description)
43. Rafa fell in front of Pak Darman’s house. (S – P – Place Description)
44. His body was covered in blood since morning. (S – P – Complement – ​​Adverb of Time)
45. Ika was singing when her friends came. (S – P – Adverb of Time)
46. The heroes have sacrificed body and soul for the nation and state of Indonesia. (S – P – Complementary – Statement of Purpose)
47. Father chose to work at home by selling salted eggs. (S – P – Complementary – Instructions)
48. The king was shot by a stray bullet belonging to the robbers. (S – P – Complementary – Ownership Information)
49. We smiled happily seeing all of the Fizi family united. (S – P – Complementary)
50.  Shiva smiled. (S – P – Complementary)
51. Angger and Angga get into a fight just because they are fighting over a Detective Conan comic. (S – P – Statement of Reason)

Know What is Intransitive Active Voice?

After listening to several examples of these intransitive active sentences, is Sinaumed’s able to understand what they mean? We will discuss one by one …

Basically, active sentences can be called that if the subject is the doer of the action and is stated in the predicate which is also an active verb. These active verbs are usually indicated by the use of verbs with affixes meN-, ber-, and aus verbs. This definition distinguishes it from passive sentences.

Well, active sentences are further divided into 2 types, namely transitive active sentences and intransitive active sentences. Although there are also some experts who state that this active sentence is divided into 3 types, with the addition of semitransitive active sentences.

According to Sugono (2009: 119), transitive active sentences are sentences that have a role as the perpetrator of the action stated by the predicate and the object as the target. That is, the transitive active sentence will have a structure consisting of SPO. The thing that distinguishes this type of sentence from intransitive active sentences is the presence of objects and verbs that start with meN-.

Furthermore, in intransitive active sentences are sentences where the subject actually does the action stated by the predicate and does not require an object. Even though there is no object, intransitive active sentences have complements that usually start with -. Another characteristic of this intransitive active sentence is the presence of verbs such as return, go, rise, enter, and others.

Differences between Objects, Complements, and Adverbs

Active sentences, generally will contain objects, complements, and adverbs. In transitive active sentences it is usually indicated by the presence of an object. Then, in intransitive active sentences it is marked by the presence of a complement. The similarity between the two is that there are also adverbs present. In this case, many people cannot distinguish between objects, complements, and adverbs. Let’s look at the following review so that Sinaumed’s understands this.

object	Complementary	Adverb
Usually it is in the type of transitive active sentence	Usually in intransitive active sentences.	There are 2 types of active sentences, both transitive active sentences and intransitive active sentences.
Is something subject to action.	Is something that serves to complete the sentence structure.	Is a word that is used to provide information in a sentence.
The position is preceded by a predicate.	Its position is preceded by a predicate, because its function is to complete the predicate.	It has several types, for example adverbs of place, adverbs of time, adverbs of manner, adverbs of cause, adverbs of effect, and others.
Usually in the form of nouns and nominal phrases.	In the form of nominal phrases, verbal phrases, prepositional phrases, adjective phrases, even clauses.	Different types of adverbs, there will be different words as references.
If the object includes a noun, nominal phrase, or pronoun, it will refer to the third person singular, so it is replaced with -nya.	It can’t be the subject, especially when it’s changed into the passive voice.	Its existence in a sentence is not essential, so its use is arbitrary.
Can be in the form of a clause, preceded by the word “that”.	Cannot be changed into its form. Except in prepositional combinations other than to, from, in , and will .	Its existence is very much needed, especially in declarative sentences which do require the presentation of information as a whole.

Know Other Sentence Types

Before discussing other types of sentences, it is better if Sinaumed’s understands what sentences are. Basically, a sentence is one of the elements of language in the form of a series of words. In the sentence will usually show the contents of the thoughts of the author in full. The basic pattern of a sentence is Subject + Predicate + Object + Adverb or Complement . The predicate in a sentence does not have to be a verb or verb, but also nouns and adjectives.

Sentence is the smallest unit of language in spoken or written form that expresses the author’s thoughts as a whole and ends with final intonation, aka dot (.). Sentences are also the basic composition of a discourse. That is, a discourse will only be formed if there are two sentences or more which are located sequentially and are based on discursive rules.

The types of sentences commonly used in a text can be reviewed based on certain things, starting from:

• Predicate type
• Place the predicate
• Completeness of the elements
• Expansion of the elements
• Number of patterns
• The speaking aspect
• The culprit

Types of Sentences According to the Type of the Predicate

1. Verb Sentences

That is a sentence whose predicate is formed from the existence of a verb or verb. Example: Rafa rode his new bicycle this morning.

2. Noun Sentences

That is a sentence whose predicate is formed from a noun or noun phrase. Example: Kynan is a girl .

Types of Sentences According to the Location of the Predicate

1. Normal Sentences

That is a sentence whose subject precedes the predicate. Usually, the sentence pattern in this type of sentence is the basic pattern, namely SPOK. Example: Yudha notes the teacher’s questions.

2. Sentence Inversion

That is a sentence where the predicate comes before the subject. Example: Mr. threw the trash away.

Types of Sentences According to the Completeness of the Elements

1. Minor Sentences

Namely a sentence that consists of only one central element. That is, there is only one word but it is able to show the meaning of the sentence. Example: “Close!”, “Help!”, “Hurry!”.

2. Elliptical Sentences

That is a sentence in which one of the central elements is omitted because the reader must have understood it even though the element is not present. Example:

He was going to Jakarta, but I was going to Bandung. – He will go to Jakarta, but I will go to Bandung.

In the second sentence, the word “went” in the clause can be omitted and the meaning will remain the same.

3. Major Sentence

Namely a sentence that contains at least two central elements which consist of a subject and predicate (SP) or can even be more than that, for example given a description (SPOK). Example:

Nature (S) will go (F) tomorrow morning (K)

Types of Sentences Based on the Expansion of the Elements

1. Core Sentence

Actually, this core sentence is a major sentence which only consists of two main elements to become its central element, namely the core element of the subject and the predicate element. The characteristics of the main sentence are as follows:

• Consists of two words.
• Normal intonation.
• Has the usual arrangement.

Example:

The twins, who were born, died after being treated for sixteen days in an incubator.

Key sentence: the child died.

2. Transformational Sentences

Namely a core sentence that has received expansion. Example:

Key sentence: He’s gone

Transformational Sentence:

• He’s leaving
• He will go with me
• He will go with me tomorrow morning

Types of Sentences Based on the Number of Patterns

1. Single Sentence

That is a sentence that only consists of one sentence pattern or one clause only. Sentence patterns in this type are formed by the subject and predicate. However, there are also more complete patterns, namely subject, predicate, object, complement or description. Example:

Raka came home from school.

2. Compound Sentences

Namely a sentence consisting of two sentence patterns or two even more clauses. This compound sentence can usually be formed from the combination of several single sentences. In this type of sentence, it can be classified into three types, namely:

• Equivalent compound sentences, which are connected by equivalent conjunctions.
• Multilevel compound sentences, which are connected by unequal conjunctions.
• Mixed compound sentences, which are connected by equivalent and unequal conjunctions with three or more clauses.

Types of Sentences Based on the Actor

1. Active Voice

That is a sentence whose predicate does a job. The main characteristic of this sentence is that the predicate is a verb starting with me(N) and ber-. Example: Fikri is reading.

2. Passive Sentences

That is a sentence whose subject is imposed by the work. Usually, the predicate in this type of sentence will start with at- or ter-. Example: The ball was kicked by Arkie.

3. Direct and Indirect Sentences

a) Direct Sentences

Namely sentences in the form of news sentences that contain events or incidents from other sources, by directly imitating, quoting, or repeating the words from that source. Example: Adi says, “Collect the picture books today!”

b) Indirect Sentences

Namely a variety of news sentences that contain events or incidents from other sources but the structure has been changed by the speaker, namely by not imitating or saying it again directly. Example: Mr. Agus said that we are all asked to immediately go to the school hall now.

Nouns – In terms of communication, Sinaumed’s definitely agrees that the existence of language plays a very important role, especially in everyday life. Yep, without language, humans all over the earth will certainly find it difficult to communicate and interact with other humans.

Not only to communicate, even to express ideas is difficult so that this civilization is impossible to build. In fact, a number of linguists say that language is a communication tool that is owned by every member of society in any part of the world and is in the form of sound symbols produced by human speech organs.

In its development, both spoken language and written language, the existence of types of words is also growing as well. These types of words are not just verbs (verbs) or adjectives (adjectives), but there are lots of them.

One type of word that is often encountered and taught in school besides verbs (verbs) or adjectives (adjectives) is noun alias noun. Examples of even nouns are easy enough to name because of their many existences. Then, what is that noun? What are the types of nouns in Indonesian? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

What Is a Noun?

Nouns alias nouns are a type of word that is often found in literary works and official writings in Indonesian. Actually, all languages ​​in this world also have nouns , it’s just that the pronunciation is different, even if it’s in the regional language. Just a little trivia , even in certain languages, nouns can be subdivided based on gender.

Based on the Third Edition of the Indonesian Standard Grammar , the existence of these nouns alias nouns can be seen from 3 different perspectives, namely from a semantic perspective, a syntactical perspective, and a form aspect . If from a semantic point of view, this noun alias noun can refer to concepts, understanding, objects, animals, to humans. Examples are doctors, rats, jars , and nationality can be examples of nouns.

Furthermore, in terms of syntax, this noun alias noun fulfills certain characteristics, namely:

• In a sentence where the predicate is a verb (verb), the noun (noun) will occupy the function of subject, object, or complement. Example: The government will strengthen the development of . The words “government” and “development” are nouns.
• Nouns cannot be ignored with the word “no”. If you want to use the word denial, then use the word “not”.
• Nouns can be followed by adjectives, either directly or through the word “which”. For example: the words “clothes” and “fan” can be called nouns, because they can be combined with adjectives to become “fancy clothes” and “new fan”; or it can be interspersed with words that make it “fancy dress” and “new fan”.

Finally, nouns (nouns) when viewed in terms of their shape, will fulfill the following characteristics.

• Consists of only one morpheme.
• Can be derived into the form of affixation (addition), repetition, and compounding.

Meanwhile, there are many linguists who argue about the definition of a noun, one of which is Muslich. According to Muslich (2007), reveals that this noun is any word that can be explained or expanded by “which + adjective”. 

In short, nouns, which are also known as nouns, are a type of word in Indonesian that describes the name of a thing or anything that can be noun.

Getting to Know Various Points of View Regarding Nouns

Still based on the book Indonesian Standard Grammar Third Edition , the existence of nouns alias nouns can be seen from three aspects of their features, namely in terms of semantics, syntax, and form. Well, here is the description.

1. Nouns in terms of their semantic behavior

a) Nouns Contain Universal Semantic Features

As the name implies, this noun must have a general meaning. This means that all people as language users already understand the meaning of the word. For example in the word “cow”. In Indonesian, the word “cow” has the meaning of ‘ a livestock with four legs, with two eyes, body color that has black and white, brown, to brown-white patterns, and can produce milk’. 

According to Chaer (2012), nouns that contain universal semantic features can also be related to the culture of language users. An example is the word “slave”. In Indonesian culture, the word has the meaning of ‘a person who is employed for something and is not paid’. Meanwhile, in Malay language culture, the word “slave” actually gives meaning as ‘a child or someone who is not yet an adult, both male and female’. Therefore, in this universal semantic feature it will always be related to how the meaning of the word is from the user of the language.

b) Nouns Containing Natural Semantic Features

In this case, the noun alias noun will be related to the normal activities of that word. For example, the word “watermelon”, which is a noun, has natural semantic features in the form of size, weight, color, and round shape. Yep, there is no elongated watermelon, even if it is in a box shape it does. Therefore, this natural semantic feature will not experience any deviation from the natural nature of the noun itself.

Nouns in terms of Semantic Behavior	Noun Examples
Nouns that contain universal semantic features	Balloon
Nouns that contain natural semantic features	Pencil

2. Nouns in terms of syntax

a) Nouns as Phrase Formers

As the core of the phrase, the noun will occupy the main part, while the delimiter is at the front or back of the noun. This delimiter can be in the form of other types of words, starting from numerals, adjectives, verbs, and others. For example, the noun “building”. If it is combined with the adjective “luxurious”, then it can form a noun phrase in the form of ‘luxury building’. Now, in the noun phrase ‘luxury building’, the noun “building” will act as the core of the phrase, while the adjective “luxury” will act as its attribute.

• Nouns Followed by Nouns

In forming this phrase, nouns can be followed by nouns as well. So, both the core of the phrase and its attributes will also be nouns or nouns. Example: dove, balancer, blue book

• Noun Followed by Verb

In this phrase former, nouns can be followed by verbs (verbs), so that the core of the phrase will be a noun, while the attribute will be a verb. For example: desk , mindset , term savings , family planning .

• Nouns Followed by Adjectives

In this phrase former, a noun can be followed by an adjective (adjective), so that the core of the phrase will be a noun, while the attribute will be an adjective. For example: adult frog , new term , odd opinion , good eats .

• Nouns Beginning with Prepositions

In forming this phrase, nouns can be preceded by prepositions (prepositions). For example: in the office , from the room , at that time , and others.

• Nouns Before Adjectives

In forming this phrase, nouns can be preceded by adjectives. For example: sky blue , blood red , green leaves , and others.

b) Nouns as Clause Formers

According to Badru, within the framework of the syntactic level of clause structure, nouns can actually occupy empty places. That is, it can fulfill functions as a subject, predicate, object, complement, or description.

• Noun Occupies Subject Function

If a noun occupies the subject function, then its location is usually at the beginning of the sentence, whether it’s a noun (noun) or a noun phrase. Example: “Thus, the painting can be moved according to the wishes of the Chairman”.

In the word “painting” which is a noun, can fulfill the function as a subject. While the word “thus” is actually not a subject, but a conjunction between sentences. Even though it is located at the beginning of the sentence, the conjunction cannot fulfill the function of the subject.

• Nouns Occupy Predicate Functions

Example: Her mother is a pharmacist .

In that sentence, the phrase “a pharmacist” is a noun phrase which also occupies a predicate function.

• Nouns Occupy Object Functions

Example: Group 5 needs money .

In this sentence, the word “money” which is a noun, occupies the object function. What’s more, the word “need” is also a transitive verb that functions as a predicate.

• Nouns Occupy Complementary Functions

Example: Tape is the result of cassava fermentation .

In this sentence, the phrase fermented cassava is a noun phrase which is not an object function, but a complementary function. What’s more, the phrase cannot be passivated.

• Nouns Occupy Description Functions

Example: We just returned from Semarang .

In this sentence, the phrase from Semarang , which is a noun phrase, occupies the function of the actor’s adverb because it explains the actor in the subject function.

Types of Nouns in Indonesian

1. Basic Nouns

Basically, basic nouns are nouns whose form characteristics do not have affixes or affixes. In this case, basic nouns can be divided into 2, namely special basic nouns and general basic nouns.

a) Special Basic Nouns

Namely nouns that consist of one morpheme with certain meaning characteristics. This characteristic of meaning refers to place names, geographical names, people’s names, and day names. According to the Third Edition of the Indonesian Standard Grammar book, there are several sub-categories of special basic nouns, namely:

• Nouns represented by above, in, below , and face , will refer to places such as above, below , and inside . The existence of this prepositional phrase can also be combined with other nouns, so it becomes under the table, on the roof, in the room, and so on.
• The nouns represented by Semarang and Bekasi mean referring to geographical names.
• Nouns represented by points and stems mean to state the classification of words based on their idiomatic form of reference.
• The nouns represented by Sabda and Meta mean referring to people’s names.
• The nouns represented by uncle and brother mean to refer to people with kinship.
• The nouns represented by Wednesday and Saturday , refer to the name of the day.

b) Common Basis of Nouns

Namely nouns that consist of only one morpheme with a general meaning characteristic. This characteristic of meaning refers to the place, the description of the tool, the description of time, and the description of the method. Examples: pictures, years, laws, sticks, and others.

No.	Basic Noun	Example
1.	Special Basic Noun	Tuesday
2.	Common Basic Nouns	December 6, 2022

2. Derivative Nouns

Namely nouns derived through the process of affixation (addition), repetition, and compounding.

a) Affixation Process (Addition)

Noun affixation is the process of forming nouns by adding certain affixes to the base word. In this process, it can form derived nouns from different types of words. So, here is the affixation process for nouns and examples of sentences.

No.	Affixation of Derivative Nouns	Example
1.	Noun Affixation	Chairs can be moved according to our wishes
2.	Affixation of the nouns pel-, per-, and pe-	ascetic – ascetic, merchant – trade, fighter – struggle.
3.	Affixation of the noun	sender – the person who sent; jovial – one who is cheerful in nature; eraser – tool for erasing
4.	Noun Affixation -an	asinan – something that is salted.
5.	Affixation of the noun peng-an	green – greenery.
6.	Affixation of the noun	lazy – laziness.
7.	Affixation of -el, -er, -em, and -in-	coir – fibers, yellow – yellowish, teeth – teeth.
8.	Affixation of noun per-an	promise – agreement, transfer – displacement
9.	Noun Affixation -wan/-wati	Wan’s work , wara wati .

b) Repetition Process (Reduplication)

Namely the process of deriving nouns by repetition, either in whole or in part. In terms of noun reduplication, it is divided into 4 types, namely complete repetition, repetition of copied sounds, partial repetition, and repetition accompanied by affixations.

No.	Repetition of Derivative Nouns	Example
1.	Whole Repetition	buildings
2.	Voice Copy Repeat	gestures
3.	Partial Repetition	young people
4.	Repetition With Affixes	clothes
5.	Affixed Basic Repetition	Foliage

c) Compounding

Namely the process of merging one noun form with another noun and producing a new word eye. In this compound noun, it can be divided based on the morphological form and the relationship of its components.

• Basic Compound Nouns

That is a compound noun whose components consist of basic words. Example: order, down payment, and others.

• Affixed Compound Nouns

That is a compound noun in which one or two of its components has an affix or affix. Example: retail traders , infectious diseases , and others.

• Compound Noun

That is a combination of free form and bound form. In this noun, one of them is a bound element so that it cannot stand alone. Example: non-communist, pre-planned, and others.

50+ Examples of Nouns in Indonesian

1. Blue
2. Table
3. Chair
4. Fan
5. Window
6. Door
7. Floor
8. Wall
9. Red
10. Green
11. Leaf
12. Pole
13. Pattern
14. Man
15. Opinion
16. Law
17. March
18. June
19. July
20. Farida
21. Younger brother
22. Older brother
23. Cotton
24. Tissue
25. Comb
26. Counter
27. Pencil
28. Ruler
29. Mug
30. Plate
31. Nail
32. Hammer
33. Raffia
34. Cable
35. Light
36. Cupboard
37. Cardboard box
38. Pin
39. Blanket
40. Pillow
41. Glass
42. Ventilation
43. Scissors
44. Jar
45. Bag
46. Fence
47. Wood
48. Bamboo
49. Gate
50. Asphalt
51. Tree
52. Cat
53. Bird
54. Guava
55. Jasmine
56. Chopsticks
57. figure
58. Face mask
59. Drug
60. Doctor

Examples of Imperative Sentences – Basically, imperative sentences in Indonesian and English as imperative sentences are the same . The similarity is that this type of sentence does contain the intention of ordering or asking with the aim of the speech partner, aka the interlocutor. Many people think that this imperative sentence is always related to governing matters, but it’s not …Imperative sentences can also contain sentences prohibiting doing something. Besides being able to apply this imperative sentence in spoken language, it can also be used in written language, especially in literature. If in written language, , it usually ends with an exclamation point but some don’t, it depends on the context, right… Take a look at your favorite novel, there must be an imperative sentence!

Even though it is only a type of sentence, the existence of this imperative sentence can always be used as an object of research, usually in semantic, syntactic, and pragmatic analysis. The use of this imperative sentence must also depend on the context of the existing sentence, not just made up. Then, what is an example of an imperative sentence? What is the meaning of the imperative sentence so that it is often used both in spoken and written language? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

50+ Examples of Imperative Sentences

1. Please take out the trash!
2. Sabda, get into the house immediately because it’s very cold outside!
3. Guys, please pay attention for a moment!
4. Come on, put on the mask!
5. Let him cry as much as he wants first, then we’ll ask what caused it!
6. Please take a closer look, if you really don’t need it, maybe you can just delete the writing!
7. Please sign this letter immediately so that it can be processed further!
8. Calm down, kids!
9. Don’t read in a dark place.
10. Please sit quietly!
11. Don’t doubt yourself!
12. Please come to the village hall this afternoon to discuss the Karang Taruna work program!
13. Don’t be late for class!
14. Immediately turn off the lights when it is noon!
15. Please help Meta lift that chair!
16. Bring this food for your lunch later!
17. Don’t forget to stop by Grandma’s house after school!
18. Let’s get to work right away!
19. Quickly vacate this room!
20. Clean the stains on your clothes before Mom knows!
21. Please send this letter to the Village Secretary.
22. Try to understand our current situation.
23. Please convey our apologies to Billy’s family.
24. Please give this nastar cake to your next door neighbor.
25. Race participants are requested not to leave the field area.
26. Obey all the rules in this school.
27. Try not to be late for class again.
28. Ask for proof of payment after making this transaction.
29. Library visitors are requested to immediately return books to their respective places because the library is almost closed.
30. Remove all the weeds so that your house looks clean.
31. Please calm down, because the exam is in progress.
32. Please close the door again as this room is air-conditioned.
33. Let’s observe a moment of silence to commemorate the services of heroes who have sacrificed for the independence of this country.
34. Take it easy and don’t move!
35. Don’t rush, or you might fall!
36. Put the dirty laundry in the washing machine, please!
37. Obey traffic signs!
38. Get up soon, the dawn call to prayer is heard!
39. Do whatever makes you happy, as long as it doesn’t harm others!
40. Get out of the room!
41. Show us that you really mean it!
42. It’s getting late, go to bed because tomorrow is school!
43. Don’t listen to other people’s words that hurt you!
44. Come on kids, cross with me!
45. Be careful with the road because it is very slippery!
46. Please turn off the faucet after use.
47. Let’s work together to clean up the ditches around where we live!
48. Don’t get used to sleeping with the window open!
49. Do not bring outside food into this place!
50. Don’t spit in public!
51. No parking in front of the gate!
52. Clean that floor immediately!
53. Please fry the seasoned fish.
54. Please don’t make noise while the exam is in progress.
55. Wait a minute.

 

 

Understanding the Definition of Imperative Sentences

Sinaumed’s must be familiar with the existence of imperative sentences, declarative sentences, and interrogative sentences, right ? Well, these three sentences are types of sentences based on their function. When elaborated more broadly, there are many types of sentences. In this article, we will discuss what imperative sentences are and their types.

Based on the KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary), the term “imperative” has the meaning of ‘ordering or giving commands’. Meanwhile, in the realm of linguistics, “imperative” will mean ‘a form of command for a sentence or verb which states a prohibition or obligation to carry out an action’. Therefore, it can be concluded that,

“Imperative sentences are types of sentences that give an order or ask for something with the aim that the interlocutor does as he has been ordered.”

Even so, the imperative sentence does not only give orders or directions, but can also function to ask for something to prohibit someone from doing something. That is why this type of sentence often uses an exclamation mark (!) at the end of the sentence. Imperative sentences are also known as imperative sentences.

This imperative sentence has 5 types, but basically it can be divided into only two, namely orders and prohibitions. That is why, this type of sentence can be said as a complex sentence. According to Rahardi (2005), revealed that imperative sentences in Indonesian can be classified into 5 types, namely: (1) Ordinary Imperative Sentences; (2) Request Imperative Sentences; (3) Permit Granting Imperative Sentences; (4) Inviting Imperative Sentences; and (5) Commanding Imperative Sentences.

Characteristics of Imperative Sentences

In general, this imperative sentence has the main characteristic of being a commanding or giving command sentence, according to its name. So, here are some characteristics that distinguish imperative sentences from other types of sentences.

• At the end of a sentence, it will usually be followed by an exclamation point (!), not a full stop (.).
• When spoken or spoken, there will be high emphasis and intonation at the end of the sentence.
• Has a sentence structure in the form of a predicate that precedes the subject (PS).
• At the end of a sentence, you usually find the affix -lah or -kan .
• The sentences tend to ‘force’ the other party, as if requiring the interlocutor to do something according to what he said.
• When it functions to give orders, it is usually accompanied by certain words in the form of: Please, Please, Please, Come, Want , and so on.

Imperative Sentence Functions

In general, the existence of this imperative sentence functions to order the interlocutor to do something that the speaker wants. However, if applied in everyday life, especially in terms of communication, it can function as:

1. Giving a Ban

Yep, the use of imperative sentences is not only related to orders, but also as a prohibition not to do something. A prohibition, of course regarding things that should be avoided. Here’s an example.

• “Don’t eat in a hurry!”

Reason: Eating in a hurry can cause us to choke and even bite our tongue.

• “Don’t be noisy in the middle of the night!”

Reason: Being noisy in the middle of the night can disturb other people who are resting.

• “Don’t read in the dark!”

Reason: Reading in a dark place can cause our eyes to hurt and it’s hard to focus.

2. Giving a Command

In accordance with KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary), imperative is indeed related to giving orders and commands. In this function, commands are more formal in nature so that they are usually used by people who have certain positions. Example:

• “Perform an attack at night with the tactics we have learned so far!”
• “Immediately surround the opponent’s fort so that our goal is successful!”
• “Just do what you’ve been told to do!”

3. Delivering a Sign

It turns out that an imperative sentence can function to convey a sign or code to the other person you’re talking to … This signal or code can usually only be understood by the person you’re talking to. Example:

• “No need to hesitate, if you like it, just take it!”
• “Eat something you like!”
• “Buy what you want!”

According to the context of some of these examples, the gesture in question is ‘something’ that is only understood by the speaker and the person he is talking to, while other people passing by or the seller do not understand what ‘something’ is desired.

4. Giving an Order

Generally, the use of imperative sentences serves to give orders to the other person to do something. Not infrequently, this type of sentence is accompanied by the word ” please ” so that it seems more subtle and polite. Example:

• “Please take care of my sister for a while, I’m going to dry the clothes for a while.”
• “Please take Surya to school later at 8 in the morning!”
• “Please buy me a pack of nasi padang at the stall in front of the alley!”

5. Offer an Invitation

In this function, at first glance it is almost the same as a persuasive sentence, yes… which both offer an invitation to other people. Well, imperative sentences can also function to offer an invitation, but they are more general things. Example:

• “Come on, put your shoes on!”
• “Let’s quickly get ready to head to the church!”
• “Let’s go to the central building to watch the exhibition preparations!”

Types of Imperative Sentences

As previously explained, imperative sentences in Indonesian can be classified into 5 types, namely: (1) Ordinary Imperative Sentences; (2) Request Imperative Sentences; (3) Permit Granting Imperative Sentences; (4) Inviting Imperative Sentences; and (5) Commanding Imperative Sentences. Well, here is the description!

1. Ordinary Imperative Sentences

According to Rahardi (2005), this ordinary imperative sentence is a simple form of a command sentence that is carried out directly. This type of imperative sentence has the following characteristics:

• There are basic verbs.
• Loud intonation.
• There are particles.
• There is an exclamation mark (!)
• Verbs usually end in -an, -i, and -kan .

Examples of Ordinary Imperative Sentences

• “Get rid of the chicken quickly!”

Context: Someone who is annoyed with chickens because they throw dirt in their yard, then asks someone else to drive the chicken away.

2. Imperative Sentence Request

That is the type of imperative sentence whose command level is very smooth and polite.

Example:

“Children… Try not to make a lot of noise, I want to explain an announcement related to Kartini’s Day tomorrow!”

Context: A teacher standing in front of students who are in a noisy classroom situation.

3. Imperative Sentence Granting Permission

Namely the type of imperative sentence that intends to give permission. Usually marked with politeness marking words, for example: Please, Allow, Allow, Allow, Welcome , and others.

Example:

“Mother… Please take and taste this nastar cake if you want! This is my own handmade, guaranteed delicious!”

Context: A home owner is giving permission to his guests to taste his pineapple cakes.

4. Inviting Imperative Sentences

That is a type of imperative sentence that intends to invite someone to do something together. In this type, there are usually politeness markers in the form of Come, Let, Try, Come, Hope, Should, Should , and others. Example:

“Bima, let’s move this clothes basket to the back room! You lift the red basket, I lift the green basket!”

Context: An older brother invites his younger brother named Bima to move the basket of clothes together to the back room.

5. Commanding Imperative Sentences

This last type of imperative sentence usually contains orders or orders other people to do something.

 

 

The Difference Between Imperative Sentences and Persuasive Sentences

If you look back at the function of imperative sentences, there will be functions related to invitations. Meanwhile, in Indonesian there are also persuasive sentences that invite other people to do something. Then, what is the difference between imperative sentences and persuasive sentences? Come on, see the following reviews!

Imperative Sentence	Persuasive Sentence
Even though it functions as a solicitation, it is more likely to be a subtle order.	Solicitations that influence the other person or reader.
Filled with requests, solicitations, encouragement, and prohibitions on doing something to the other person or reader.	Filled with persuasion or encouragement to do a habit.
There is an exclamation mark (!) at the end of the sentence.	At the end of the sentence there is a dot (.).
Usually found in dialogue between characters (if in literary works)	Usually found in advertisements.

Figurative Sentences – Figurative sentences are one of the language styles that are often used in everyday life. Generally, figurative words are used to describe something, starting from an object, the nature of a person, to a physical form. This language style is often used in everyday conversation or used in written form.

In general, the meaning of figurative words is the use of words in a way that distorts meaning to convey or explain complex meanings so that they are easier to understand. Often, these figurative words use analogies or comparisons so that the meaning or description of something can be conveyed properly.

In this case, there are several types of figurative words that are still often used today. Starting from figurative words which include parables, metaphors, hyperbole, personification, synecdoche, and also onomatopoeia. These various types of figurative words can help Sinaumed’s to express messages in a more different and interesting way.

What’s more, when Sinaumed’s is involved in the world of writing, these various types of figurative words can be used to produce writing that is unique and interesting for readers. By using various figurative words to describe something, Sinaumed’s’ writing will also have unique characteristics that make it different from the works of other writers.

Examples of Figurative Sentences and Their Meanings

1. Loan sharks (loan sharks)
   • Dealing with loan sharks is troublesome
2. Stubborn (stubborn).
   • Ajeng does not want to listen to what I have to say. What a stone head.
3. Cold head (calm/patient)
   • Rendi solved the problem with a cool head.
4. Two heads (early 20 years old)
   • Congratulations on passing life as a human with two heads.
5. Head of household (person responsible for the family)
   • Rini is the head of the household in her family.
6. Shrimp brain (stupid)
   • I don’t understand what’s in his head, but what is clear is that Septi really has a shrimp head.
7. Stubborn (don’t want to follow people’s advice)
   • Henry is very stubborn. Rendi had said that the route to post 4 was to take the road to the right, so he turned left instead. Let it be if later he gets lost.
8. Iron horse (motorcycle)
   • Rendi had just sold his old iron horse, because he wanted to buy a new model.
9. Dark horse (participant in a race whose victory does not count)
   • To my surprise, Veranda is a dark horse in this competition.
10. Bookworm (a person who likes to read)
    • Erisa is a famous geek in her area.
11. Red rooster (fire)
    • The house in the Merdeka street area was completely devoured by the red rooster.
12. Jump fleas (people who like to move from one group to another)
    • Bondan is a jumping flea, that’s because he is not a loyal person.
13. Black Sheep (error target)
    • Actually it was Ara who was at fault, but they made Chika a scapegoat.
14. Souvenirs (souvenirs)
    • Mas Adam brought me a souvenir when I came home from watching a concert in Jogja.
15. Golden child (favorite child)
    • Lidya became her teacher’s golden child because she was disciplined and polite.
16. resourceful (smart)
    • Heru and Gundul were very resourceful children, they quickly resolved any problems.
17. big head (arrogant)
    • Don’t be a long-handed person, sin. After all, you will not be liked by other people.
18. Star of the field (best player)
    • Lionel Messi was once a field star when he was still an active soccer player.
19. Old date (month end)
    • As a boarding house kid, Indah usually only eats fried foods and noodles on old dates like this.
20. Fixed price (price is not negotiable)
    • The computer seller has given a set price for the goods he sells.
21. Hotel Prodeo (prison)
    • Listen, Mr. Ruben committed immoral acts. Definitely will enter the free hotel.
22. Masher (man who likes to play with women)
    • Look for a man who can make one woman special, don’t look for a philanderer.
23. Four eyes (only two talk)
    • Kintan asked me to talk privately with him.
24. Studio fever (nervous)
    • One way to avoid studio fever is to practice hard.
25. Minions (minions)
    • During the colonial era, many people were willing to betray their own people and chose to become accomplices of the colonialists.
26. Lips (become the talk of many people)
    • This unfortunate event has more or less become a byword on social media to this day.
27. Thick face (have no shame)
    • Doni is a thick-faced person, he doesn’t care about what other people think of him, which could be bad.
28. Cold-blooded (has no mercy)
    • I’m not willing to see him being tortured by his own parents, but I’m also very surprised why there is a father who is so cold-blooded to his own child.
29. Flirt (glance)
    • If you look around, Mark often tears his eyes when he meets Yeri.
30. discouraged (coward)
    • Don’t be discouraged if your grades are bad later, keep studying until you realize that you don’t understand much about anything.
31. Straight hearted (honest)
    • An upright person will be liked by many people and people will respond well to him.
32. Eating hands (something to think about or burden of life)
    • His life will continue to eat heart after entering the office.
33. Hands up (give up)
    • All residents have raised their hands when facing problems that cannot be resolved.
34. Green table (court)
    • This murder case has reached court.
35. get mad (angry)
    • The action of the thief in the village made all the residents furious.
36. Big mouth (likes to lie)
    • Huda was too big of a mouth, so the people around him stopped responding after he was caught lying.
37. Sour face (frowning)
    • My sister made a sour face when she heard that the Sunday Market discount had ended this morning at 9.
38. Money money (materialistic)
    • As a human being, being a mercenary is natural because life certainly requires a lot of money.
39. Eat salt (a lot of experience)
    • Dad has eaten more salt than us, so Dad can give wise advice.
40. Sleep flower (dream)
    • Granny restlessly remembers her sleep last night.
41. hearsay (gossip)
    • It was rumored that the new neighbor was self-interested and arrogant.
42. Alone (living alone)
    • He lives a miserable life in this city alone.
43. Beard fire (angry)
    • Pakde fires beard after knowing that his men stole all the company’s money.
44. Trash of society (useless people)
    • Community waste must be fostered so that they have skills.
45. Country flower (the most beautiful woman)
    • Sari is the village flower in this village, it’s no wonder that many young people want to get to know her better.
46. Close age (died)
    • My grandmother died at the age of 79 years.
47. Fire of anger (emotion)
    • The mayor was fired with anger
48. Seeking face (seeking attention)
    • The new employee often looks up to the boss
49. Warehouse of knowledge (source of knowledge)
    • The library is a source of knowledge
50. Clouds cry (rain)
    • That evening, the clouds were crying

Meaning of Figurative Sentences

As explained earlier, the meaning of figurative words refers to the use of words that deviate from their original meaning to convey or explain a more complicated meaning. Generally, figurative words use comparative figurative language in order to give a clearer description of the nature or physical form of something.

This comparative language style is also effective for referring to a certain meaning without the need to state it directly. By using figurative words, Sinaumed’s can convey meaning in a way that is more unique and interesting than usual. This figurative word is often used by fiction writers to make stories more creative.

Types of Figurative Sentences

After understanding the meaning of figurative sentences, then there are several types of figurative words that are often used in everyday life.

1. Metaphor

Metaphor is a comparison of two different things. Unlike similes, metaphors do not use the words “like” or “as”. Meanwhile, metaphorical figures of speech generally make sense and are easy to understand when the reader understands the relationship between the two things being compared.

An example of a popular metaphor is “Time is money.” The statement compares time to money, and it doesn’t literally mean that the amount of time Sinaumed’s has is equal to the amount of money Sinaumed’s has. On the contrary, it means that time is a valuable resource, and must be used effectively to earn money. Any wasted time means that one will also miss opportunities to earn more money.

Examples of using other metaphors:

• The king is stone hearted.
• Love is a battlefield.
• Darling, you are my sun.
• I am drowning in a sea of ​​sorrow.
• My roommate is going through a roller coaster of emotions .

2. Parables

Parables are figures of speech that compare two different things by using the words “as” or “as” and they are commonly used for everyday communication.

Here are some examples of the use of figures of speech:

• The boy was as brave as a lion in the forest.
• The man had been as busy as a bee as he prepared the podium for the presidential address.
• The new teacher was as tall as a coconut tree.
• The new neighbor is as curious as the cat; nothing escapes his attention.

3. Hyperbole

Hyperbole is exaggerated words made to emphasize a point or create a sense of humor. This figurative word is often used in everyday conversation.

An example of hyperbole is, “I would die for you.” The sentence does not necessarily mean that one person is literally willing to die for the one he loves, but it is used to exaggerate the amount of love one person has for another. Death is only used to show the extent of compassion one has.

Another example of hyperbole:

• Daddy has told you a million times to do the laundry.
• You are so thin that the wind could carry you away.
• The afternoon is so bright that the sun needs to wear sunglasses.
• Gilang snored like an old train.

4. Personification

Apart from knowing the meaning of figurative words, there are several other types of figurative words that are often used in everyday conversation. The next type of figurative word is personification. Personification is to label human characteristics on inanimate objects. Using personification influences how the reader imagines something, and it sparks interest in the subject.

Other examples of personification are:

• April is the cruelest month of the year.
• The radio stares at me.
• Car brakes screamed all the way.
• The car stopped with groaning complaints.

5. Synecdoche

Synecdoche is a type of figurative language that uses one part to refer to the whole, or the whole to refer to the part. For example, a set of wheels can be used to refer to a vehicle. In this example, when referring to the car as a set of wheels, the wheels are only part of the car and not the whole.

Other examples of synecdoche include:

• Bread can be used to refer to food in general or money.
• Head can refer to the counting of livestock or people.
• Hired hand can be used to refer to workers.

6. Onomatopoeia

Finally, onomatopoeia is language that names things or actions by imitating the sounds associated with them. They add some reality to the text. Examples of onomatopoeia include:

• The fireplace heater hissed and cracked.
• The truck engine roars as it climbs the hill.
• The alarm clock rang as I was about to go to the bathroom.

Figurative Sentences in Figurative Form

In addition to the types of figurative words as mentioned in the previous points, there are also figurative words in the form of figures of speech. Figure of speech is a form of figurative language to get an atmosphere in a sentence to make it livelier. We can easily understand that a figure of speech can be an expression that can animate a sentence. Figure of speech creates a deviation from the meaning of a word that is generally used.

1. Irony: irony is a satirical figure of speech which usually uses a figurative word with a meaning that is contrary to the actual situation.
2. Cynicism: cynicism also includes satire which is used to give satire directly to other people.
3. Sarcasm: a style of sarcasm is a style of satire by using words with harsh connotations to give satire to other people, but not with the real meaning.
4. Litotes: litotes is a figure of speech of contradiction which generally uses expressions to demean oneself when in fact the opposite is true.
5. Paradox: paradox is a figure of speech of contradiction which usually compares the actual situation with the opposite situation which is contradictory.
6. Antithesis: antithesis, also includes a figure of speech of contradiction. Antithesis figure of speech usually combines pairs of words that have contradictory meanings.
7. Interminus Contradiction: this figure of speech is used to refute the previously stated statement. Usually the use of this figure of speech is accompanied by a conjunction, such as only or except.
8. Hyperbole: hyperbole is also included as a figure of speech for comparison. Hyperbole is used to express something in an exaggerated way, often even making no sense.
9. Euphemism: Euphemism is a figurative language used to replace bad words with more refined words.
10. Metanomia: a figure of speech for the comparison of metanomia in the form of figurative language that juxtaposes the term something to refer to general objects. When thirsty, drink Aqua. The word Aqua here is known as a trademark of mineral water which is quite well known.
11. Simile: This one comparative figure of speech generally juxtaposes an activity with an expression.
12. Allegory: allegory is used to compare an object with a figurative word.

West Kalimantan Traditional Clothing – Every region in Indonesia is usually inhabited by indigenous tribes which makes each region always have its own wealth and uniqueness. West Kalimantan itself is inhabited by two major tribes, namely the Malay and Dayak tribes.

Of the two tribes that live side by side in West Kalimantan, of course you can see that their culture is reflected both in their traditional houses, special food and traditional clothing.

West Kalimantan Traditional Clothing

Here are 5 traditional clothes from West Kalimantan that Sinaumed’s must know!

1.King Baba

King Baba is the name of the traditional clothes worn by men who come from the Dayak tribe. This garment, in terms of its shape, is similar to women’s clothing, only in terms of its shape it is simpler. King Baba is even more unique because the material used to make this garment comes from flattened bark and is named King Baba. The plant used to take the skin is the type of plant ampuro or kapuo wood.

This plant is a typical endemic plant from Kalimantan which has a high fiber content. The name King Baba itself is taken from the Dayak language, where king means clothing and Baba means man.

In the manufacturing process, the bark is beaten with a hammer in water so that only the fiber remains. If the bark is flexible, it just needs to be dried in the sun, and also painted using ethnic Dayak patterns.

The dyes used are also natural dyes from nature. Not just for making clothes, accessories such as headbands also use the same material. The thing that distinguishes it is that the headband is decorated with Reluctant Ivory bird feathers so that it gives a dashing impression to the wearer. The shirt is decorated with beads and sleeveless. Don’t forget the additional accessories, namely the saber as a traditional weapon that is also attached.

2. King Bibinge

If King Baba is clothing worn for men, King Bibinge is clothing for women. The method of manufacture and materials used in King Bibinge are also the same as those used in men’s clothing.

The thing that differentiates King Baba and King Bibinge is that King Bibinge is made more closed and polite. There are also equipment used to cover the chest by using underclothes and stagen. The decoration also uses beads and hornbill feathers.

Similar to men’s clothing which also has no sleeves, King Bibinge also has no sleeves, but is more closed. There are also typical Dayak paintings which are also combined with beads made of wood and dry beads.

These accessories make King Bibinge even more unique and beautiful because they use a variety of natural materials that are around them. For this Dayak women’s traditional clothing, they will also wear accessories in the form of bracelets and necklaces.

The bracelets used are made from spun tree roots and are uniquely shaped. The necklace is made from animal bones and tree roots. This necklace not only functions as decoration, but also as a talisman and repels bad luck. On the head, wear a headband typical of the Dayak tribe in the shape of a triangle. Even though King Bibinge is made from natural ingredients, it still looks beautiful and aesthetic at the same time.

3. Discard Kuureng

This traditional clothing from West Kalimantan is a traditional clothing originating from the Malay tribe. Buang Kuureng is another name for the baju kuning which is also worn by Malays from other provinces in Indonesia, Malaysia, and also Brunei.

Even so, this Buang Kuureng still has its own characteristics that distinguish it from the baju kuning from other regions. These characteristics can be seen in terms of style, design, and materials. There are two types of Buang Kuureng, both of which are used by women.

The combination of Malay culture with a touch of Dayak culture makes the pattern on this dress look unique and makes this dress look prettier. Its existence must be preserved. Remember, sometimes traditional clothes are only used during certain events, such as the commemoration of Kartini’s Day.

4. Belanga Bay

In addition to the Kurung shirt, the Malays in West Kalimantan also have traditional clothes which are distinguished between men and women. Telok Belanga is a Malay costume specifically worn by men.

Generally, these clothes are used for official events such as traditional ceremonies or weddings. This beautiful outfit consists of underwear made of satin and is generally golden yellow in color. Where, the color is a color that is identical to the Malay empire.

Indeed, for the Malays, the color used has its own meaning and golden yellow is the color most often used by the Malays. This undergarment, combined with trousers and cloth or sarongs that have a gill shape. This cloth will be wrapped around the waist to the knees. As a complement, a skullcap is also worn in black.

From this traditional dress, of course, you can clearly see the difference. The Bula Malay tribe, specifically Malay Sambas, wears cloth as a material for their clothing. In contrast to the Dayak tribe who still use natural materials such as leaves and tree bark. Clothing originating from the Malay tribe is also more closed and has a distinctive design.

5. King Kabo

King Kabo’s traditional clothing comes from the Dayak tribe which can be said to have undergone development or modification. These modifications make King Kabo unique, but do not leave the characteristics of the original traditional clothing.

This development, of course, occurs because of creation and also follows the development of the current era. So, if King Kabo is used at this time it will not seem out of date without having to remove its various distinctive elements.

King Kabo itself is a modification of the traditional King Baba clothes worn by men from the Dayak tribe. If King Baba uses the basic material of tree bark, in King Kabo it is combined using a type of cloth called Cloth Sungkit. Sungkit cloth itself is a typical cloth belonging to a neighboring country, namely Brunei Darussallam. The combination makes this one outfit so stunning and beautiful.

The thing that makes King Kabo even more interesting, King Kabo still shows the characteristics of the Dayak tribe, especially in the form of his clothes. King Kabo also adds a very distinctive Dayak accent, namely Dayak carvings. Still wearing the same decoration, especially on the head, King Kabo is also equipped with a Saber which is a traditional weapon typical of Kalimantan.

The combination of two different tribes makes the province of West Kalimantan so rich. Both in terms of culture to traditional clothes that are so beautiful and also unique. The selection of materials, designs, as well as names and decorations have their own uniqueness. Of course, this wealth must be properly maintained so that it remains sustainable and can be used as a cultural heritage.

The Meaning of West Kalimantan Traditional Clothing

The Dayak tribal clothes have a unique and interesting side, starting from their characteristics, names and history. From the start, this traditional clothing was made of bark which was processed in such a way and became clothing made of cloth.

• Traditional ceremonies
• Cultural events
• Wedding event

1. Traditional clothing of the ancient Dayak tribe

At first the Dayak tribe only knew two types of clothing, namely king baba for men and king bibinge for women. Both of these clothes are made by processing the bark to make it soft and resemble cloth. The processed bark is called ampuro or kapuo.

It is said that the skill of processing wood for clothing is a skill that was passed down from generation to generation from the ancestors of the Dayak tribe.

2. The Meaning of Colors and Decorations on Dayak Traditional Clothing

Traditional clothing from West Kalimantan typical of the Dayak tribe, especially king baba and king bibinge, consists of a combination of colors and is decorated with various shapes. It turns out that behind the color and decoration there is a certain meaning.

The Meaning of Colors for the Dayak Tribe

• The red symbolizes a sense of unity and solidarity in the courage to defend the truth.
• White symbolizes the purity and purity of the soul of a person or a society.
• Yellow symbolizes a sense of glory, majesty, grandeur, and as a sign of honor.
• Black symbolizes a person’s maturity or as a symbol of mourning.
• Green symbolizes prosperity and fertility.

Meaning of Ornamental Variety

• The shape of a person or mantuari is a picture of human life in the natural world.
• Animal form means the existence of life beings other than humans in the world.
• The shape of the plant illustrates the support of life in the world.
• The shape of objects such as stars, moon and sun depict life in the unseen world, where stars, moon and sun were once believed to be powers.

3. Variety of Accessories or Jewelry and Their Meanings

As with traditional clothes from other regions, West Kalimantan traditional clothes are also used with accessories or ethnic companies. Following are the types of jewelry worn by both men and women.

• Simbolong is jewelry for women’s buns that can be used everyday or attend traditional ceremonies.
• The headdress is in the form of crowns of tantawan feathers and crowns of arue feathers, which can be used during both mourning and joy ceremonies.
• Poosong is a piece of jewelry used to decorate women’s ear holes.
• Kalong or pirak beads are used with the aim of beautifying one’s neck and it means the user has ability in society.
• Kalong bead kalabe is a special necklace worn by young women.
• Kalong bead mace is a necklace that can be worn by both men and women.
• Tangkalai’ or sumpae is an arm decoration for men and women.
• The contents of amas or gold teeth are used to beautify teeth which have a symbolic meaning that the user is someone who is financially capable.

That is the unique side behind West Kalimantan’s traditional clothing along with its history. How come, Sinaumed’s is interested in trying to wear West Kalimantan traditional clothes for the event?

• Get to know the 5 Types of Malay Traditional Houses
• East Java Traditional Clothing: Types, Uniqueness
• The Philosophical Meaning and Uniqueness of the Sulawesi Traditional House
• Examples of Customary Law and Sanctions Existing in Indonesia
• Understanding the Definition of Customary Law and Examples in Indonesia

How to Become a Presentation Moderator – Presentation is not a strange activity for all of us, especially if you are already in high school, college, or even already working. In high school, aka high school or the world of work, we often make presentations in front of friends or co-workers, even superiors.

For some people, presentation is not something that is difficult to do. Especially if you are used to it, and understand all the material. Presentation is easy! However, not everyone can do that.

Out there, there are lots of people who hate presentations, even if they’ve done it many times before. Yes, people’s names are different. There are those who are confident performing in front of many people, but there are also those who prefer to work in a corner alone.

Apart from personality, one of the reasons why many people never get used to giving presentations and speaking in front of many people is because of a feeling of nervousness that cannot be overcome. Well, it’s normal to feel nervous when speaking in front of many people. Especially if you don’t know them well. However, that does not mean this nervous feeling can be left alone.

In this article, we’ll take a closer look at how to become a presentation moderator. Here are 5 tips for overcoming nervousness and how to become a good presentation moderator. Check out this article until it’s finished.

7 Tips for Overcoming Nervousness that You Must Follow

Overcoming the feeling of nervousness that arises when speaking in front of many people is not an easy thing to do. However, you can’t let yourself be overcome by nervous feelings every time you give a presentation. After all, presentation is an important part of our career.

The better the presentation we do, the better the boss’s view of us will be. For those of you who are often nervous during presentations, here are 7 tips to overcome nervousness that you must try!

1. Keep Positive Thinking

Our thoughts not only affect our mood, but also greatly influence what we will do everyday. If your thoughts are positive, then whatever we do is likely to go well. Different story, if your thoughts are negative, everything we do can fall apart.

Likewise when you give a presentation, we must keep thinking positively. Avoid overthinking let alone to feel depressed. Take a deep breath, just believe in yourself and do your best, then everything will be fine!

2. Know Who Will Be Your Audience

It’s called a presentation, it’s impossible to do it in an empty room. Just like speeches, presentations are also done in front of many people. To ensure the presentation runs smoothly, you must first identify who the audience is or the people who will listen to your presentation later.

Why is this important? This is because by knowing who the audience is, you can find out what kind of presentation style they expect. For example, you excel in front of classmates and lecturers, so your speaking style doesn’t need to be too formal and take your presentation too seriously.

Occasionally, don’t forget to throw a joke. This is because students usually get bored easily, so presentations that are too serious will make them lose interest.

It’s a different story if you excel in front of your boss and co-workers for an important project. For this one presentation, you obviously have to be serious and speak as convincingly as possible. Avoid joking because it will only make your presentation messy and lose focus.

3. Master the Material You Will Present

Most people, especially students will usually only present what they see, or in other words read the material that appears on the slide. In fact, in a proper presentation, the slides that appear only contain summary points. To make the audience understand, it is you who must explain in detail every point on the slide.

For that, before the presentation is done, you should make sure you have mastered all the material that you and your group members will present that day. Remember, all material, not just your material. Moreover, if you act as a moderator in the presentation later.

One way to be a good presentation moderator is to master the material. Apart from making you more confident, mastering the entire presentation material will also enable you to answer various questions that arise during the question and answer session.

4. Practice, practice, practice

Well, this is also the mistake of many people who are going to do presentations. In addition to mastering the material that you will discuss, you also have to practice it. You can train yourself for presentations in various ways. You can practice speaking in front of a mirror, or practice presenting in front of your group of friends.

By practicing, not only can increase self-confidence. More than that, from practicing speaking in front of mirrors or friends, you will also know where your strengths and weaknesses lie. That way, you can first fix existing deficiencies and increase the strengths you have.

5. Make Eye Contact

When we start a presentation, we can start by looking at everyone present. After the presentation starts, you can only focus on a few people that you think are important. For example, when you are presenting in front of a large number of classmates and lecturers, you can only focus on the lecturers and the people sitting in the front row.

Likewise, if you are giving a presentation in front of important colleagues, bosses, and clients, then the client and the boss are the two people you should focus on, because they are the ones you have to convince. This rule also applies when the question and answer session begins. When giving answers, you can give answers while making regular eye contact with the person asking.

By making eye contact, you can easily convince others, as well as make yourself more focused. After all, believe me, focusing on one or two people will be much easier than you having to share your focus with everyone.

6. Think of Mistakes That Might Happen

Thinking about mistakes that might occur is an important thing you have to do before a presentation. But you also have to know the limits! Remember, you are doing this in anticipation of how to fix the error.

But as much as possible avoid thinking too seriously let alone negative thoughts. Stay positive so you don’t lose the confidence and focus that you have built so hard.

7. Get used to speaking in front of many people

There is a sentence that says that you can get used to it. People are good at public speaking mostly because they are used to doing it. Because they often present and appear in public, after a while they become experts and know how to control the audience.

On the other hand, those who are shy and nervous are usually not used to it. So, if until now you are often nervous, it could be because you rarely appear in front of many people. After the presentation is over, try to get in the habit of showing up more often.

Appearing here does not mean you have to present, for example being active in various organizations or diligently voicing opinions when in class and important meetings. With little things like that, you will get used to facing stares and speaking in front of many people.

5 Things You Must Prepare Before Your Presentation

Apart from preparing yourself so you don’t get nervous during presentations, there are a number of other things that you must prepare so that the presentation can go well. Anything?

Determine the Presentation Topic to be Covered

It’s called a presentation, you obviously have to know what you’re going to talk about later. So that the discussion doesn’t go anywhere, you need a topic to discuss in front of the people who will listen to your presentation later.

To make a presentation run smoothly, it’s a good idea if you present a topic that relates or relates to the audience. Deciding on a presentation topic is actually quite easy because the topics discussed are limited or have already been determined, so you only need to find, study, and master as much material as possible.

Do Research About Audience Comprehension Levels

Not only do you know who will be listening to the presentation, you also have to know their level of understanding of the topic that you will present during the presentation. By knowing it, you will at least know what material will be delivered.

For example, if the audience tends to have a low level of understanding or are unfamiliar with the topic, then you can start with light discussion and convey it in language that is easier to understand. Meanwhile, if the listener understands the topic well enough, then you can present the material with a more detailed and in-depth discussion.

Create Presentation Slides

You already know the topic that will be presented, as well as the level of understanding of the audience, now it’s your turn to make a presentation slide complete with an outline . As much as possible, make a structured outline and short and concise contents of the slides. Avoid writing all the material on the slide because it will confuse you and your audience.

After all, presentation slides must be kept short, because their function is only to guide you to stay on topic. As for the details, it will be your job to explain it to the audience.

Presentation Slide Design

Apart from the material, presentation design is also very important. The presentation slides themselves can actually be adjusted to the conditions of the presentation later. If you are doing a presentation, then make the slide design as simple and professional as possible to convince the audience.

As for presentations in front of the class, you can make creative slide designs. Being creative here doesn’t mean the slide design has to be busy, OK! Being creative here means making the design as attractive as possible but not overdoing it so that the audience stays focused on the explanation that you will present later.

5 Ways to Become a Good Presentation Moderator

Presentation will not be complete without the presence of a moderator. This moderator will lead and ensure that the presentation goes well. For those of you who get the task of being a moderator, here are 5 ways to be a good presentation moderator!

1. Appear with Confidence

Compared to other team members, the moderator is the one who appears and speaks in front of many people the most. They will be the first to open the presentation, direct the course of the presentation, to provide conclusions and closing sentences.

Because of that job, the moderator obviously has to have high self-confidence. Imagine, if a moderator is still nervous and shaking while speaking, the presentation that has been prepared might go awry.

If that’s the case, it’s not only the audience that feels disappointed, but also the group members presenting the material. After all, they had prepared these materials long ago. It’s not fair if their hard work is spoiled by moderators who can’t control their nerves.

2. Master the material well

Even though moderators don’t always have the task of conveying one of the contents of the presentation material, they still have to master the entire material well. The goal, of course, is to ensure that the presentation runs smoothly. Another reason is, when a speaker has problems conveying his material, the moderator can help explain it to the audience.

3. Learn how to bridging

Bridging is transferring one session to the next. At first glance, this task looks easy. However, what we see is actually not always as easy as we imagine so far. A good moderator should be able to bridging smoothly.

For that, they have to be able to relate one material to another without making it sound strange to the audience, and that’s definitely not an easy task to do.

4. Listen and focus on the material presented

Again, the moderator does not have the duty to deliver the material. But that doesn’t mean they can lose focus and let their minds wander everywhere. However, they must stay focused and listen to what will be conveyed.

This was done so he could prepare engaging responses and seamless bridging from one session to the next. After all, what happens if a moderator is more silent and daydreaming during a presentation?

5. Build an Atmosphere to Make the Presentation More Enjoyable

A presentation will not be complete without a question and answer session. Apart from providing an opportunity for the audience to speak, this session will also make the presentation atmosphere more lively and enjoyable.

It is the moderator’s job to create a pleasant atmosphere. In this session, the moderator must be able to create an atmosphere that is both proactive and enthusiastic. This atmosphere is important to encourage the audience to be more active in the question and answer session.

But on the other hand, the moderator must also be able to keep the atmosphere conducive. Because sometimes, the audience is too excited so that the question and answer session turns into a debate. To avoid unnecessary coachman debate, the moderator must be able to control the atmosphere.

Apart from creating a pleasant atmosphere, another task for the moderator is to discuss the material summary plus the closing sentence. Now, so that the summary you are saying is connected with the main material, you have to really study the presentation material well.

For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about how to make presentations or become a presentation moderator, you can visit sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits , we always try to provide the best and newest products for Sinaumed’s, so that you have #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Siti Marliah

Also read:

5 Types of Research – Research is one way to develop or advance a system. The system in question is an existing order or knowledge. For example, there is knowledge about exercising to make the body healthier.

After that, further research will be carried out to prove and develop this knowledge. Through research, we can find out what variables can later be changed so that we can develop this knowledge.

Research has a very broad field, this is because research can be done in all fields of science, starting from economics, health, technology and others. This research can also use different methods, therefore the research is divided into several types. Broadly speaking, research is classified into two studies, namely qualitative and quantitative research. Below will be discussed further about the research.

Definition of Research

Research is a term that comes from Middle French, namely recherche . Recherche means to go in search of. The term recherche itself is a term that comes from Old French, a word that comes from ‘re’ and ‘cerchier’ which means search. The earliest recorded use of the term is in 1577. Research is defined in several different ways.

The definition of research used by the OECD is any creative systematic activity carried out to increase the amount of knowledge, that knowledge includes knowledge about humans, society and culture, the use of this knowledge is of course to design a new application.

Based on the dictionary, research is defined as careful investigation or examination, especially investigations or experiments aimed at discovering a fact, revising the previous theory or accepted law based on new facts, or the practical application of it.

John W. Cresswell provides another definition of research. According to him, research is a process consisting of steps used to collect and analyze information to increase our understanding of a topic or problem consisting of three steps, asking questions, gathering sources and data to answer the questions asked and presenting the answer to the question.

Meanwhile, according to a scientist in Indonesia, Soerjono Soekanto, research is a scientific activity based on an analysis and construction that must be carried out systematically, methodologically and consistently with the aim of revealing a truth.

5 Books That Help You in Doing Research and Compiling Scientific Papers

1. Qualitative Research Methods

This book explains more about the methods that can be applied in qualitative research. In addition, further qualitative research can be studied in the book Theory and Practice Qualitative Research Methods.

 

2. Qualitative Research Methods (Theory and Practice)

This book discusses principles, case studies and qualitative research methods. This book also includes examples of problems that can be found in analogies in other sciences.

 

3. Quantitative and Qualitative Research Theory and Practice

4. Research Methods (Quantitative, Qualitative and Combined Research) 

5. Practical and easy solutions to master SPSS 20 for data processing

The discussion will begin with an introduction to SPSS 20, basic concepts, basic operations, and discussion of various statistical data analysis methods in the form of applicative exercises.

Types of Research

1. Qualitative Research

Qualitative research is research that has a descriptive nature, this research is more likely to use analysis. In this study the process and meaning are emphasized more by using a theoretical basis as a guide to focus on research based on facts in the field.

The theoretical basis also serves to provide a general description of the research setting and as material for a discussion of the research results. Qualitative research has a fairly limited research object. In qualitative research, the researcher must participate in the conditions or events being studied, this is because the results of qualitative research require in-depth analysis from the researcher.

Generally, qualitative research obtains primary data from interviews and observations. After that the researcher will analyze the data obtained so that it is likely to give birth to new concepts or theories if the results of the research conducted contradict the theory used in the research.

There are several methods that can be used in qualitative research, namely phenomenological methods, grounded theory methods, ethnographic methods, case study methods, and narrative research methods. Narrative research method is a research method in which the researcher conducts a study on someone to obtain data from the history of their life journey.

The phenomenological method is a method in which the researcher collects data by observing participants to find out the essential phenomena of the participants in their life experiences. Meanwhile, the grounded theory method is a method in which the researcher generalizes the observed objects inductively, or interacts based on the views of the participants studied.

While the ethnographic method is a method in which researchers will conduct studies on culture in a group and through observation and interviews. For the case study method is a method used to understand or explore the reasons for a case that occurs, this case can be the basis for use in further research.

An explanation of qualitative research methods can be seen further in this book,

Examples of qualitative research:

• Waste Utilizer with Artwork
• Case Study of Disabled Movement Patterns in City A

2. Quantitative Research

Quantitative research is research that conducts systematic investigations to examine a phenomenon by collecting data that can be measured using statistics, mathematics and computation. Quantitative research has the goal of developing hypothetical theories that have links with natural phenomena.

This quantitative research has an important goal of measurement. In this study, measurement is the center of research. This is because the measurement results can help to see a relationship between empirical observations and the results of the data. Quantitative research also aims to help find relationships between variables in a population.

Quantitative research also helps to define a research design. Quantitative research design has two types, namely descriptive studies and experimental studies. Descriptive study research is research that only tests the relationship between variables only once. Meanwhile, experimental studies are carried out if researchers want to measure variables that are carried out before and after research. Measurements made before and after this were carried out to determine cause and effect.

Quantitative research has several points based on its characteristics. Among them is quantitative research that focuses on specific problems that are used as research. Another characteristic is that quantitative research is present to answer the problems raised by researchers. This research is not result oriented, but more to the process.

Another characteristic of quantitative research is that the researcher is the basic instrument in data collection. After that the research design is temporary. This research was conducted by observation, interviews or data analysis techniques. From the results of quantitative research, the results of the data are qualitative.

The essence of quantitative research is a process to measure, the measurement will provide a relationship between observations made empirically and mathematically. Quantitative research is more widely used in the fields of natural sciences and physics. To understand more about quantitative research, you can read the book by Prof. Dr. Endang Widi which contains the Theory and Practice of Quantitative and Qualitative Research.

The methods used in quantitative research. Comparative method is a method which is used to determine the difference between the variables studied. This method applies manipulative abilities so that the resulting data will be objective and accurate. This method is done as naturally as possible so that the differences in the variables will be obvious.

Descriptive method is a method used in research that conveys facts by describing what is obtained. Researchers simply write reports from their eyes, where the authors simply describe the subject of the object being studied.

In addition to the two methods above, there is also a correlation method. The correlation method is a method that has the goal of describing more than two research results. This method is better used in comparing similarities or differences so that the research results can be clearer. The correlation method is more suitable for use in research that has the goal of knowing a clear research starting point.

In addition to quantitative and qualitative methods, there are also studies that combine the two. Book by Prof. Dr. A. Muri Yusuf is a textbook that emphasizes research as an integrative system. The research methods in this book are summarized in 17 chapters which are also enriched with illustrations and research models.

Examples of quantitative research:

• The Influence of Learning Technique A on Language Mastery of Language Department Students at J University.

3. Experimental Research

Experimental research is research that is trial and error. The word experiment itself may already be familiar. Since elementary school, the term experiment has been introduced. For example, experiments to make rockets from used bottles and others. Experiments that are trial and error aim to test a hypothesis or to recognize the existence of a cause and effect relationship with a specific purpose.

Experimental research is further divided into four types, namely pre-experimental, true experimental, quasi-experimental and factorial design. In pre-experimental research, this research does not include serious research because there are still external variables that also influence the formation of the dependent variable.

While true experimental is research in which researchers can control all variables that can affect the course of the experiment. By controlling all the existing variables, the quality of the implementation of the research can be increased. So, true experimental has a control group and a research sample that can be chosen at random.

Factorial design research is a modified form of true experimental research. This modification is done by observing the possibilities of moderator variables that can affect the independent variables.

Quasi experimental is the development of true experimental research. However, this type of experiment tends to be difficult to do. Quasi experimental has a control group that cannot fully function to control other variables that can affect the experiment. This type of experiment is usually used because in practice it is difficult to obtain a control group during research.

4. Descriptive Research

Descriptive research is research that describes the characteristics of a population or a phenomenon that is the object of research. Descriptive research methods focus more on explaining the object of research, so that this research will produce answers from an event that occurred.

Descriptive research has the main objective of explaining and describing the phenomenon or event under study. The criterion that is owned by descriptive research is that the problem formulated must be feasible to study. The formulation of the problem to be raised must be examined in advance whether the formulation of the problem has scientific value.

Research with descriptive methods should not be too broad in its research objectives. The goal must be very specific so that the results of the research are more focused. If the purpose of descriptive research is less specific, then the explanation may be too long and the discussion too broad. In addition, the data used is also in the form of facts, the same as other types of research.

Researchers who conduct descriptive research must go directly into the field so that they can see and collect the required research data themselves. So that it can be seen whether it is really in accordance with the facts, besides that this is also easier for researchers to put it into a research report. Standards of comparison in descriptive research must also have validation so that there is no element of opinion.

There are several methods that can be used in descriptive research, there are survey methods, descriptive continuity methods, case studies, job analysis, library research and comparative research. Comparative research will use the method of comparison of each data obtained.

The survey method is a research method in which the researcher must interact directly with the subject under study. The survey method can use a questionnaire that must be filled in with subjects or opinions. While the descriptive method of continuity is a method that collects data continuously, so that the research data is more detailed.

For the case study method, is where the research will be conducted with a focus on the object of research. Researchers can be involved directly or indirectly when using the case study method. While the job analysis method uses a data collection process that analyzes a job or activity. In contrast to the library method which collects and analyzes data by observing the results of writing that have a relationship with the problem to be studied.

Also read: Definition of Development Research

5. Mixed Research

Mixed research is research that combines quantitative and qualitative forms of research. This mixed research is more complex than the studies mentioned above, because this research does not only collect and analyze data but also involves the functions of quantitative and qualitative research. The use of the two research methods is expected to provide a more complete understanding of the research problem raised.

Mixed methods research aims to better understand an issue by articulating qualitative data, which are descriptive details, as well as quantitative data, which are numbers. Mixed methods research also has the aim of obtaining quantitative statistical results from a particular research object and will then be followed up by observing individuals to obtain more in-depth results.

As with other studies, mixed research also has several methods that can be used. There is a sequential mixed method, this method is a procedure where the researcher will combine the findings obtained from one method with the findings from another method. For example, researchers may first use qualitative methods and then proceed with quantitative methods.

Apart from that, there is also a mixed concurrent method which is a procedure in which the researcher will combine quantitative and qualitative data. This data pooling aims to obtain analysis and research problems. In contrast to the transformative mixed method where the researcher will use a theoretical point of view as a perspective which consists of qualitative and quantitative data.

In addition to the several types of research described above, there are also types of research such as simulation, historical and cultural. This type of research must have a basis that is in accordance with the research to be carried out.

Also read articles related to “Types of Research” :

• How to Write a Bibliography from the Internet
• How to Write a Bibliography of a Book
• Definition of Scientific Writing

5 Types of Oceans in the World and Their Characteristics – Earth is the only planet in the universe with the most perfect composition to be inhabited by living things. All components needed by living things such as air, water and soil are available with balanced components.

The earth itself has a diverse natural appearance, and when viewed from outer space you will see the color of the earth which is dominated by green or brown. The green color seen from outer space is water that dominates the earth with a percentage of more than 50%.

Well, one of the waters on earth is called an ocean, then what is that ocean and how many kinds of oceans are there on earth? Watch until the end of the article to find out more about Samudra, Sinaumed’s!

Definition of Ocean

As has been explained, that the waters on earth dominate until they reach a composition of more than 50%. There are various types of waters on earth, ranging from fresh water, open water, ocean waters to springs.

In short, foreign waters with a large size or volume of water are referred to as seas, whereas if their size is wider than the sea, they are referred to as oceans.

The ocean is a collection of several seas which then gather together, so that the area of ​​the ocean is very wide compared to the sea.

The ocean can also be interpreted as a vast sea with a continuous mass of salt water covering the earth’s surface and bounded by continents and large islands. The word ocean itself comes from the Sanskrit language which means sea.

Reporting from The Free Dictionary, the oceans are all foreign containers of water that include more than 70 percent of the water on the earth’s surface.

Meanwhile, The Britannica said that the ocean is a container of entangled salty water and a large basin was found in the container. The Britannica also mentions, if the ocean is seen from outer space, it will be clear that the ocean dominates the earth’s surface.

According to the National Geography book, the ocean is a container of interconnected salt water and includes more than 70 percent of the salt water on the earth’s surface. The ocean also has currents that regulate the world’s weather and produce a kaleidoscope of life on earth. The ocean has an important role in human life, because humans depend on ocean waters for their survival and comfort.

Types of Oceans in the World

There are five oceans in the world, along with the five oceans and their explanations.

1. The Pacific Ocean

The first ocean is the Pacific Ocean and is the most extensive of the five other oceans. The Pacific Ocean covers half of the water area on earth, covering an area of ​​about 179,700,000 square km and stretching from north to south, causing the Pacific Ocean to be divided into two parts, namely the North Pacific Ocean and the South Pacific Ocean.

The name Pacific itself comes from the Spanish language, namely pacifico which means calm. The Pacific Ocean or calm sea has 25,000 islands around it and the majority of these islands are south of the equator.

Meanwhile, in the irregular boundaries of the Pacific Ocean there are many large seas that have accumulated, including the Sulawesi Sea, Coral Sea, Sea of ​​Japan, East China Sea, North Natuna Sea, Tasman Sea, Sulu Sea and Tasman Sea.

The following are the characteristics of the Pacific Ocean as well as interesting facts about this calm ocean.

1. Fernando de Magalhães, a Portuguese explorer is the person who gave the name to this Pacific Ocean.
2. The Pacific Ocean is bounded by continents and islands.
3. Even though it has the nickname of a calm sea, the Pacific Ocean is the center of tropical storms.
4. This area in the Pacific Ocean is the epicenter of volcanic earthquakes.
5. As the world’s largest ocean, the length of the Pacific Ocean reaches 15,500 km which is formed from the Bering Sea in the Arctic to the ice cap in Antarctica’s Ross Sea.
6. The width of the Pacific Ocean reaches 5 degrees LU latitude and extends approximately 19,800 km from the Indonesian archipelago to the coast in Colombia.
7. There is the Mariana Trench, which is the lowest point on earth.
8. It has many volcanoes under the Pacific Ocean or seamounts.

2. Atlantic Ocean

After the Pacific Ocean, the second largest ocean is the Atlantic Ocean which has an area of ​​about 106,450,000 square kilometers and stretches from the northern hemisphere to the southern hemisphere. The Atlantic Ocean connects the two polar regions, namely the North Pole and the South Pole.

The Atlantic Ocean has a unique shape, which resembles the letter ‘S’ and has irregular boundaries in various bays and seas. The Pacific Ocean is indeed the epicenter of tropical storms, but in the Atlantic Ocean tropical storms also frequently occur which develop around the African coastal area near Cape Verde and then move westward, down the Caribbean Sea from May to December.

The following are the characteristics and interesting facts about the Atlantic Ocean that Sinaumed’s can know.

1. The Atlantic Ocean has a mysterious place called the Bermuda triangle.
2. The Atlantic Ocean covers about 1/5 of the earth’s surface.
3. The word Athletics comes from ancient Greek mythology which means the Sea of ​​Atlas.
4. The Atlantic Ocean has irregular boundaries bounded by bays and seas, including the Caribbean Sea, Mediterranean Sea, Black Sea, North Sea, Baltic Sea, Gulf of Mexico, St. Lawrence Bay, and the Norwegian-Greenland Sea.
5. It has the lowest point which is in the Milwaukee Valley, namely the Puerto Rico Trench.
6. It has two important canals as waterways, namely the Kiel Canal and the Saint Lawrence Canal.
7. The average depth of the Atlantic Ocean is about 3,332m.
8. Because it has a large area, the Atlantic Ocean is divided into two regions, namely the North Atlantic and the South Atlantic.

3. Indian Ocean

The Indian Ocean is an ocean that lies between the Asian Continent, the Australian Continent and the African Continent, with an area of ​​around 68,526,000 square kilometers. In the Indian Ocean, floods often occur which then affect Sri Lanka, due to the large waves that occur in the Indian Ocean. In addition, in the western part of the Indian Ocean there is the island of Madagascar and in the north there are the islands of Sri Lanka and the islands of the Maldives.

The following are characteristics and interesting facts about the Indian Ocean.

1. In the Indian Ocean, there was an earthquake to be exact off the west coast of Aceh with a magnitude of 9.3 on the Richter scale.
2. The earthquake that has occurred in the Indian Ocean is one of the most powerful earthquakes that has ever occurred and hit several areas, such as Aceh, North Sumatra, the west coast of Peninsular Malaysia, the east coast of India, Sri Lanka, Thailand to the east coast of Africa.
3. The area from the Indian Ocean to cover 20 percent of the earth’s surface.
4. Phenomena that occur in the Indian Ocean can greatly affect the ecosystem on earth.
5. The Indian Ocean is also known as the Indonesian Ocean.
6. The deepest point in the Indian Ocean is the Java Trench with a depth of about 7,725 m.
7. Has relatively high currents and waves.
8. It has important ports that are busy with trading activities, such as Colombo, Fremantle in Australia, Richards Bay in South Africa, Karachi in Pakistan, Calcutta in India, Jakarta in Indonesia.

4. Arctic Ocean

The Arctic Ocean is the smallest of the five other oceans. The area of ​​the Arctic Ocean reaches about 14,056,000 square kilometers which extends from the North Pole region.

The Arctic Ocean is an ocean that has a layer of ice around it. Then in summer, the ice around the Arctic Ocean will break apart, and then drift into the ocean because it is carried away. The drifting ice shards can endanger shipping activities, such as accidents if they hit the shards of ice.

The following are the characteristics and facts about the Arctic Ocean.

1. The average temperature in the Arctic Ocean is always around -2 degrees Celsius.
2. Summer in the Arctic Ocean is characterized only by continuous sunshine, with humid and misty air accompanied by weak whirlwinds as well as rain and snow.
3. Winter in the Arctic Ocean is characterized by continuous darkness, cool air with stable weather conditions and clear skies.
4. The ice around the Arctic Ocean from 1979 to 2005 has been reduced, and is one of the harbingers of the climate crisis.
5. Has a polar climate characterized by cold air throughout the year.
6. The shallowest ocean, among the other five oceans.
7. The temperature and salt levels in the Arctic Ocean are always changing depending on the season and the ice that covers the waters in the Arctic Ocean.
8. Has a basin with a depth reaching 4000 – 5450 m.
9. The basic shape of the Arctic Ocean varies greatly, from the plan of the abyssal to the fault block – ridge.

5. Antarctic Ocean / Southern Ocean

The Antarctic Ocean or the Southern Ocean is a mass of seawater surrounded by the Antarctic Continent and is the fourth largest ocean among the five other oceans. At first, the Antarctic Ocean was not recognized by scientists or researchers, initially the Antarctic Ocean was only referred to as an ice land. In addition, the Antarctic Ocean does not have clear boundaries between other areas.

The following are the characteristics and facts about the Antarctic Ocean.

1. Because it does not have clear boundaries, the naming of the area in the Antarctic Ocean is combined with other oceans around the Antarctic Ocean.
2. As the fourth largest ocean, the Antarctic Ocean has an area of ​​around 20,327,000 square kilometers.
3. Ships sailing in the Antarctic Ocean must have special features to be able to break the ice to avoid accidents.
4. The Antarctic Ocean region, is estimated to start from the shoreline on the Antarctic Continent with a limit of 60 degrees LS and encircle all the land in the Antarctic Ocean.
5. The oceans surrounding the Antarctic Ocean are always covered in ice throughout the year.
6. There are frequent strong cyclonic storms, due to the temperature differences in the Antarctic Ocean.
7. Has a depth of about 4000 to 5000 m and the depth is almost the same in all corners of the ocean.
8. From March to September, the Antarctic Ocean is getting bigger, 7 times.
9. It has the largest ocean current, namely the Antarctic Circumpolar Current which moves eastward and circulates approximately 130 million cubic meters of water per second. Or the equivalent of 100 times the flow of all rivers in the world.

Ocean Formation Process

Like continents, oceans were also formed through events that took place 4.4 billion years ago. At that time, the earth underwent a change in shape that occurred due to volcanic eruptions, thus making the earth’s surface covered by volcanic ash.

Volcanic dust that coats the earth, then blocks sunlight from entering the earth. So that there is a buildup of water vapor that should become rainwater. The buildup of steam, then becomes the condensed atmosphere so that eventually rain occurs.

Because the shape of the earth’s surface changed, the rainwater that fell earlier then filled the basin, so that the oceans were formed on earth.

At first, the water in the oceans is very acidic, with temperatures reaching around 100 degrees Celsius. The acidic nature that appears in this ocean, can occur because the earth’s condition is very hot. Thus, the earth’s atmosphere is enveloped and covered by carbon dioxide.

When the sea was still acidic too, the earth often experienced tsunami waves, which were caused by asteroids falling to earth. The tsunami was then accompanied by high tides and low tides that occurred too quickly. The ebb and flow of water can occur, because the distance between the earth and the moon is too close.

Over time, the amount of carbon dioxide that blanketed the earth then dissolved into the sea water. Then it reacts with carbonate ions to form calcium carbonate.

As a result of the formation of these substances, the earth’s sky begins to brighten, so that sunlight can finally re-enter the earth. After sunlight enters the earth, the volume of sea water continues to experience shrinkage. As a result, the part of the earth that was concave and filled with rain water, began to dry up.

After some parts of the earth dry up, rock weathering occurs and the weathering is continuously carried out to sea because it is carried away by rainwater. It was the weathering of the rock, which then caused seawater to become salty and no longer acidic.

After knowing the meaning, types, and the process of the formation of oceans, what are the benefits of oceans for human life?

At the beginning of the article according to the book National Geography, the ocean has an important role for humans. Mainly for the sake of comfort and human survival. Then what are the benefits obtained through the ocean? Here’s an explanation.

Ocean Benefits

1. The ocean can be a place for humans to find food sources. Because it is a container of the oceans that are collected, the oceans also store other marine wealth.
2. The ocean serves as a territorial boundary between countries.
3. An ocean with a mass of water that can automatically function as a reserve of clean water for humans.
4. Apart from being a source of food, the ocean also serves as a place for natural resources.
5. The ocean also functions as a research site to find out natural resources that live in the trenches and other parts under the ocean.
6. Become a conservation area for endangered marine biota.
7. Oceans can function as trade routes, such as the important sea canals that are in the Atlantic Ocean.
8. As a means of transportation for sailing ships.

Also read articles related to “Types of Oceans in the World” :

• Atmosphere Layer
• Examples of Application of the Concept of Geography
• Structure of the Earth’s Layers
• The 10 Biggest Islands in the World
• 10 Biggest Islands in Indonesia
• The 10 Largest Countries in the World
• 10 Richest People in Indonesia
• 10 Highest Mountains in Indonesia
• 10 Most Popular BTS Songs
• 10 Longest Rivers in the World
• Theory of the Formation of the Earth and the Solar System

That’s a brief explanation of the 5 kinds of oceans in the world . If Sinaumed’s wants to know more about the ocean, then Sinaumed’s can dig deeper into this one material by reading the books available at sinaumedia. Because as #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides complete and quality reference books for Sinaumed’s! Buy and read the book right now!

Types of Financial Statements – Did Sinaumed’s know that every company, both small and large, is required to prepare a financial report?

Yep, this financial report is an important document to show how the financial condition of a company is. In fact, not infrequently, these financial reports will become the main information when evaluating the work of its employees.

In short, through these financial reports, we will be able to find out how much profit and loss is received by the company, whether it is engaged in the service or trade industry. Financial reports, of course, must be prepared according to facts because later they can be used as a guide for calculations in the next period.

A financial report that generally contains profit and loss calculations does not only consist of that one type, but there are many. Yep, these types of financial statements are prepared depending on the needs of each company.

Not infrequently, even a division in the company can make all these types of financial reports if it is needed. So, what are the types of financial reports? What are the objectives of preparing these financial statements? So, so that Sinaumed’s doesn’t feel confused about these questions, let’s look at the following review!

5 Types of Financial Statements in Economics

Before knowing what the types of financial reports are, it is better for Sinaumed’s to understand again what the definition of financial reports is.

According to Kasmir (2013), financial reports are reports that describe how the financial condition of a company is happening now or in the future. This report will later consist of a balance sheet and a profit and loss calculation, especially from the results of the company’s operations with reports related to changes in the company’s equity.

In short, this financial report is a form of conveying information that contains a summary of the process of financial transactions in a company, both in the current and future periods.

Generally, financial reports will be prepared by the accounting division to then be accountable to management and the company. Well, the financial statements are divided into 5 types, namely balance reports, income statements, changes in capital reports, cash flow reports, and notes to financial reports. Here’s the explanation!

1. Balance Sheet

The first type of financial report is the balance sheet. The balance sheet is a financial report that contains the total assets (assets), liabilities (debt), and company capital (equity) at a certain time. The total wealth (assets) will be presented on the assets side, while the amount of liabilities and capital will be presented on the liabilities side. So, the total assets and liabilities must be the same, aka the balance sheet .

The purpose of compiling this balance sheet report is to show how the financial condition of a company is, especially when it is done at the end of the year, aka the book is closed. What’s more, the preparation of this type of balance sheet financial report is based on a standardized form, especially if it is intended for parties outside the company.

For this reason, companies can choose which form of balance sheet report is suitable, with 2 choices, namely the control form and the report form.

Forms of Presentation of Balance Sheet Financial Statements

a) Control Shape (T)

Namely the form of a balance sheet that looks like the letter “T”, so it is often also referred to as the T Form or horizontal. The form is divided into 2 positions, namely the left side contains assets, while the right side contains liabilities and capital.

b) Report Form (L)

Namely the form of the balance sheet which is also called the vertical form. The preparation of this balance sheet starts from the top down, to be precise from the components of current assets (such as cash, banks, securities), components of current liabilities, components of long-term debt and components of capital.

Component Parts of the Balance Sheet Financial Statements

Broadly speaking, a balance sheet financial report must contain the following components.

1) Current Assets

In the form of assets or wealth that can be cashed when needed and a maximum of one year. If the company is in need of money to pay debts that are due, or to purchase goods or services, then the money can be obtained from current assets.

• Cash
• Accounts with banks (both current accounts and savings accounts)
• Time deposit
• Securities
• accounts receivable
• Loans granted
• Supply
• Fees paid in advance
• Income to be received
• other current assets.

2) Fixed Assets

In the form of company assets or assets that can be used for a period of more than one year. These assets are divided into 2 types, namely tangible and intangible.

• Tangible Assets

• Land
• Machine
• Building
• Vehicle
• Accumulated depreciation

• Intangible Assets

• Goodwill
• Copyright
• Licence
• Trademark

3) Other Assets

In the form of assets or assets that cannot be classified as current assets or fixed assets.

• The building is currently under construction.
• Land currently under construction.
• Long term debt.
• Bail.
• Investment advance

2. Profit and Loss Report

The next type of financial report is the Profit and Loss Report. This income statement contains information about the results of operations of the company in a certain period. This report will later describe the amount of revenue received and costs incurred, so that it can be seen whether the company is making a profit or a loss.

In this type of financial report, the amount of income and costs will have a difference when deducted. Well, the difference is what is referred to as profit or loss. If the total revenue is greater than the total costs, then the company is considered to be in a profit condition. However, if the total revenue is less than the total costs, then the company is in a loss condition.

Types of Components of Income Reported

1. a) Obtained from the main business of the company.
2. b) Obtained from outside the company’s main business (side business).

Types of Expense Components to be Reported

1. a) Charged from the main business of the company.
2. b) Charged from outside the company’s main business (side business).

Forms of Presentation of Profit and Loss Financial Statements

a) Single Step Model

Namely the form of presentation of the income statement that is not grouped on income and expenses into business groups. It is only separated between revenues and profits, with the costs of existing losses.

b) Multi-Step Model

Namely the form of presenting the profit and loss financial statements which is done by grouping several incomes and expenses that have been arranged in a certain order.

Components in the Profit and Loss Report

Broadly speaking, a profit and loss financial statement must contain the following components.

1) Sales (Revenue)

2) Cost of goods sold (HPP)

3) Gross profit

4) Operating Costs:

• General fees
• Sales fee
• Rental costs
• Administrative costs
• Other operating costs

5) Operating gross profit

6) Depreciation (depreciation)

7) Net operating income

8) Other income

9) Profit before interest and tax or EBIT ( Earning Before Interest and Tax )

10) Interest Fee:

• Money note
• Bank interest
• Mortgage interest
• Bond interest
• Other flowers

11) Profit before tax or EBT ( Earning Before Tax)

12) Taxes

13) Profit after interest and tax or EAIT ( Earning After Interest and Tax )

14) Profit per share ( Earning per Share )

3. Report on Changes in Capital

The third type of financial report is the Statement of Changes in Capital. This report contains the amount and type of capital owned by the company in the current period. Since in a one-year period, it is certain that a company will experience an increase or decrease in capital, this report will also contain an explanation of changes in capital and the reasons for this.

Elements in the Statement of Changes in Capital

In this type of financial report, it is usually calculated by initial capital + (net profit – private) .

a) Initial Capital

Namely the entire fund that will be invested for efforts to progress the company. This capital starts from when the company was founded until a certain time, especially when there has been no additional capital.

b) Net Profit/Loss

Namely the difference between the total income and the total of all expenses, as recorded in the Profit and Loss Report.

c) Private

Namely the withdrawal of a number of capital made by directors or executive parties who invest their capital. Of course, this can be done for personal needs or other needs outside the company’s main business activities.

d) Additional Capital

Namely the difference between net profit and prive.

4. Statement of Cash Flows

The fourth type of financial statement is the Statement of Cash Flows. In this type of financial report, it shows the existence of cash inflows and cash outflows that occur in the company. Cash inflows can be in the form of income or loans made from other parties, while cash outflows can be in the form of costs incurred by the company including payments for company operational costs. This statement of cash flows is prepared for a certain period.

This cash flow statement is usually prepared by comparing the balance at the beginning of the period with the balance at the end of the period, of course, while still using the key items contained in the income statement.

The main function of this type of financial report is as a verification tool ( cross-check ) to obtain answers to questions related to cash. In addition, this cash flow statement can also be used to assess the logical relationship between cash balances in the balance sheet and the profit/loss position in the income statement.

Types of Presentation of Statements of Cash Flows

According to Hackel and Livnat (1996), this type of financial report can be divided into 3 types, namely:

a) Operational Activities ( Operating )

Namely the type of cash flow statement that includes all transactions and other activities that are not included in the company’s investment and financing activities. In short, cash flows from operational activities will definitely include production activities, distribution of goods, and provision of services.

b) Investment Activities ( Investing )

Namely the type of cash flow report which includes purchases and collection of accounts receivable, returns on merchandise inventories, loan payments, to the procurement and sale of company assets in the form of land, buildings, machinery, equipment, and others.

c) Funding or Financing Activities ( Financing )

Namely the type of cash flow statement that includes the acquisition of resources from the owners and the provision of returns on the investments that have been made. In addition, efforts to borrow and repay debts by the owner are also included in this financing activity .

Concept of Presenting a Statement of Cash Flows

According to Munawir (1998), there are 2 presentation concepts in this cash flow statement, namely as follows.

a) Clean Surplus Principle

Namely the presentation concept in which all incidental profit and loss will appear on the income statement and income statement. Later there could be a declaration of dividend payment and profit allowance.

b) Non Clean Surplus Principle

Namely the concept of presenting a cash flow statement that determines the results of the company’s normal operating activities in the current period. Meanwhile, the income statement will incidentally appear on the withheld report.

5. Notes to Financial Statements

The last type of financial report is Notes to Financial Statements. In this type of financial report, it contains information regarding explanations that are deemed necessary for existing financial reports, so that the causes and effects will be clear. The purpose of preparing the notes to these financial statements is so that users can understand the data presented clearly.

In short, this type of financial report must contain explanations that are needed in other financial reports. This is so that interested parties do not misinterpret.

What is the Purpose of Making Financial Reports?

The financial reports which must be prepared by each company are of course not just ordinary reports, but a form of information that has various purposes. So, here is the purpose of making a financial report in the company.

1. Being information about the type and amount of assets (assets) owned by the company in the current period.
2. It provides information about the type and amount of liabilities and capital owned by the company in the current period.
3. As company financial information.
4. Provide information about changes that occur to assets, liabilities, and company capital.
5. Provides information about the type and amount of liabilities as well as the amount of company revenue earned in a certain period.
6. As information about how the performance of the company’s management in a period.

Source: 

https://eprints.perbanas.ac.id/1040/4/BAB%20II.pdf (accessed January 2, 2023)

http://eprints.binadarma.ac.id/4556/1/BAB%20II%20%20ANALISA%20%20LAPORAN%20KEUANGAN.pdf (accessed January 2, 2023)

Thahir, Fitria Fauziah. (2008). Evaluation of Financial Performance for the 2001-2007 Period at Perum Peruri Jakarta. University of Indonesia. thesis .

Also Read!

• Differences in Financial Accounting and Management Accounting
• Definition of Financial Institutions and Their Functions, Types, and Benefits
• Example of a Trading Company Financial Report
• History and Duties of the Supreme Audit Board
• Example of Sales Bookkeeping and How to Make It
• Complete Explanation of Accounting Theory
• Definition of Deficiency: Types and Relationship with Audit Findings
• Functions and Types of Cash Equivalent Assets
• Retained Profit: Definition, Functions, and Factors
• What is Liquidity in Economics?

Types of Pollution – Does Sinaumed’s realize that as time progresses, the natural environment becomes dirty? The meaning of the word “dirty” is that nowadays there is a lot of pollution going on in the environment which of course is a major problem in every country, not only in Indonesia.

Yep, this environmental pollution is influenced by the amount of productivity that occurs on planet earth. Many humans as social objects are not aware of the dangers of this pollution. The most felt danger from pollution is that human health is also disrupted.

Then, what are the kinds of pollution? Is it just air pollution, mostly from vehicle and factory exhaust fumes?

Of course not, there is a lot of pollution that has occurred on planet Earth that we are the culprits without even realizing it. So, for that reason, let’s take a closer look at the various types of pollution that have occurred on planet Earth as well as how to deal with them.

Understanding What is Environmental Pollution

Before discussing the various types of pollution, it is better if Sinaumed’s first understands what pollution is, especially environmental pollution.

Environmental pollution has now become a major problem experienced by many countries, not only in Indonesia. This happens in line with population growth that is too fast so that the need for natural resources including water, air and land is also “touched”.

In general, pollution is the process of entering certain materials or energy into an environment which actually causes negative changes to the environment, human health, to the existence of humans and other organizations. In this case, the environment in question relates to air ecosystems, soil ecosystems, marine ecosystems, and others.

Meanwhile, according to Law Number 32 of 2009 concerning Environmental Protection and Management, especially in Article 1 paragraph 14, it reveals that environmental pollution is “Entry or inclusion of living things, substances, energy, and/or other components into the environment by human activities so that they exceed the established environmental quality standards .

This environmental pollution can occur anywhere, along with the rapid rate of population growth. The heaviest pollution load is caused by industrial waste and various chemicals.

5 Kinds of Environmental Pollution

When viewed from its nature, environmental pollution that occurs in most countries including Indonesia, can be grouped into 5 types, namely air pollution, sound pollution, water pollution, soil pollution, and radiation pollution. Well, here is the explanation.

1. Air Pollution

Air pollution is when foreign materials enter through the air and then affect its quality in a certain area. Meanwhile, according to the Decree of the Minister of State for Population and Environment No. KEP – 03 / MENKLH / II / 1991 also reveals that air pollution is the entry or inclusion of living things, substances, energy, and or other components into the air by human activities or natural processes, so that the air quality drops to a certain level which causes the air to become less or no longer able to function according to its designation.

Classification of Air Pollutants

In general, air pollution or air pollution can be caused by two types of pollutants, namely those that are primary and secondary.

• Primary Pollutants

Namely the type of pollutant which is the direct result of a process or pollutant substance that is generated directly by the source of the pollutant. Examples of primary pollutants are sulfur dioxide produced by factories and carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide from combustion

• Secondary Pollutants

Namely the type of pollutant produced by the interaction of several primary pollutants in the atmosphere, such as photochemical reactions. An example of this secondary pollutant is the dissociation of NO2 which produces NO and O.

Causes of Air Pollution

• Traffic

The use of transportation is actually the main cause of air pollution, especially in cars and motorbikes. Especially in this day and age, the number of vehicles is actually increasing every year until it finally causes traffic jams.

In theory, the petroleum used as a fuel contains hydrocarbon compounds and is then burned to produce carbon dioxide and water compounds.

However, in reality, engines cannot burn hydrocarbons cleanly, which causes vehicle exhausts to release harmful substances which cause more severe air pollution. The results of this incomplete combustion produce carbon monoxide (CO) which is a toxic gas, nitrogen oxides and volatile organic compounds (VOC).

These substances are dangerous causes of air pollution so that the air becomes hazy brown, blue or black and forms ozone. This ozone is very dangerous for health because it can seriously interfere with breathing and in the long term can cause a variety of more acute diseases.

• Industrial or Factory Smoke

The second main cause of air pollution is the increasing amount of industrial or factory smoke found in various regions. In the factory industry, there is usually a chimney that functions to blow out the remaining smoke every day.

However, several manufacturing industries produce very dangerous pollutants, especially the manufacturing industry for plastics, cement, aluminum, steel, and other chemical industries. Organic compounds such as carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons are pollutants that are commonly produced by the manufacturing industry, thus indirectly accelerating the process of the greenhouse effect phenomenon.

• Use of Insecticides and Pesticides

In this day and age, in order for agricultural crops to grow well and healthily, it is necessary to apply fertilizers and anti-pest drugs such as insecticides and pesticides. However, the use of these materials actually has a negative impact on the environment.

Pesticides contain ammonia or NH3 which is certainly harmful to the atmosphere. Ammonia is a substance that can cause air pollution as well as water pollution and of course it is not good for health because it can cause bronchitis.

2. Sound Pollution (Noise)

Air or noise pollution is when noise occurs in an environment that exceeds a predetermined threshold value for that environment. The effect of noise on human health is determined by the level (loudness), distance, and intensity of the noise from the source.

Noise pollution can be caused by high volume sounds that make the surrounding area noisy and unpleasant. The noise level occurs when the sound intensity exceeds 70 decibels (dB).

 Causes of Noise Pollution

• The sound of using machines, be it chainsaws, tile cutters, lawn mowers, and others.
• The sound of pets.
• Television sound at high volume.
• Development project.
• Vehicle horn sound.
• The sound of machines in the factory, from the use of large fans, compressors, transformers and pumps.

When measured based on decibel power (dB), the sounds that often cause noise pollution are:

• People are noisy or arguing = 80 dB
• Train noise = 95 dB
• Motor engine = 104 dB
• Lightning sound = 120 dB
• Airplane taking off = 150 dB

The most felt impact of this noise pollution is usually a feeling of discomfort, lack of concentration, difficulty sleeping, to the worst, it can cause temporary deafness.

3. Soil Pollution

Namely when a foreign object is added to an area of ​​land and causes the quality of the soil in that area to decrease to the point where it can endanger living things that use the land. This pollution usually occurs due to leakage of liquid waste or industrial chemicals.

Types of materials that can cause soil pollution are chemicals, microorganisms, and radioactive materials. All of these materials, if they enter the water, will also contaminate the soil.

Components of Materials Causing Soil Pollution

Soil pollution is most commonly caused by waste, especially from residential areas and trading places such as markets. In this case, the following is a description of the components of the materials that cause soil pollution.

• Domestic waste

Domestic waste mostly comes from residential areas, trading places such as markets, restaurant businesses, and others; in the form of solid or liquid waste.

• Solid waste

This solid waste is in the form of inorganic compounds that cannot be destroyed or broken down by microorganisms, such as plastic, ceramics, cans, and used building materials. For these inorganic compounds can remain intact for up to 300 years to come.

This inorganic waste can cause the soil layer to be impenetrable by plant roots, so that the soil will also not get water, especially minerals, whose function is to fertilize the soil.

• Liquid waste

The liquid waste can be in the form of detergent, feces, oil or paint, which if allowed to seep into the soil will actually damage the soil water content as well as kill the microorganisms in the soil. This liquid waste usually comes from the processing of a production process, especially in the metal processing industry and other chemical industries, examples of substances are copper, lead, silver, chromium, arsenic and boron.

• Industrial waste

Industrial waste can also be in the form of solid to liquid, which is usually produced by the factory industry, for example sludge and slurry originating from processing. The factory industries that contribute the most industrial waste are sugar factories, paper factories, fruit preservation places, fish and meat selling places, and others.

• Agricultural Waste

Agricultural waste also contributes to soil contamination, especially with the use of urea and pesticides which are usually used to eradicate plant pests. The use of this fertilizer if done continuously can damage the soil structure, causing soil fertility to decrease and then it becomes unplantable by certain types of plants, because soil nutrients are decreasing.

Impact of Soil Pollution

• Impact On Health

Since the soil is a place where plants can live, if the soil is polluted, the plants planted will also be polluted. Especially if these plants are consumed by humans, then of course it will have an impact on health. Especially lead which is very dangerous for children, because it causes brain damage and kidney damage.

• Impact on the Ecosystem

Soil pollution also has an impact on the ecosystem. Considering that the ecosystem has a pyramid-like shape, the chemical effects resulting from soil contamination will affect the lowest forms of life. Animals that are at the bottom of the pyramid will eat food containing foreign chemicals which will gradually concentrate on the creatures that inhabit the upper pyramid.

4. Water Pollution

Namely the entry of foreign objects into a water area and reduce the quality of water in the water area. Disturbed water quality is characterized by changes in smell, taste and color. This pollution problem has become a global problem that can kill hundreds of people in a short time. An example is in India, it is estimated that around 700 million people in India do not have access to a toilet, and 1,000 Indian children die from diarrheal diseases every day.

Causes of Water Pollution

Actually, water pollution can be caused by two factors, namely natural factors and human activity factors. For natural factors, it is usually related to natural disasters such as volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, and floods.

• Volcanic eruptions

Lava released by volcanoes is usually in the form of a mixture of rocks, sand and gravel due to the flow of water that occurs on the slopes of the mountain. From the lava, it will “join” into the water flow, where the water flow is used by residents, especially refugee victims, to meet their needs. If the water enters the human body, of course it will be dangerous.

• Flood

Flood disaster is a natural disaster that occurs almost every rainy season in several regions in Indonesia. Water pollution caused by flooding, especially when the river cannot accommodate water capacity due to heavy rainfall and then the water overflows into the surrounding land and is polluted by garbage.

• Household waste

Especially in liquid household waste which contributes to the cause of water pollution. From the liquid household waste, various organic materials can be found (eg leftover vegetables, fish, rice, oil, fat, human waste water) which are carried away by sewage/ditch water, then follow the flow of the river.

Not only that, there are even inorganic materials such as plastic, aluminum, and bottles that are washed away by the currents of the water. Garbage piles up, clogs waterways and causes flooding. Other pollutant materials from household waste are biological contaminants in the form of disease germs, bacteria and fungi.

In urban areas, sewage water tends to be black in color and emits a pungent odor. In such sewage water, there are no living organisms except bacteria and fungi. Compared to industrial waste, household waste in urban areas in Indonesia accounts for 60% of all existing waste.

• Catching Fish Using Poison

Until now, there are still many residents and fishermen who use tuba or potash (poison) to catch fish. This poison can kill not only adult fish, but also small fish. Fishing activities in this way result in pollution in the aquatic environment and degrade aquatic resources

5. Radiation Pollution

Namely the inclusion of radioactive materials that have radiation strength beyond a predetermined threshold value. Not only that, radiation pollution can also be caused by heat radiation that exceeds the normal temperature in an environment.

Usually, this radiation pollution is caused by radioactive dust resulting from the explosion of atomic reactors and atomic bombs.

So, that’s a review of the various types of pollution that occur on planet Earth and become a global problem experienced by many countries, not only in Indonesia. As the future generation, we must take early prevention so that these pollutions do not become more widespread and instead affect our children and grandchildren in the future.

Also Read!

• Understanding the 5 Causes of Water Pollution
• Negative Impacts of Air Pollution & Solutions
• What is Soil Pollution?
• Causes of Water Pollution and How to Overcome It
• Air Pollution Factor
• Definition of Environmental Pollution
• Factors Causing Soil Pollution
• Causes of Air Pollution and Solutions
• Why Sea Water Tastes Salty
• Definition of Breeding and Its Utilization
• Definition of Reforestation
• Know the Characteristics of Clean Water According to WHO
• Causes & Impacts of Forest Fires

Traditional House of the Dayak Tribe – The Dayak tribe or from the old spelling Dajak or Dayak is a tribe or ethnic group that inhabits a hinterland of the island of Borneo. The word “daya” itself means a cognate with the word “raya” in the name “Toraya” and means “people (above) above, people upstream”.

Based on archaeological evidence found in the Niah Caves in Sarawak and Babi Cave in South Kalimantan, the first inhabitants of Kalimantan themselves have Austro-Melanesian characteristics with a larger proportion of skeletal bones when compared to the inhabitants of present-day Kalimantan and inhabit the island of Borneo. including Brunei, Malaysia which consists of Sabah and Sarawak, and Indonesia which consists of West Kalimantan, North Kalimantan, East Kalimantan, Central Kalimantan and South Kalimantan.

There are 3 main tribes or 5 native tribes of Kalimantan which are Malay, Dayak, Banjar, Kutai and Tidung.

According to the 2010 census of the Central Bureau of Statistics of the Republic of Indonesia, the ethnic groups found in Indonesian Borneo are then grouped into 3 main tribes, namely the Indonesian Dayak tribe (268 sub-ethnic/sub-tribe groups in Indonesia), the Malay ethnic group, and other ethnic groups from Kalimantan, namely the non Dayak and non Malay.

In the past, the culture of the Dayak people was a maritime or maritime culture. Almost all the nicknames of the Dayak people then have the meaning as something related to “pelhulan” or river, especially in the names of the families and their family names.

Some divide the Dayak people into six clans, namely the Klemantan or Kalimantan clan, the Iban clan, the Apokayan or Dayak Kayan, Kenyah and Bahau clans, the Murut clan, the Ot Danum-Ngaju clan and the Punan clan.

But scientifically, linguists then saw 5 groups of languages ​​spoken on the island of Borneo and each of which has relatives outside the island of Borneo:

• “Barito Raya” (in which there are 33 languages, including 11 languages ​​from the Madagascar language group, and Sama-Bajau including the Dayak Paser Tribe.
• “Dayak Darat” (in which there are 13 languages), including the Rejang language in Bengkulu.
• “North Borneo” (in which there are 99 languages), including the Yakan language in the Philippines as well as a tribe that stands with its own tribal name, namely the Tidung Tribe. “Sulawesi” and is spoken by 3 Dayak tribes in the interior of West Kalimantan, including Taman Dayak, Embaloh Dayak, and Kalis Dayak who are also called the Banuaka Dayak family.

Several tribes from Kalimantan and then have Malay traditions related to this family as separate and independent tribes or the Malay tribe itself, namely the Banjar Tribe, Sambas Malay Tribe, Kutai Tribe, Berau Malay Tribe, and Kedayan Malay Tribe.

Traditional house of the Dayak tribe in Kalimantan

There are many traditional houses in Indonesia with a variety of different models and their own uniqueness, making each region a must visit because of this diversity.

Central Kalimantan itself is one of the areas with beautiful scenery, complete with interesting tribes and cultures to learn about.

So that you can recognize the traditional houses of Central Kalimantan, here is a more complete explanation of the traditional houses in Kalimantan.

1. Traditional Betang House, Typical of Central Kalimantan

Central Kalimantan with a capital city named Palangkaraya City and dominated by three dominant ethnicities living in the area. The three dominant ethnic groups living in Kalimantan include the Dayak, Javanese and Banjar ethnic groups.

One of the traditional houses in Central Kalimantan is the Betang traditional house. This traditional house itself is inhabited by the Dayak people, especially in the upstream area of ​​the river with the main settlement for the Dayak people.

This traditional house itself has a shape like a stilt house and is made elongated. There are several Betang houses that are made up to 150 meters long and up to 30 meters wide. This large house is then generally inhabited by many residents, at least there are at least 100 people in one house.

The Batang traditional house can also be said to be one of the largest tribal houses because in it there is also a large family as the main occupant and it is led by a chief named Pam Bakas Lewu.

This Betang traditional house also has its own meaning, which is to become a concrete and complete statement about village governance, the population system and can become a central point for all the lives of the people who live and are in it.

This traditional house is also not a luxurious residence, but a simple residence so that people can then live in peace and live normally. In this Betang house there are also several important aspects, as below:

• The residential aspect is a permanent multi-family structure that lives together in it.
• Legal aspect because it has a clear ownership aspect. This house is also jointly owned by all the families to control all the land in the Betang house area.
• The economic aspect is because the Betang house also has a very important role in the distribution of power flows and the distribution of results between the families in it. Betang Traditional House which is

The Central Kalimantan Traditional House itself uses ironwood as the main building material because it is known to be sturdy and strong.

2. Betang Muara Mea House

Betang Muara Mea houses are generally located in a village called Muara Mea. One of the Betang traditional houses in Central Kalimantan is the Betang Muara Mea traditional house.

The Muara Mea house itself has a modern look because the walls of the Muara Mea house have been painted and painted to make it more attractive and beautiful to look at.

The paintings and pictures that are on the walls of this traditional house are then also made as one of the very distinctive identities of the Dayak people.

The Muara Mea traditional house is also somewhat more modern because it was built as a way for the government to preserve traditional houses and culture in Muara Mea Village.

3. Betang Damang Batu House

The Dayak people themselves are also very concerned about the beauty of the surrounding environment. The Dayak people often maintain the beauty of their surroundings. The Central Kalimantan traditional house located in Tumbang Anoi Village is a Betang Damang Batu house. Betang Damang Batu, which is located in Tumbang Anoi Village, has a very long and valuable historical value.

It was in this area that a witness later occurred because it was used as a gathering place for all the Dayak chiefs in Kalimantan. This house is also often used as a place to carry out peace agreements. Its uniqueness and characteristics are in its very old age because it has been built since 1868 and makes it the oldest traditional house in the Central Kalimantan area.

This house was also built facing the Kahayan river and has a very beautiful view. In its history there are many who say that this traditional house was later built by Temanggung Rujan and came from the Tewah area.

4. Betang Pasir Panjang House

The Betang Pasir Panjang house is a traditional house that you can find in the West Kotawaringin area. Pangkalan Bun itself is the capital of West Kotawaringin Regency and has a term or nickname as Sweet City with an extension of Minat Aman Nikmat Indah Segar.

There are lots of interesting tourist destinations that you can find in this area, one of which is Tanjung Puting National Park. Kotawaringin Barat is also one of the areas most inhabited by the Dayak people and is one of the people who also lives in the Betang Pasir Panjang traditional house.

Until now this traditional house is also still inhabited to be able to maintain its sustainability. Architecturally, the Betang Pasir Panjang house is larger in size with a soaring roof.

The entrance to the Betang Pasir Panjang house is also on the side and not on the elongated side like traditional houses in general. Because of its large size, the foundation and the wooden support structure also look sturdier to support the entire heavy building.

5. Toyoi’s Betang House

The Betang Toyoi traditional house is taken from the name that comes from the person who built this traditional house, namely Toyoi Panji. This house is also located in Rumbang Malahoi Village and until now it is still unknown when it was first built.

Apart from functioning as a place to live, the betang also functions as a living area in a pluralistic way that respects the different beliefs of the neighbors in it.

In Betang Toyoi, people also learn to respect the harmony between different religions. The Betang Toyoi traditional house was built using durable ironwood. One of the advantages of ironwood is that it can last for hundreds of years.

This traditional house is also made not using wood at all but has high resistance to various disasters that may come such as an earthquake. This house is also still standing strong even though it is inhabited by more than 10 families in it.

The pillars in the Betang Toyoi traditional house have a square shape that looks very unique. Even so, this house was built without the use of advanced technology, its own uniqueness can be seen in every corner of the area.

6. Lamin House

Rumah Lamin is a traditional house of the Dayak Kenyah tribe with an elongated shape and a stilt type. With a length of up to 200 meters and a distance of about 3 meters under the house, this house is also inhabited by several families who are then separated by their respective rooms. The front of the lamin house is also used to receive guests and functions as a place for various traditional ceremonies, while at the back it contains very large rooms.

The lamin house is also supported by large pillars with carved motifs typical of the Dayak tribe to ward off evil spirits. The floor of this house also consists of a number of wooden beams which are then neatly arranged with an entrance from the side connected by stairs.

Related Books

1. Credit Union: Symphony in the Land of the Dayak

Symphony in Tanah Dayak, a novel which tells about the struggle of a CU activist named Dubit. The ups and downs of poverty are experienced by many Dayak youths in the past and even now. He devoted his whole life to an ideal of advancing his people-Dayaks.

Dubit comes from Mutas, a village located deep in the interior of West Kalimantan. Because his parents were poor and less than harmonious, he was raised by his mother who was a role model and the candlelight of his life.

His desire to go to school seemed unstoppable. The encouragement of her mother’s words and messages made her never lose her enthusiasm to keep going. He finally graduated to become a scholar witnessed by his mother who always guided him.

Because of his bitter past and not expecting the next generation to experience the same thing, Dubit devoted his whole body and soul to advancing CU. He considered it a noble choice of devotion.

The Dayak people, the native tribe of the land of Kalimantan, which used to be called Borneo, are still far behind from various factors. Who is wrong? But what is clear is that it is not a curse. Perhaps, the Dayaks still haven’t done much.

2. The life of the Iban Dayak in the interior of West Kalimantan

The Dayak tribe has hundreds of sub-tribes spread across the island of Borneo. They used to live sedentary because of the limited carrying capacity of nature so that some lived in the interior of the forest.

Each sub-tribe has its own culture and uniqueness that differs from other Dayak sub-tribes. In West Kalimantan, there are around 186 Dayak sub-tribes, one of which is the Iban Dayak.

3. Dayak women for Indonesia

The combination of tradition and adaptation to the times is reflected strongly in Nyeong Simon’s daily appearance. A traditional Dayak woman, but looks and wears a modern fashion with her own fashions and designs.

The whole story of Nyelong’s life is the story of a traditional Dayak woman, who is attached to all traditional Dayak ceremonies and traditions. All of his life and activities cannot be separated from the contents of traditional ceremonies, with medicines, with food, with traditional Dayak ingredients.

Nyelong’s life is full of Dayak traditional traditions, both in the birth of children, marriages, deaths, the transfer of ancestral bones, as well as traditional herbal ingredients with roots and leaves which are picked and boiled according to the Dayak customary system.

For him, the traditions of the Dayak people are everything that shapes his existence and self-image as a Dayak. On the other hand, Nyelong is an academic, a student activist who educates and encourages students—especially Dayak children—to progress, to master modern science and technology.

Science and technology should not be rejected, on the contrary must be seized. However, what is unique to Nyelong is that cultural traditions and modern science must be combined to shape a person’s personality and character, especially the Dayak people.

Knowledge makes the Dayak people progress, but tradition should not be abandoned, because the Dayak tradition is a way of life, a guide for life that will protect wherever it takes place. Just as Pangkalima Dayak who has the wisdom to protect themselves from various bad intentions, Nyelong always equips himself and his children with Dayak traditions and wisdom, even though they go to school as high as possible and take part in any position.

4. At the Longhouse-The Life Struggle and Love of the Dayak Iban People

The expression of the deepest human feelings. A collection of daily life stories that reflect the worldview of a Borneo ethnic group from an insider’s perspective. Something that offers life values ​​that may be very different from what those who live in big cities know and live by.

That is the variety of traditional Dayak houses that we need to know about and preserve. Sinaumed’s can also read books related to Dayak or Kalimantan customs by visiting sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia always provides the best products so you have #MoreWithReading information.

Time Machine – In this modern era there may still be some people who believe that someone can travel to the past. The trip is usually done by using a time machine. In fact, there are already several time machine theories that believe that traveling to the past can be done.

Time Machine

Some people may not believe that they can go back in time using a time machine. However, travel to the past is most likely a possibility because a group of scientists from the University of Queensland, Australia managed to simulate two photons, the single elementary particles of light that can interact when time travels.

Simulations of time travel to the past are often thought to be possible because at the quantum level the smallest particles can no longer be divided. Then, photons are also included in things that follow the mechanism in quantum law. In the experiments that have been carried out by researchers for this time machine using two photons to simulate quantum particles, so they can travel to the past with a time machine.

Researchers studying the behavior of photons can then reveal a possibility for a strange aspect of modern physics.

When it enters the simulation process, one of the photons will be projected so that it can travel to the past through a time machine tunnel or wormhole. In addition, these photons can also be projected onto other, older photons.

Meanwhile, the second photon is designed to travel through time using its normal mode. Even so, this second photon can still interact with other photons trapped in a time loop or closed time curve/CTC and in a time machine hole.

Then, from the steps that have been carried out, the behavior of the second photon can learn the behavior of the first photon. From these results, it turns out that there are simulation results showing that time travel at an open quantum level is likely to occur. Then, the nature of the quantum particle changes to become uncertain or you could say blurry, thus creating enough space to avoid inconsistent time travel situations.

Meanwhile, other researchers, Martin Ringbauer from the University of Queensland, said that their team’s findings were inconsistent with the General Relativity and General Mechanics theories of the famous physicist Albert Einstein.

According to Martin Ringbauer, Albert Einstein only explained the scheme of the world on a very large scale, whereas quantum mechanics itself was considered a good description on the smaller scale of atoms and molecules.

Then, based on the research team’s simulation, the time machine travel scheme that has been carried out only exists on small particles or on particles; with the quantum level as well as photons that are smaller than atoms. So, it can be said that this latest simulation cannot explain larger particles, such as larger than atoms.

Basically, the potential for time machine travel at the quantum level itself was predicted by scientists decades ago. More precisely, around 1991, the prediction of a time machine at the smallest particle level appeared. These researchers base it on the behavior of quantum particles which is almost outside the realm of physics. Then, the latest research from the University of Queensland has also been published in the Journal of Nature Communications.

Science’s Answer If the Time Machine Was Invented?

Time travel to the past and the future seems to have been the dream of many people even though this is still impossible to do. However, how does science respond to this. What will happen if it turns out that the time machine has been found? Will this world experience global chaos? Instead of you being curious about the answer, you can see the short review below.

1. Going back in time is definitely a very terrible thing

The physicist from the University of Connecticut, Professor Ron Mallett, once expressed his opinion that a time machine could be created in the future. This is as reviewed on the BBC News page , if he thinks that returning to the past can happen in the future because all science can get definite answers.

Of course, going back in time in order to make things right is the dream of many people. However, going back in time can also be a terrible thing. Just imagine, if you are 80 years old and visit yourself in the past when you were young, then you could say it is something strange or even scary in your life. This is because, the slightest thing that is changed in the past can change lives in the future or worse, it can eliminate the future.

2. Getting lost in the past is a disaster

If one day it turns out that you are traveling through time using a time machine to the past, then you should make sure the date and year you are aiming for are correct and not wrong. This needs to be ensured or programmed properly because if the date and year are wrong, then you can get lost in the past.

In fact, it is possible that you can get lost in Roman times or Ancient Greek times. If you suddenly appeared during that era, it could make noise and confusion for people in the past. In addition, it is possible that you will be considered a witch or a god because you can come from the future.

If you are unlucky, you could be arrested, then paraded by local residents to be brutally tried. It is certain that the soldiers of the Roman, Greek, Persian and Alexander the Great eras were no match for today’s modern humans.

There are many opinions from the Science Borealis page which are actually quite reasonable, namely some experts then state that a time machine can be created with the concept of a one-way ticket.

3. Going to the future is much safer and reasonable

If going to the past is a bad idea, then the same may not be true if one goes to the future. There are several reasons why going to the future is safer than going to the past, namely:

The mindset of humans in the future is very open and more able to accept the existence of a time machine well.

Second, going to the future is the safest journey that makes the most sense. Reporting from the Space page , in theory, traveling to the future is believed to be the most reasonable step than going to the past. Even with super-fast vehicles that are below the speed of light, humans can already travel to the future even in a short span of time.

4. Maybe aliens and UFOs are humans from the future

The alien mystery has not been revealed so far, so it might be related to humans from the future. It could be, hundreds of thousands or millions of years in the future, humans have evolved into organisms that are different from humans that exist today.

At the same time, a time machine has been created that can allow anyone to explore the past with special rides. Wait a minute, it’s not just imagination.

The reason is, this opinion actually came out of a biology professor named Michael Masters. The professor of biology and anthropology from Montana Technological University stated that there are many things related to human evolution in the future and one of them can be said to be similar to a big-headed alien.

5. The world will be chaotic and destroyed

If a time machine is created and starts to be mass-produced, it is possible that it will also destroy the world in the near future. Then, people from the past could destroy the existing historical order. Besides that, it could be that people from the past went to the future with advanced technology that could destroy human civilization.

Certainly, the time machine will only bring more harm than good. Fortunately, many intelligent scientists then state that time travel is very difficult, even impossible to do.

The late Stephen Hawking once argued that time travel is closely related to space and dimensions. That means, if we travel through time, we should be in a different dimension and will not disturb the history that has been formed.

Some of the explanation points above may still not be enough to explain the concept of a time machine and the various impacts it will have.

Convincing Time Machine Theory

Until now, the time machine itself is still the most relevant science-fiction in the real world. Some people believe that the time machine is real, but some others consider it a myth. Then, what is the evidence that shows that the time machine existed, here are some of them:

1. Claims of humans coming from the future

A media express.co.uk in November 2017 reported that someone claimed to have come from 2028. A man named Noah said that he was willing to endanger himself to be able to return to the present just to be able to warn people that machines that time really existed.

“I’m not trying to deceive anyone, my main goal in coming here is to prove that the time machine really exists and I am a person who travels through time,” said Noah in a video uploaded to the YouTube account.

Apart from that, Noah also admitted that because of his time traveling, he suffered from anorexia and depression. Noah further claimed that he had to take drugs to look younger than his actual age, which was 50 years old.

2. Hipster guy showing up in old school photos

The photo above is a photo taken during the opening ceremony of the South Fork bridge in British Columbia or more precisely around the 1840s. If you observe it further, then a man has a stylish look in the millennial era. If you observe more closely a man is more like a person who comes from the millennium era.

3. Photo of a woman holding a smartphone in 1928

Other evidence that the time machine theory exists, namely the existence of women who use mobile phones . Even though at that time there was no cell phone technology. This photo itself comes from the footage of the famous silent film, Charlie Chaplin.

4. The Philadelphia Experiment

This experiment itself is intended to make the USS Eldridge undetectable by enemy radar. According to the ship’s crew, this ship really seemed to have disappeared and suddenly traveled through time very quickly. All of the ship’s crew with each other then have reasons and versions of the same story to each other.

5. The Cape Scott Story

The Cape Scott Story is a theoretical story that presents evidence of the most widely believed time machine. In that photo, there is a man sitting on a rock wearing a T-shirt, shorts, and long hair like humans who live today in general.

Even though the people around him only wore clothes from the 1917s. No one knows who this person is and why he is dressed like that. This photo was used as the cover of the book The Cape Scott Story and many people believe that time machines really exist.

Closing

Whether or not there is a time machine theory, humans should always do good and not harm others. For some people, the theory of a time machine is true, but there are also those who think that the theory of a time machine doesn’t really exist. To believe that the time machine theory exists or not, is returned to the reader.

So, are you one of those who believe in time machine theory or don’t believe in it? Thus the discussion about the time machine and the theory of the time machine.

Related Books

1. Al Quran Time Machine: Delving into Information from Lauh Mahfuzh

The Prophet Muhammad SAW was sent to an Ummi people. They did not know how to read or write, but were very advanced in literature. Therefore, he was equipped with the Koran. If all humans were to unite to compose words that could match the verses of the Qur’an, surely they would not be able to. The greatness of the Qur’an is not only in the beauty of its language. However, the Qur’an also presents information about various things that have happened, are happening, and will happen in the universe according to the facts. One surah that can lead us to explore this is sura al-Waqi’ah. This book will lead you to dive into the sea of ​​meaning of surah al-Waqi’ah. You will get a number of interesting discussions, including:

• The mystery of the primacy of sura al-Waqi’ah; can you prevent poverty?
• Doomsday according to various civilizations and religions
• Can life be extended?
• The Mystery of the Tailbone (Coccyx)
• How does God bring life back to life?
• Doomsday in Physics
• Various events that have become historical facts were first informed by the Qur’an
• Why do plants need green leaves to photosynthesize, not black? Hopefully by diving into the sea of ​​meaning of surah al-waqi’ah through this book, your faith and knowledge will increase and your belief in the truth of the qur ‘an will become stronger.

2. A Brief History of Time: A Brief History of Time

“This is one of the most important science books written by one of the great scientists of our time, Stephen Hawking. In this book Hawking addresses big questions like: How did the universe begin—and what started it? What is time, and does it always move forward? Is there an end to the universe, in space or time? Are there other dimensions in the universe? What happens when the universe ends? Written in a language everyone can understand, A Brief History of Time invites us to explore the magical worlds of black holes and quarks, anti-matter and “arrows of time”, the big bang and the role of God in the universe and all its extraordinary and unexpected possibilities. With compelling and imaginative depictions, Stephen Hawking brings us ever closer to the ultimate secret of the creation of the universe.

3. The Art of Managing Time

The only thing that doesn’t stop in this world is time. He continues to walk tirelessly, in fact he can just pass by when we are careless or lulled because we really enjoy a moment or maybe when we feel bored because something we are waiting for never comes. Time, can be evil or vice versa, depending on how we respond and see it. “Time is a created thing. To say ‘I don’t have time,’ is like saying, ‘I don’t want to.” This quote from Lao Tzu reminds us that time is a matter of creating something. Until when will we deny that we have no time, while in fact there is a lot of time that can be spent in this life? Would you be happy if you lived like that all the time? See how the right way to manage the time in your life through this book. Not only that, you will also learn the right way to spend every second, minute, and hour of your life without any regrets. Have a great time with this book!

If you want to find various things about time or other genres, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

sinaumedia Literacy – The spread of the corona virus throughout the world has made many affected countries decide to lock down, in Indonesia itself. This regulation then requires people to do activities from home, including working and studying from home. Minister of Education and Culture Nadiem Makarim explained that a number of areas closed schools due to fears of the spread of the COVID-19 corona virus. Therefore the Minister of Education and Culture is working with various parties for online learning. Here are some tips you can do to stay productive even though you have to go to school from home. Check these out!

TIME MANAGEMENT

Start preparing yourself to study from home, create a consistent pattern from waking up to study time, immediately create a list of activities that you must do every day with these steps, Sinaumed’s:

• Make a To-Do List: Make it a habit to start compiling a list of what needs to be done the next day. Compile a to-do list the night before. Make this easier with reminder applications that are widely available on smartphones. This application will then help remind you of what you have to do every day.
• Priority Scale: After the list of what needs to be done, start determining which is the top priority and which can be put aside for a while by Sinaumed’s. Mark which should be done first. After that, prioritize the list, avoid delaying work on things that are not necessary.
• Create Your Deadline: Create a deadline for every task you have to work on, and always give yourself a break before doing other Sinaumed’s tasks. This deadline will make you more responsible. Stick to the deadlines that have been set. Ignoring deadlines will only make the learning process ineffective and ineffective in Sinaumed’s.
• Avoid mutasking, because at home, sometimes we also have to help our parents. But make sure all of these activities have been completed before entering your study time so that the mind is more focused and can complete all assignments properly. Because you know when you do many things simultaneously, even though the task is completed, the results will not be optimal. When someone is multitasking, the brain will work much harder than usual. Fatigue in the brain will make the body tired quickly and easily stressed. In addition, the ability to store memory, especially short term memory, will also decrease, so leave everything that has the potential to cause distractions, put away smartphones and game consoles for a while, don’t be lured into unnecessary browsing while studying Sinaumed’s.
• Every time you finish a job, give your body and brain a chance to rest. Enough 10-15 minutes. Use this time to simply stretch your stiff body muscles or get some fresh air in the park. Forcing you to go straight to the next lesson will only make your study time less than optimal. Refresh your mind and body in natural ways like taking a walk around the room

 

CREATE A COMFORTABLE LEARNING SPACE

Create the most comfortable study room for you, if the room is lacking, find the best corner in the house, and turn it into a study room, decorate the area as creatively as possible to add to your enthusiasm. Besides that, also prepare the equipment needed, such as a laptop or PC, mouse, keyboard, headset, and webcam. Here are some tips for creating a conducive study space at home:

• Keep the study room away from the television room, washing area or other areas that have the potential to generate noise. The goal is to keep your focus. In addition, avoid completing the study room with television, video games, or your favorite toys to keep Sinaumed’s away from distraction.
• Choose a study table according to your needs, if you feel comfortable studying in bed, just use a folding table. For those of you who don’t like studying in bed, prepare a comfortable study table so that the learning process becomes more focused.
• Also pay attention to room lighting, use white light with sufficient brightness levels. White light will be more comfortable for the eyes when looking at pictures, writing, or reading. White light also helps the eyes not have to work too hard when on the move.
• Besides that the brain needs oxygen intake, avoid temperatures that are too cold or hot. Make sure the room has good air ventilation. If good air circulation, the body and brain can work properly. Conversely, uncomfortable temperatures and air can make it difficult for you to think and concentrate, Sinaumed’s.
• Lastly, make sure the room and learning tools are always clean, because the Corona virus can be transmitted through body fluids such as sweat. We recommend that you spray disinfectant before using and always wash your hands after each use.

 

PREPARE VIDEO CONFERENCE SOFTWARE

Learning with the application will be a pleasant experience. Apart from equipment, prepare video conferencing software such as ZOOM, Google Hangouts, and so on. Make sure the software works properly. Adequate lighting is also important so that the resulting video conference image resolution is better. Here are some video conferencing software that you can use for school from home:

• Zoom Cloud: This application offers a new video conferencing experience, which can involve up to 100 participants in it. Before conducting or entering an online learning forum, you are required to sign-in or create an account on the Zoom Cloud application. After that, you must enter a meeting ID to connect yourself to online meeting access.
• Google Hangouts: Available on computer applications, websites, Android, and iOS, this platform is quite effective for online learning. Hangouts, which is integrated with Google+ and Gmail, greatly facilitates the mobility of your data.
• Skype: This chat and online meeting application can be well integrated via a computer or mobile version. Select the New Video Call menu and specify friends who are online to open a conversation session, select Add People to add members, which can be up to 8 people per Sinaumed’s session.

Apart from the software above, another technology that you can use belongs to the Ministry of Education and Culture (Kemendikbud), they have prepared a free online learning application, namely the Learning House on the kemendikbud.go.id page. This application can be used by all students in Indonesia, starting from Elementary School (SD) to Sinaumed’s High School (SMA).

 

PREPARE YOUR FAVORITE SNACK

So that you don’t get sleepy quickly, it turns out that chewing snacks can be the solution, because it will keep you focused, Sinaumed’s. Consume nutritious snacks to maintain body stamina so that you are not susceptible to viruses. The following healthy snacks are suggested to maintain your immune system and increase your immune levels, Sinaumed’s:

• Yogurt: The mineral and nutrient content in it also helps increase the production of T cells, one of the white blood cells in the body which is responsible for fighting disease, strengthens the immune system and helps fight infections and bacteria. Yogurt also contains B complex vitamins, magnesium, potassium, phosphorus, iron, selenium and zinc.
• Papaya: This fruit has many important benefits for the body, starting from vitamin A, vitamin B1, B3, B5, vitamin E, vitamin K, lycopene, fiber, calcium, potassium, folate, and magnesium. Vitamins A, C, and E in papaya can help strengthen the immune system and prevent you from infectious diseases, such as colds and flu.
• Kiwi, a fruit that is often used as juice or fruit salad. Besides its sweet taste, kiwi is very good for maintaining a healthy body and preventing various diseases. Kiwifruit is rich in vitamin C, vitamin A, vitamin E, vitamin K, potassium, amino acids, folate and calcium. In addition, this fruit also contains lots of antioxidants and a source of fiber. Vitamin C in it is one of the important elements in increasing the body’s resistance to fight disease.
• Dark Chocolate: A food made from the cacao plant. Dark chocolate contains antioxidants called flavonoids. Compared to other types of chocolate, dark chocolate has the highest amount of flavanols. Dark chocolate and theobromine type antioxidants in it which can increase endurance. Another benefit of dark chocolate is its ability to improve brain function. Additionally, cocoa contains stimulants such as caffeine and theobromine, which may be the main reason why dark chocolate can improve brain function in the short term.
• Boiled Sweet Potatoes: Contains beta-carotene or vegetable compounds that can be converted into vitamin A by the body. Vitamin A is important in maintaining the immune system, blood levels, and the mucous membranes in the intestinal lining.
• Kuaci: Contains complete nutrition, such as protein, carbohydrates, vitamins A, C, E, magnesium, calcium, iron, and various other good nutrients. Kuaci can also improve mood.
• Almonds: Journal of Science of Food and Agriculture in 2006 revealed almonds are a type of nut that is rich in vitamin E. In addition, almonds are also packed with healthy fats that are beneficial in maintaining heart health. To keep your immune system awake, it’s a good idea to consume 46 peeled almonds to meet 100 percent of your daily vitamin E intake.

 

MAKE TIME FOR ENTERTAINMENT

Give it time to rest for a while between studying online, you can use this time to play online games, watch movies for a while or do things that you like. However, set a definite time, and be disciplined with it. Don’t let yourself be lazy to study because of the fun of playing Sinaumed’s. Besides that, take advantage of the weekend for a variety of exciting activities that you have never tried before:

• Cooking Your Favorite Snacks: Don’t be afraid to try something out of the ordinary. Maybe you are not used to making your own cakes and snacks at home, but this activity will be fun when other activities feel boring. Start choosing and determining what cake or snack to make later, find various recipes and tips on the internet. Prepare the ingredients and take advantage of the weekend to cook it.
• Camping in the Homeyard: this activity will be fun to do with the family. Put up a tent in the backyard or garden area of ​​your house, also make a campfire and a place to barbecue there, then enjoy time together by preparing a barbecue party-style dinner.
• Rearranging Room: Room feel boring and hasn’t changed in a while? Try looking for inspiration for the room decor you want on Pinterest, and change the paint color, curtains, and some of the decorations in Sinaumed’s’ room. For paint, it’s better to use colors like blues, green and gray to create a cool oasis, because these colors have a calming effect and give positive energy to your bedroom, Sinaumed’s, another thing that is just as important to make you sleep better. Add a table and floor lamp in the bedroom and place a small plant next to the bed to help clean the air and make you breathe better Sinaumed’s.
• Gardening: Even if there is green land at home, it is rarely maximized for various reasons, from no time, fear of insects, no talent for gardening, or do not like dirty hands. Even though you know that by taking care of even the smallest garden at home, you can improve your quality of life, you know, Sinaumed’s. Gardening is not only good for the physical, which is equivalent to running on a treadmill at 5 km/hour, but also for brain health. Research in the Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease, says that gardening can protect cognitive health, increase brain volume, and reduce the risk of Alzheimer’s by 50 percent.
• Reading Books: For those of you who don’t really like reading, try reading starting from the genres that you like. Because reading apart from being a positive hobby in filling your free time also has many benefits for intelligence, starting from getting a lot of inspiration which will make you more productive, reading will also make your mind more open because you absorb information not only from one perspective.
• Writing: The more you read, the more you write, because a lot of inspiration can be obtained from the pages of a Sinaumed’s book. Writing in addition to freeing your imagination, is also very beneficial for health because it can help restore emotions, and make the mind and body better. According to a journal Advance in Psychiatric Treatment, the benefits of writing are not only experienced in the short term, but also in the long term. Expressive writing has been linked to improved mood, reduced stress levels and depressive symptoms, as well as physical benefits such as reduced blood pressure, and improved lung and liver function. From now on, try to make it a habit to write down what you are grateful for today, this simple thing turns out to make you have better quality sleep.

Those are the Tips, the smarter you manage your time, the more tasks you will get done well. Apply the above strategies during this self-quarantine and social distancing period so that the learning process from your home continues well and doesn’t feel boring. Cheers Sinaumed’s!

 

EDUTORE

sinaumedia developed an educational platform called Edutore. On this platform, you can access many question practice books like those in sinaumedia by subscribing. Edutore has a slogan “Everyone Can Be Smart” and that is also what Edutore aspires to be. So that Edutore can participate in educating Indonesian children. On the Edutore Youtube Channel, various topics are discussed, ranging from unique general knowledge such as “Why are the brake lights red”, learning English with Captain J, to studying with Edutore which contains discussions of questions such as CPNS synonyms, antonyms, and others. Check the YouTube account directly, click here.

Source: from various sources

Why is Indonesia Called a Maritime Country? – A maritime country is a country engaged in the waters sector. Maritime countries have an abundant supply of water. Not only that, there are activities carried out by maritime countries.

One of the maritime countries is Indonesia. Why is Indonesia called a maritime country? This article will discuss 5 reasons why Indonesia is called a maritime country.

What is a Maritime State?

In simple terms, a maritime country is a country that has a very wide sea territory. The area of ​​this area exceeds the area of ​​its land territory. The waters in a maritime country must exceed its land area.

However, some people argue that a maritime country is a country that has many islands. This definition is also known as an archipelagic country. The point can be drawn, that a maritime country is a country that is surrounded by sea areas or waters that are wider than its landmass.

Why is Indonesia a maritime country? The answer is because the territorial waters in Indonesia are wider than the land. Indonesia consists of 30% land and 70% sea.

Can be seen from the coastline. The length of the coastline of the islands in Indonesia reaches around 81 thousand km. This length is second only to Canada. Canada is known as the country with the longest coastline in the world.

Indonesia has maritime borders with 10 countries. These countries include Singapore (part of the Territorial Sea), Thailand (Continental Shelf), India (Continental Shelf), Philippines (EEZ), Vietnam (Continental Shelf), Palau (EEZ and Continental Shelf), Philippines (EEZ), Papua. New Guinea (EEZ and Continental Shelf), Australia (EEZ and Continental Shelf) and Timor Leste (Territory Sea, EEZ and Continental Shelf).

Maritime State characteristics

The characteristics of a maritime country include the following:

• Maritime countries have more territorial waters. Its waters or sea area has an area of ​​about 2/3 of its land area.
• Maritime countries have many islands surrounded by seas or waters.
• Maritime countries have large natural resources in the marine sector. These natural resources can involve minerals, energy, food and others.
• Most maritime countries are fishermen. Apart from fishermen, the people work in the maritime sector.

Maritime State Support Pillar

There are several pillars that support a maritime nation. This is because maritime countries are in natural and cultural conditions. This condition is influenced by several elements.

Such as social elements, political elements, economic elements, cultural elements, as well as elements of defense and security. The elements that form the pillars of a maritime nation are as follows:

1. Political system

The political system is needed to ensure integrity. The integrity of all archipelagic areas in Indonesia is important. Considering Indonesia is a unitary state. This political system will concern borders, hinterlands, remote islands, the largest island. This must also be based on Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution.

2. Economic system

A strong economic system is expected to improve the trading system. This includes the sea, both the deep sea and the outer sea. In addition, it is hoped that this will encourage the growth of the maritime industry and services.

3. Defense and security systems

This system is used to guarantee state sovereignty. In addition, to guarantee the law throughout the sovereign maritime area and national jurisdiction. These areas include sea, land and air throughout Indonesia.

4. Social system and culture

In this system, the dignity of the community must be upheld. Ethnic, cultural and religious pluralism that will bring out the spirit of love for the sea.

Maritime State Economic Activities

The following are some of the economic activities that are often carried out by maritime countries:

•       Providing inter-island and inter-country ship crossing services
•       Marine shipbuilding industry
•       Ship repair industry
•       Logistics industry for shipping goods by sea
•       port economic activity
•       sea ​​highway
•       Ship navigation services
•       Container terminals
•       Marine warehousing services
•       Manufacturing industry of weapons and warships.

The reason Indonesia is called a Maritime Country

1. Has a wide ocean

Indonesia is a country that has large islands. The islands stretch from Sabang to Merauke. The total islands owned by Indonesia are 12,499 islands.

The total area of ​​Indonesia is approximately 7.81 million km2. An area of ​​this size does not only consist of land. Most of the territory in Indonesia actually consists of waters or oceans.

The land in Indonesia is only about 2.01 million km2. While 3.25 million km2 consists of oceans. The area of ​​the Exclusive Economic Zone of Indonesia is 2.55 km2.

It can be seen that most of Indonesia’s territory is water. This is the main reason that makes Indonesia a maritime country. With an area of ​​this size, of course the marine potential in Indonesia is very large.

2. Has a Geostrategic position

The next reason is related to the strategic geographic location. Indonesia is located between two continents, namely the continent of Asia and the continent of Australia. Indonesia is also located between two oceans, namely the Pacific Ocean and the Indian Ocean.

This is one of the advantages possessed by the Indonesian state. Indonesia’s location is at the crossroads of international travel. An example is the trade of countries in Asia and Australia.

In fact, countries around the world will pass through this Indonesian territory. This international trade can pass through sea, land and air areas. Not only that, there are many other benefits to be gained from this strategic location.

This strategic geographical condition will make it easy for Indonesia to export and import. Not only that, this area is filled with developing countries so it’s easier to market the products. The many countries that stop by will also make progress in various fields, such as language and culture.

As a result of its strategic location, this area has become a very dynamic area in the world arena. This benefits Indonesia in the economic and political fields. This also makes Indonesia have an advantage, but also a fairly high dependence on the waters and maritime sector.

3. Abundant marine wealth

Within the vast sea area, there is a lot of potential for marine wealth. It is common knowledge that Indonesia is famous for its very rich natural resources.

These natural resources include marine products. Marine products in Indonesia very much. In addition, various marine products also exist in Indonesia.

According to research notes issued by LIPI, Indonesia has enormous marine wealth potential. Its marine wealth can reach more than Rp. 1,700 trillion. This figure is equivalent to 93% of the total Indonesian state budget in 2018.

This is another reason why Indonesia is a maritime country. Indonesia has potential in the marine sector. Marine natural resources in Indonesia are very abundant.

4. Advanced in the field of fisheries and maritime affairs

Many people in Indonesia use marine products. They make the sea as a source of income. So that they can meet their needs.

Indonesia is the largest archipelagic country in the world. This makes Indonesia has a lot of potential marine products. Moreover, 30 percent of 70 percent of total fisheries in the Asia Pacific Region are in Indonesia.

According to data from the Ministry of Maritime Affairs and Fisheries or KKP, there was an increase of 10.8 percent in the export value. This data is seen from the results of fisheries in 2019. Overall, the profits reached Rp. 73.6 billion.

The good quality of marine products has made Indonesia accepted by 158 countries for export. Its main markets are the United States, Japan, China, Taiwan, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand, Italy, Vietnam and Hong Kong. There are many main marine export commodities from Indonesia.

Such as shrimp, tuna and other types of pelagic fish, octopus, squid, demersal fish, crab, seaweed and tilapia. This exported commodity consists of approximately 28 types of marine products. Such as squid, shrimp, cuttlefish, frog legs, tuna, red snapper, cakalang, white pomfret, fish cracker, salted shrimp, canned crab, fish oil, fish meal, shrimp tempura, canned snail, parrot fish, tuna loin, grouper, sailfish, gulama fish, snow crab, side fish, barracuda, shrimp meal and cobia.

To maintain this figure, Indonesia must always preserve its marine ecosystem. In addition, monitoring should always be carried out on this matter. Without good management and supervision, the fisheries and marine potential in Indonesia will be vulnerable to violations.

5. Having maritime culture

Not only the islands are many. Indonesia is also known for having many cultures. One of them is maritime culture.

Maritime culture exists because of the vast ocean in Indonesia. If you look at it from the social and economic fields, people in Indonesia use the sea a lot to fulfill their needs. For example, people who live on the coast will work as fishermen.

From an ethnic and cultural perspective, Indonesia has several tribes that have maritime traditions. An example is the Bajo Tribe. This tribe lives in the sea. In addition, there are Javanese people who have a tradition of sea alms.

Find other interesting things at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always provide interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

Author: Wida Kurniasih

Source: from various sources

• The Influence of Indonesia’s Geographic Location & Its Impact
• Solar Climate Classification: Region, Characteristics, Flora and Fauna
• Subtropical Climate: Characteristics, Flora, Fauna, Subtropical Countries
• Examples of Application of Geography Concepts in Everyday Life
• Definition of Remote Sensing: Principles, Tools, Data & Image Acquisition

The Benefits of Being Grateful – Life is hard. You who are adults will definitely agree with this statement. When we are children, we often think about how good it would be to be adults. But when we grow up, we realize that life as children is much easier. When we were little, the heaviest problems we faced were difficult homework or coming late to school.

When they are adults, the problems that arise are getting heavier. It is so heavy that sometimes it disturbs our mental and physical health. Not only a problem, when we grow up we are also faced with a series of responsibilities that we must bear.

However, the name of life, no matter how hard it is, you still have to live it. Mostly because we really have no other choice but to live it. To make it easier, we must be diligent in being grateful. Well, that doesn’t sound reasonable. Life is hard but why be grateful? In fact, being grateful can indeed make life a lot easier and happier. Check out reviews regarding the benefits of being grateful!

Meaning of Gratitude

Discussing gratitude, we must often do it. However, have you ever wondered, what exactly is gratitude? Some people will surely answer, to be grateful is to thank God Almighty for all His bounties and gifts. This answer is actually right, really right. But actually, the meaning of gratitude is various.

In language, the word gratitude itself actually comes from Arabic, namely syakaro-yaskuru-syukron which means praise for those who give kindness. In the teachings of Islam, gratitude is an expression of gratitude to Allah SWT for the pleasures that have been given. Not just being grateful by expressing it by saying Alhamdulillah, but also manifesting it by acting and increasing our obedience when worshiping Allah SWT.

Specifically, Allah SWT even commands people to be grateful and remember Him a lot, because the more we remember Allah SWT, Allah SWT will also remember us. The form of remembering that is by making our affairs and sustenance easier, and blessing our lives.

Allah Subhanahu Wa Ta’ala says:

7 signs you are a grateful person

Thanking God is something we should do often. As previously said, the more often we are grateful, the easier our life will be. Besides that, being grateful is actually very easy to do. In addition, people who are diligently grateful also usually show certain signs. What kind of sign? Are you a grateful person?

1. Rarely complain

Complaining when our life is in difficult times is a natural thing to do. After all, we are ordinary people. After all, there’s also no law that violates that humans shouldn’t complain. But that doesn’t mean you have to complain every five minutes. Complaining is okay, but complaining too often also has a bad effect on our lives.

Complaining once in a while will indeed make our burden feel lighter. But if it’s too often, complaining will also make problems that are actually light feel heavier.

People who are always grateful usually rarely complain. They may complain every now and then, but that is only if the problem they are facing is really heavy and on the verge of their ability.

2. Always able to see the best side of a problem

Smart people are grateful not only rarely complain, but also smart to see the positive side of a problem. Normally, when someone is stuck in a problem, they tend to get stuck in that problem. His mind is a mess, so instead of thinking positively, it’s hard to beg forgiveness from negative thoughts.

However, it’s a different story if people who are grateful are stuck in a problem. No matter how difficult life befalls them, they always manage to find the positive side of the problems they face, and are even grateful for these positive things. Great, huh?

3. Never feel inferior with his condition

Life isn’t always easy, we all know that. Some say, life is like a spinning wheel. Sometimes above, sometimes below, and that’s the reality. Not infrequently, when our condition is under, our lives fall apart to make us feel ashamed even if it’s to our own friends.

People who like to be grateful will not be like that. They realize that (again) life is spinning. Now, his life is indeed at the bottom, but he realizes, his condition will not last forever. As long as he is willing to try and pray, tomorrow the day after tomorrow things will definitely get better.

4. Like to thank

Another good trait possessed by people who are always grateful is that they know how to appreciate the good that comes to them. Even though kindness is small or even meaningless in the eyes of other people, they will still appreciate it.

In addition, saying “Thank You” is one of their ultimate expressions when a kindness comes to them. Eits , just because they often say thank you, doesn’t mean they say it carelessly, okay! When someone who is good at being grateful says thank you, those words not only come out of his mouth, but also his heart.

5. Not arrogant let alone overreacting

As already said, grateful people are very good at appreciating kindness. Now, because they know how to appreciate, they will also never be extravagant for anything he has. He knows how to make the most of something.

Apart from not exaggerating, people who are diligently grateful also do not have arrogant traits. They are self-aware, whatever they have now is just a deposit from God. It’s called a deposit, it can be taken at any time by its owner. Let alone possessions, himself was not even his own. If all these things belong to God, then what is there to be proud of?

6. Like to share with others

In Islamic teachings, there are other people’s parts in each of our sustenance. Who else? Of course, people who need it more than us. People who like to be grateful are well aware of that. That’s why every time he gets a kindness, whether it’s fortune or more food, they will be happy to share it with others.

Maybe the sustenance we give is not much, but for people who need it, it means a lot. After all, by sharing, we have spread the happiness we have to others.

7. Have a clean heart

People who like to be grateful are happy to share, are good at appreciating, and also have positive thoughts. With all that goodness, it would be impossible if he had a dirty heart. Conversely, people who are diligently grateful actually have a clean heart and mind.

They always feel enough with what they have, so jealousy and envy are always far from their hearts. Because their hearts are clean, their minds are also clean. He never had bad thoughts, let alone wanting to harm others.

5 Benefits of Being Grateful

At first glance, being grateful looks easy. But who would have thought, something that is so easy to do turns out to have so many benefits. Not many people realize, how many benefits of being grateful will be obtained when we are diligent in giving thanks to God. What are the benefits of being grateful?

1. Our life will become more blessed

You may not believe it, but when we are often grateful, our lives feel much more blessed. How’s the sign? The sign is that our life is always enough, and never feel less.

It feels like various good things are coming, even from directions we never thought before. Even when we lack, there is always a way out. What’s more, even though our life is not excessive, we can still share it with others. Weird and magical at the same time!

Allah Subhanahu Wa Ta’ala says:

2. Free from liver disease

Many people are busy protecting themselves from bodily ailments, but forget to protect themselves from liver ailments. In fact, heart disease is also as dangerous as physical disease. Diseases of the heart such as pride, envy, and envy can not only harm oneself, but also harm others.

It’s lucky for those who are smart to be grateful, because with gratitude, their risk of getting heart disease will also be smaller. Why is that? Because they always feel that their life is enough, nothing is lacking. If you’ve had enough, then why be jealous and envious of what belongs to someone else?

3. Makes us closer to God

The next benefit of being grateful is, it makes us closer to God. This is because they realize that everything they get comes from God. To express their gratitude, they not only use their mouths, but also increase their worship.

The more often he is grateful, the greater his desire to get closer to Allah SWT. The closer we are to the Creator, our faith will also be stronger than before.

4. Avoid physical illness

If you think about it, almost all the diseases that come to our bodies originate from two things. One unhealthy lifestyle, and second from the mind. Bad thoughts will have a bad effect on our body.

Starting from a headache, loss of appetite, plus a complicated mind, in the end it will make our body’s defenses collapse so that it is more susceptible to various diseases. But by diligently being grateful, our hearts and minds will become calmer and more comfortable so that the risk of getting physical illness will also be smaller.

5. God added enjoyment to his life

When someone does good, then we thank him, then that person will also be kinder to us. The same thing was done by God. When you are grateful, not only will your faith grow stronger, Allah SWT will also add pleasure to your life.

The opposite will happen if we are negligent in being grateful. Life will feel lacking and make it difficult for us to be happy.

Allah Subhanahu Wa Ta’ala says:

(QS. Ibrahim 14: Verse 7).

3 Ways to Express Gratitude

Most of us may think that gratitude can only be expressed in words. When in fact, there are many ways we can express the feelings of gratitude we feel. How to?

1. Be more obedient in worship

Expressing gratitude is not enough just to say “Alhamdulillah”. More than that, gratitude must also be accompanied by better worship progress. If yesterday, you only performed obligatory worship such as praying five times a day and fasting during Ramadan, now you can start practicing various Sunnah worship.

For example, like diligently praying Dhuha, diligently fasting Monday-Thursday, or diligently doing night prayers. After all, these worship services are indeed the law of the Sunnah, but the benefits are also very much. Midnight and Duha prayers, for example, can bring sustenance and also all our wishes or prayers that we pray will be granted by Allah SWT.

2. Share with others

When you get the best gift, don’t you want to share it with others? Apart from worship, sharing can also be a cool way to express our gratitude to Allah SWT.

When we share, we don’t actually just help meet the needs of others, and make them happy. More than that, without realizing it, when we share, we also spread the gratitude we have to others. How not, when we share, the person who is shared will feel happy. He was so happy that he automatically thanked his God.

3. Don’t forget to smile!

In the teachings of Islam, smiling is also part of worship. When you have nothing to help others, you can encourage them with a smile. On the other hand, smiling can also be a way to express the gratitude we feel.

By smiling, you also share happiness with others. By smiling, the world will know that you are happy. By smiling, you also indirectly help put other people in a better mood. So, don’t forget to smile from now on!

Being grateful is indeed a simple thing, but after reading the explanation above, we all become aware of how meaningful and the many benefits of being grateful we have. When we are grateful, not only will our life be better, but other people’s lives will also be better. Finally, with lots of gratitude, we will also be closer to Allah SWT. People whose lives are close to Allah SWT, then not only their worldly affairs are guaranteed, but also their hereafter.

So, from now on, no matter how difficult your life is right now, get used to being grateful. Don’t forget, gratitude is coupled with a lot of patience. Don’t worry too much, because everything will be okay in the end.

For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about the benefits of being grateful and other religious knowledge, you can visit sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, we always try to provide the best and newest products for Sinaumed’s, so that you have #MoreWithReading information.

Magnetic Properties – Sinaumed’s must be familiar with magnets because many objects take advantage of magnetic properties to carry out their functions. The study of physics proves that the nature of magnets has many benefits for humans to meet the needs of everyday human activities.

Actually, how does the concept of magnet work? The following is an explanation of the properties of magnets, starting from the meaning, types, and forms that Sinaumed’s needs to know.

Definition of Magnets

Magnets are materials that have special properties to produce attractive and repulsive forces if found with other special materials or materials. Initially magnets were found from metal mining which found metals with the ability to attract other metals, although not all metal materials can be attracted. From this discovery, there are metals that attract strongly, weakly, and are not attracted at all.

The term magnet comes from the Greek word magnitis lithos which means magnesia stone. The Magnesia region in Greece is an area that contains a lot of magnetic stones. Currently the area is named Manisa.

If the magnetic material is between the iron filings, a lot of iron filings will appear sticking to the two magnets. The closer to the center, the less iron filings will stick to it because the magnet has two angles, namely the part where it has the strongest pulling force. So that the middle has a weaker tensile force and tends to be neutral.

Magnetic properties

In practice, a magnet has characteristics or magnetic properties that other objects or materials do not have. Magnetic properties indicate that a material can carry out its function and purpose in the concept of magnetic work according to the understanding of magnets above. Following are the properties of magnets that Sinaumed’s needs to know in order to be able to distinguish which materials are magnetic and which are not:

1. Can Attract Certain Objects

Magnets are attracted to certain objects that have special properties around them. That means that a magnet cannot attract all the material objects around it, but only those that have special properties related to magnetism. Materials or materials that can be attracted by magnets are for example metal types, although not all types of metals can be attracted by magnets perfectly.

This depends on the type because there are differences in these special materials from the level of strength attracted by the magnet. There are materials that can be attracted strongly, but there are also materials that are very weakly attracted by magnets. This can also be related to the magnetic field which is also one of the properties of magnets.

2. Has Two poles

Magnets must have two poles, namely the positive and negative poles which are located at the end of the magnet. It is in that part that the magnetic force can carry out its function of attracting special materials. We can also call the positive and negative poles the north and south magnetic poles, even though there has never been a naming marker on a magnet. Then how do you know where the north and south poles are?

Sinaumed’s needs to know that the magnet will always face the north side of the earth, and the south pole of the magnet will face the south side of the earth. Why can the magnetic poles follow the direction of the earth like that? This happens because of the influence of a very strong mummy field. The magnetic field was first discovered by a prominent British scientist named William Gilbert in 1600.

William Gilbert revealed the theory that the earth functions as the largest magnet or a giant magnetic rod that can affect all magnetic objects on Earth. Earth has an electromagnetic field surrounded by a liquid core or molten iron and nickel in which electricity also flows. This flow causes the earth’s magnetic field to be so strong that it covers all parts of the earth and outer space around it. The north magnetic pole of the earth is around the south pole of the earth, whereas the south magnetic pole of the earth is around the pole of the earth.

The north pole in the magnetic field can freely move north due to the attraction of the earth’s magnetic south pole which is located around the earth’s north pole. Furthermore, the south pole of the magnetic field can freely move south because of the attraction of the north pole of the earth which is around the south pole of the earth. So the concept of the field is the direction of the magenta line in the earth’s magnetic field from the south pole of the earth to the north pole of the earth.

How could that happen? So the location of the earth’s magnetic poles is not exactly at the location of the earth’s poles. Sinaumed’s could pay attention to the concept of a magnet with the earth’s magnetic field on a compass. The compass needle will show the angle to the north-south currents and the horizontal plane of the earth. The direction of the magnetic axis will make the compass needle form an angle to the north and south of the earth which is then called the declination angle.

The declination angle is a way of storing the direction of a compass needle given the actual north and south directions of the earth. The magnitude of the declination angle in various places is not the same and every year this angle will experience significant changes. In addition to the declination angle, a magnet also has an inclination angle, which is the angle formed by the magnetic axis of the compass needle with the earth’s flat direction. So the magnetic compass needle forms an angle over the horizontal line or the horizontal line of the earth.

Examples of the use of the magnetic properties that have two poles can also be found in the form of navigation used by ships and airplanes. Captains and pilots can find out which is north and south when running their mounts, namely by using the direction of the magnetic poles on a compass needle. They would read the angles of the declamation to determine ship and aircraft movements.

The angle of declamation that continues to change every year makes the compass less accurate when used for directions. Moreover, the development of current technology is able to show a more precise and accurate direction. Such as Radio Beacons which later replaced the compass as a means of confirming the direction of north and south of the earth, including the precise and accurate direction of the wind.

3. Different Poles Will Attract Each Other And Will Repel Each Other If They Meet The Same Pole

Magnets that have two poles make them have special properties in practice in a magnetic field. If Sinaumed’s brings two of the same type of pole closer, there will be a repulsive force.

Conversely, if Sinaumed’s brings together two different poles, there will be an attractive force between the two magnets. So the north pole must meet the south pole in order to produce an attractive force. In the discovery of natural magnets, if Sinaumed’s encounters two opposite magnets, it means that they have the same pole, conversely, if they attract each other, it means that the poles meet are different. The nature of this magnet can provide clues where the poles are the same and which are different.

Sinaumed’s needed to know that if a magnet was then cut into small pieces, it would still have magnetic properties. Although it may only be cut at certain angles. So it can be concluded that magnets consist of small magnets that are located in a row from the north pole facing the south pole and vice versa with the south pole facing the north pole. These small magnets are then referred to as elementary magnets.

4. Magnetic Force Can Penetrate Barriers

Magnets have the strength of an attractive force that can penetrate barrier materials, even with certain categories. The obstacle in question is, for example, if there is metal that is blocked by glass or paper, the metal can still be attracted by a magnet. The category of barrier that the magnet can pass through cannot be too thick. Sinaumed’s was able to prove this magnetic property by sprinkling iron powder on the paper and placing a magnet under the paper, so that the iron can still be attracted by the magnet in the direction of the magnet’s movement.

5. Has a Magnetic Field

Because magnets produce both attractive and repulsive forces, they also have a magnetic field to generate the strength of the magnetic force. Does the magnetic force strengthen or weaken according to the level of density in the magnetic field. Then what is a magnetic field? The magnetic field is a space that is formed around a magnet which still has a magnetic attraction force other than in the magnetic material itself.

The magnetic field can be described as curved lines which are called magnetic lines of force outside the shape of the magnet. To see an illustration of the lines of magnetic force, Sinaumed’s can try sprinkling iron powder on white paper. Take a look, there will definitely appear an order of the iron powder according to the magnetic force in the magnetic field.

This regularity forms a pattern of magnetic lines of force of the same kind if they are brought close to the lines of force that are formed away from each other. So it will appear as if there is empty space in the magnetic field between the north pole and the south pole.

Do you want to be good at magnets and other physics materials? Learn Through The Book Below

1. Master Trick in the Style of High School Physics

This book is equipped with a summary of the material, examples of questions along with discussion, practice questions and discussion. The questions presented in this book are a collection of questions taken from UN, SNMPTN, SBMPTN, SIMAK UI, UM UGM questions, as well as books on other supporting subjects.

 

2. The King Drilling 2000 Middle School Physics Questions

 

3. Pocket SKS Physics SMA

This book you must have. Contains all the complete material for high school physics lessons semesters 1 and 2. With the advantage of a complete bimbel style summary, hot questions plus discussion, bonus e-book question bank 2000,

4. Fundamentals of Physics Concepts, Formulas & Self Evaluation

Fundamentals of Physics: Concepts, Formulas and Self-Evaluation is present as an introductory reference book in Physics for lecturers, scientists, teachers and students of science and engineering who want to understand and apply various concepts and theories of physics that can change and broaden the horizons of knowledge about the world around them. around you.

How to Remove Magnetic Properties

After knowing the meaning of magnets above, Sinaumed’s needs to know that magnetic properties can actually be removed. There are several ways that Sinaumed’s can do to eliminate the properties or characteristics of these magnets so they don’t function like magnets properly. in the following way:

1. Beaten to destroy the magnetic material
2. Heated to destroy the magnetic material
3. Alternating current flows to apply a magnetic force pattern so that it doesn’t work

Types of Magnets You Need to Know

Based on the origin of the material, magnets have various types, namely natural and artificial magnets. The following are the types of magnets that Sinaumed’s needs to know:

1. Natural Magnets

Natural magnets are stone materials that were first discovered in the Magnesia region, Greece long ago. This natural magnet already has magnetic properties from its origin without being processed in a certain way. Usually natural magnets are in the form of rocks with permanent characteristics. That is why natural magnets are difficult to remove their magnetic properties. This magnet was found to already have the ability to attract objects around it without human intervention, which is formed naturally.

2. Artificial Magnets

Artificial magnets were created because they were adapted to human needs by functioning the magnetic properties. Not all materials can be used as magnets where materials or materials that have elementary magnets can be used as magnets. The magnet consists of dominant or elementary magnets. Artificial magnets are also categorized into several types, as follows:

• Artificial Magnets Based on the Duration of Magnetic Strength are divided into permanent magnets and temporary magnets which have their functions and properties. A permanent magnet has a fixed magnetism if its domains or elementary magnets are also regular. For example steel whose elementary magnetism is regularly regular. Meanwhile, temporary magnets are magenta which has elements that are easily messy or scattered. For example, iron, which is elementary, is easy to control, but it’s also easy to lose its magnetic power and scatter it.
• Magnet Based on Material is divided into three, namely ferromagnetic, paramagnetic, and diamagnetic. These three types of magnets have different magnetic strengths. The strongest magnetic materials are ferromagnetic, while the weakest are paramagnetic materials. Diamagnetic materials are materials that cannot be made into magnets at all because the material properties of the material do not have elementary magnetic properties.

Because it is artificial, there are ways to make these magnets, such as by rubbing, electric current, and induction. How to make a magnet is also adjusted to the needs of a particular material, including the strength of the resulting magnetic force. For example, the magnetic force on small industrial machines will be weaker than the magnetic force made for large industrial equipment, for example to lift iron and so on.

Magnetic Shapes

Based on the nature and type of magnet, Sinaumed’s can find different forms of magnets that still have the same magnetic properties. The following are the forms of magnets that Sinaumed’s needs to know in order to maximize the function of magnets that can be used for daily activities.

1 stick

A bar magnet is a magnet that looks like a small block or cube in appearance. This form of bar magnet is usually used for glass or wooden cabinet door locks. This magnetic shape can also be used for small items such as pencil cases, gift boxes, bags, shoes, watches, bracelets, and so on.

2. Horseshoe

The shape of the horseshoe magnet is a magnet which is also commonly called a horseshoe because of its shape which resembles a horse’s sole. This form of magnet is usually used to lift magnetic objects.

3. Needles

This needle-shaped magnet is like a pea, elongated, and has a sharp end. This form of magnet is usually used as a material for making compasses that function as compass directions.

4. Cylinders

Cylindrical magnets have a cylindrical shape that is round and flat. This form of magnet is usually used like bar magnets such as to lock glass or wooden cabinet doors.

5. Rings

A ring magnet has a ring-like shape with a circle in the middle like a hole. This form of magnet is commonly used in loudspeaker, radio, cinema, and cell phone materials. There are also electric motors that use this form of ring magnets.

Book & Article Recommendations

Well, that’s an explanation of the nature of magnets, starting from their understanding, types, and forms. Is Sinaumed’s still having trouble understanding the material about magnets above? If you still have trouble understanding and need references to learn about magnets, you can visit sinaumedia’s collection of sinaumedia books at www.sinaumedia.com. Sinaumed’s can find many references that are in accordance with the curriculum at school. The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that you can read about the properties of magnets, especially in physics at school: Enjoy studying. #Friends Without Limits

 

Prayers for Sick People – Visiting sick people is not just bringing fruits or delicious food. Not only to entertain patients. Visiting a sick person is incomplete if it is not accompanied by a prayer so that the sick person will get well soon. On this occasion, we will discuss prayers that we can read to the sick. Come on, Sinaumed’s, let’s go right away.

About Sick People

In times of illness like this, one understands more about the meaning of life. Not only that, people who are sick usually have their hearts softened. So that he can reflect more on the mistakes he has made. He also needs prayer help to get well soon.

Encouragement to Pray

Allah ‘ Azza wa Jalla  commands orders for a Muslim to go through many verses in the holy book Al Quran. One of them is as stated in Surah Al Baqarah verse 186.

“And when My servants ask you about Me, then (answer), that I am near. I grant the request of a person who prays when he asks Me, then let them fulfill (All My commandments) and let them believe in Me, so that they will always be in the truth.”

To reinforce the importance of prayer, Rasulullah SAW also mentioned in the hadith narrated by Imam Tirmidhi number 3370, Imam Ibn Majah number 3829, and Imam Ahmad 2/62.

“There is nothing that has greater influence in the sight of Allah Ta’ala than prayer.”

There are many authentic or valid stories   that prove the power of prayer. Therefore, prayer is one of the most needed things for sick people to be given immediate healing.

Prayers For Sick People

Besides praying for him, it’s not wrong for you to invite him to pray more too. But make sure that the invitation is a comforting invitation, not an invitation that intimidates or sentences you to lack of prayer.

Sentences such as “That’s why you pray a lot so you don’t get sick or get well soon” can hurt the feelings of someone who is sick. Even though the intent of the advice may be good, it is the way of conveying it that scratches the wound in the patient’s heart. As if accusing him of not praying enough.

Whereas, God gives pain it could be a test. It’s called a test, if you pass it means going to class. So being sick doesn’t always mean  punishment . As fellow human beings who may feel pain too, we should bring peace to the patient’s heart.

The following are examples of prayers you can offer for sick people.

1. Syafakallah  and the Like

This prayer may be very familiar to you. In WhatsApp and Telegram groups   , even on other social media, this prayer goes around a lot when there is news of someone who is sick. This prayer is asking for healing.

There are several kinds of this prayer. If the patient is male, then the prayer  is syafakallah. If the patient is a woman,  syafakillah  (using  ki)  is the prayer you should recite. What if the sick is a third person (him)? If he is a man, then his prayer  is syafahillah  (using  hi) . Meanwhile, if she is a woman, then her prayer  is syafahallah  (using  ha ).

The meaning of  syafakallah  or  syafakillah  itself is may Allah heal you (according to gender  ) . While  syafahillah   or  syafahallah  means may Allah heal him (according to  gender ).

This prayer has a long version. Which has a more specific meaning. Here is the prayer.

Syafakillah syifaan ajilan, syifaan la yughadiru ba’dahu saqaman

The meaning of this prayer is  that may Allah heal you as soon as possible, with painless healing afterwards .

2. Sick Prayer 1

Visiting sick people is a good deed that is highly recommended by Rasulullah SAW to his people. Through the hadith narrated by Imam Abu Dawud and Imam Tirmidhi, the Prophet Muhammad taught this prayer when visiting his friends.

As’alullahal azhima rabbal ‘arsyil ‘azhimi an yassfiyaka

Meaning: “I beg the great Allah, the Lord  of the majestic Throne  to heal you.”

3. Sick Prayer 2

Another prayer for praying for the sick is asking God to remove the disease.

Imsahil ba’sa rabban nasi. Bi yadikas syifa’u. La kasyifa lahu illa anta

It means: “God of mankind, wipe away this disease. In Your hands is healing. No one can lift it except You.”

4. Ruqyah prayer to treat sick limbs

Ruqyah in accordance with Islamic teachings is one way to cure medical or non-medical diseases. Ruqyah is one of the sunnahs taught by the Prophet Muhammad SAW for treatment.

You can read the prayer below by holding the sore body part.

Bismillah (3x). A’udzu billahi wa qudrotihi min syarri maa ajidu wa uhaadzir (7x)

Meaning: “In the name of Allah. In the name of Allah. In the name of Allah. I seek refuge in Allah and His power from the ugliness that I get and I am wary of (7x).”

5. Sick Prayer 3

Another prayer that you can recite for the healing of a sick person is the one below.

Allāhumma rabban nās mudzhibal ba’si, isyfi, antas syāfi, lā syāfiya illā anta syifā’an lā yughādiru saqaman

Meaning: “O Allah, O Lord of all mankind, remove the disease, heal it. (Only) You are the one who can heal him, there is no healing but healing from You, healing that does not recur.”

Where did this prayer come from? From Rasulullah SAW which he conveyed in the hadith through the history of Imam Bukhari number 5742 and Imam Muslim number 2191.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Sinaumed’s, actually there are many types of prayers that you can read for sick people. Some prayers specifically mention names. Still want to know more? You can add your prayer references with our selected books. There are many books that we provide that thoroughly discuss prayer, including prayer for the sick. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia will never leave you alone in the world of knowledge.

Author: Nanda Iriawan Ramadhan

Prayer for a Mother Who Has Died – Losing a mother figure will certainly make someone feel sad. When you haven’t completely let go of your mother who has passed away, Sinaumed’s can pray for your mother so that this feeling of longing can be over soon. Apart from that, sending prayers, Sinaumed’s also did a number of things to remain devoted to his mother who had died.

Sending a prayer for a deceased mother is one of the signs that Sinaumed’s is a devoted son to his mother. If you can’t make a pilgrimage to the grave and feel homesick, Sinaumed’s can read a prayer for a mother who has died.

Prayers for Dead Mothers

The Messenger of Allah said “if someone dies, his deeds will be cut off except in three cases, namely the practice of charity, the practice of knowledge that is beneficial to others and the practice of praying pious children” (Hadith of Muslim History).

Apart from releasing feelings of longing, praying for mothers who have died is a form of devotion as well as charity for mothers who have died. Giving prayers for mothers who have died, can not only be done during pilgrimages. However, it can be done at any time. The following is a prayer recitation for mothers who have died and their meanings.

1. Say a prayer for both parents

رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِيْ وَلِوَالِدَيَّ وَارْحَمْهُمَا كَمَا رَبَّيَانِيْ صَغِيْرَا

Rabbighfir lī, wa li wālidayya, warham humā kamā rabbayānī shaghīrā.

Meaning: O my Lord, forgive my sins and the sins of my parents. Love my parents, as my parents loved me when I was little.

2. Read a prayer for the mother who has passed away

اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لها وَارْحَمْها وَعَافِها وَاعْفُ عَنْها وَأَكْرِمْ نُزُلَها وَوَسِّعْ مُدْخَلَها وَاغْسِلْها بِالْمَاءِ وَالثَّلْجِ وَالْبَرَدِ
وَنَقِّها مِنْ الْخَطَايَا كَمَا نَقَّيْتَ الثَّوْبَ الْأَبْيَضَ مِنْ الدَّنَسِ وَأَبْدِلْها دَارًا خَيْرًا مِنْ دَارِها وَأَهْلًا خَيْرًا مِنْ أَهْلِها
وَزَوْجًا خَيْرًا مِنْ زَوْجِها وَأَدْخِلْها الْجَنَّةَ وَأَعِذْها مِنْ عَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ أَوْ مِنْ عَذَابِ النَّارِ

 Allahummaghfirlaha warhamha wa ‘asfihaa wa fu’anhaa wakrim nudzulahaa wa wassi’ mudholahaa wagsilhaa bilmaai watsalji wal barodi wanaqqohaa min khotooyaa kamaa naqoitats tsaubal abyado minad danasi wabdilhaa daarol khoiron min daarihaa eaahlan khoiron min jasawhaa wajaudzan khoiron wabdilhaa waudzihaa nin jaudzihaa qobrii au min adzabin naar.

Meaning: O Allah, O my Lord, forgive him and give mercy to him, save him, forgive him and place him in a noble place (heaven), expand his grave, bathe him with water from snow and from ice. Cleanse himself from all mistakes like Engkai cleans white clothes from dirt, then give him a house that is much better than his house in the world, give him a better family than he has in the world, pair him with something better than the partner he has. he has in the world, and enter him into heaven and protect him from the torment of the grave and the torment of hell fire.

3. Prayer for parents who have passed away

رَبَّنَا اغْفِرْ لِيْ وَلِوَالِدَيَّ وَلِلْمُؤْمِنِيْنَ يَوْمَ يَقُوْمُ الْحِسَابُ

Robbanaghfirlii waliwalidayya walilmu’miniina yauma yaquumul hisaab.

Meaning: O Lord, O Lord, forgive me and my parents and my parents as well as the believers when the Day of Judgment or the Day of Resurrection occurs. (Quran letter Ibrahim: 41).

4. Prayers for mothers and relatives who have passed away

اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِلْمُسْلِمِيْنَ وَالْمُسْلِمَاتِ وَالْمُؤْمِنِيْنَ وَالْمُؤْمِنَاتِ الأَحْيَاءِ مِنْهُمْ وَالأَمْوَاتِ مِنْ مَشَارِقِ الْاَرْضِ إِلَى مَغَارِبِهَا بَرِّهَا وَبَحْرِهَا، خُصُوْصًا إِلَى آبَاءِنَا وَاُمَّهَاتِنَا وَأَجْدَادِنَا وَجَدَّاتِنَا وَأَسَاتِذَتِنَا وَمُعَلِّمِيْنَا وَلِمَنْ أَحْسَنَ إِلَيْنَا وَلِأَصْحَابِ الحُقُوْقِ عَلَيْنَا

Allahummaghfir lil muslimina wal muslimat, wal mukmina wal mukminat, al-ahya ‘i minhum wal amwat, min masyariqil ardhi ila magharibiha, barriha wa bahriha, khushushan ila aba’ina, wa ummahatina, wa ajdadina, wa jaddarina, wa asatidzatina, wa mu ‘allimina, wa li man ahsana ilaina, wa li ashhabil huquqi ‘alayna.

Meaning: O Allah, forgive the believers and believers, mislimin and Muslimat who are still alive and who have died, who are spread from east to west, who are on land and at sea, especially to mothers, fathers, grandfathers, grandmothers , ustadz, teachers and to those who have done good to us and those who still have rights to us.

5. Prayer for the deceased mother to receive forgiveness

ا للَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِلْمُسْلِمِيْنَ وَالْمُسْلِمَاتِ وَالْمُؤْمِنِيْنَ وَالْمُؤْمِنَاتِ الأَحْيَاءِ مِنْهُمْ وَالأَمْوَاتِ مِنْ مَشَارِقِ الْاَرْضِ إِلَى مَغَارِبِهَا بَرِّهَا وَبَحْرِهَا، خُصُوْصًا إِلَى آبَاءِنَا وَاُمَّهَاتِنَا وَأَجْدَادِنَا وَجَدَّاتِنَا وَأَسَاتِذَتِنَا وَمُعَلِّمِيْنَا وَلِمَنْ أَحْسَنَ إِلَيْنَا وَلِأَصْحَابِ الحُقُوْقِ عَلَيْنَا

Allahummaghfir lahum, warhamhum, wa ‘afihim, wa’fu ‘anhum. Allahumma anzilir rahmata, wal maghfirata, was syafa’ata ‘ala Expert Quburi Min Expert la ilaha illallahu Muhammadun Rasulullah.

Meaning: O Allah, give forgiveness and mercy and afiat and apologies for them. O Allah, send mercy and forgiveness and intercession for the members of the graves and adherents of the two creeds.

How to Serve a Mother Who Has Passed Away

Even though the mother or parents have passed away, a child must still serve his parents. Even though they cannot be filial directly, there are several ways a child can do filial piety to his mother or both parents who have died.

Dutiful to both parents, does not require a reason to do so. Because, devoted to the mother is an obligation. Even though my mother had passed away. Here are some ways to pay tribute to a mother who has passed away.

1. Pray for parents

The first way a child can be devoted to a mother who has died is to pray. Rasulullah once said, that the prayer of a pious or pious child can be one of the mother’s charities that will never be broken, even though she has passed away.

Therefore, by praying to parents, it becomes a form of a filial child to his mother or parents who have died. Because it provides the practices of jariyah which of course can be useful as provisions in the afterlife.

2. Paying off debts or promises of mothers who have passed away

When a mother or parent dies, then of course the mother can no longer pay off debts or promises to people who are still alive. Therefore, the duty of a filial child is to help pay off debts and promises that the mother had not had time to fulfill before in her life.

Even though, before she died, the mother must have had the intention to pay off debts and promises that had not been kept. However, no one knows when death will come. As a child, Sinaumed’s has an obligation to help pay off debts and unpaid mother’s promises. If you don’t know the remaining debts or promises that haven’t been paid off, then a child can ask close relatives about this.

3. Mutual love for every family member left by the mother

After the death of the mother, of course not only her biological children are grieving. However, the mother’s brothers and other close relatives also grieve. Therefore, as a form of filial piety for a mother who has died, children must maintain ties of friendship with close relatives.

Don’t cut ties with close relatives who used to be close to children only thanks to the mother’s presence. Try to love each other between close relatives left by mother. The trick is to stay in touch, once a month or with the time interval needed so that the bonds of brotherly love do not break.

4. Doing and imitating the good qualities brought by the mother

While the mother is still alive, more or less the mother will be a role model for her children. However, of course, no human being is perfect, including mothers, who certainly never escape blame or accident. During life, mothers certainly have made mistakes, but as a good child, a child needs to emulate and emulate the qualities of a good mother.

Even though the mother has passed away, the good character of the mother can be imitated and imitated so on. That way, a child will help to spread the good values ​​brought by the mother.

5. Charity or charity on behalf of a deceased mother

The next way to serve a deceased mother is to give alms or charity on behalf of a deceased mother. That way, it is hoped that the reward when doing charity or giving charity will reach the mother who has died. Thus, it will add charity provisions that can be brought by the mother in the afterlife.

6. Realizing a mother’s dream that has not yet been implemented

When mother has passed away, maybe there are still some dreams that have not come true. One of the ways to serve a mother who has passed away is to help make a mother’s dream come true that had never been realized before.

It is hoped that by helping to realize the dream of the mother who has passed away, it will become a charity for the mother and an additional provision for the mother’s charity for the afterlife.

7. Maintain the good name of the mother who has passed away

As a form of devotion, of course a child needs to maintain the good name of the mother who has died. The trick is not to reveal the disgrace that was owned by the mother when she was still alive. In addition, as a dutiful child, children can also keep the mother’s secret so that the good name of the mother is maintained even though she has died.

8. Performing Hajj for a deceased mother

If during her lifetime the mother has not had the opportunity to perform the pilgrimage, then a good way to serve is to perform the pilgrimage for the mother who has died. Intend that the pilgrimage is for the mother who has died. This method of filial piety has also been explained by Rasulullah as a form of filial piety to mothers who have passed away.

9. Make a grave pilgrimage to the graves of mothers who have died

A filial child can continue his filial piety to his mother who has passed away by making a grave pilgrimage to the grave of the mother who has died. When on a pilgrimage, a child should pray for a mother who has died and clean the graves of mothers who have died.

10. Continuing the good habits of a deceased mother

The way to remain devoted to your parents is to continue the good habits of your mother who has passed away. Like, if Sinaumed’s’ mother has a habit of giving alms to less fortunate people, then continue this good habit. Or the good habits of the mother that are often carried out in life should be continued by the child.

The Virtue of Devotion to Mothers and Parents who Have Passed Away

Why do you have to remain devoted to parents who have died as a child? Of course in Islam being devoted to parents is an obligation and has virtues.

It is explained in the Al Quran verse Al Isra verse 32, that in fact Allah commands His servants to serve mothers and fathers. The letter reads as follows.

“Your Lord has commanded you not to worship other than Himself and that you should do good to your mother and father. If one of (parents) or both parents until they are old are in your care, then we should never say to both of them the word ‘ah’ and don’t yell at both parents, and say it to your parents, good words” (QS Al-Isra verse 32).

After knowing the ten ways to be filial to parents or mothers who have passed away, then this way of filial piety should be practiced properly. This is because being devoted to your mother or father has the virtues explained in the hadiths and verses of the Koran. Here’s an explanation.

1. As the main charity

Like the hadith narrated by Bukhari and Muslim. In this hadith, the Prophet said that, “I asked the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam about the charity that is most loved by Allah, the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam answered, first pray at the right time, second serve both parents, third jihad on the road God”.

In this hadith, it can be seen that serving parents, including mothers who have died, is the most important charity that is loved by Allah.

2. Devoted to parents to get His blessing, because Allah’s blessing depends on the blessing of parents

The blessing of Allah depends on the blessing of parents, therefore a child must serve his parents. So, what is done becomes a blessing. This second priority is explained in the hadith narrated by Bukhari and Tirmidhi which reads, “God’s pleasure depends on the parents’ pleasure, and Allah’s anger depends on the parents’ anger as well.” Therefore, to get the blessing of Allah, you must first win the blessing of your parents.

3. Devoted to parents even though they have died, able to eliminate life’s difficulties

The third virtue of being filial to parents who are living or dead is that it eliminates life’s difficulties. The virtue of filial piety to parents is also explained in a hadith narrated by Muslim and Bukhari.

The hadith reads, “The Messenger of Allah said, ‘One day there were three people who were walking and then got caught in the rain. They then took shelter in a cave at the foot of the mountain. While in the cave, suddenly a large rock collapsed and covered the door of the cave. Some of them said to the others, ‘Remember the best deed you have ever done.’

Then they ask Allah for help and pray through these deeds. With the hope that Allah will remove these difficulties. One of the three men then said, ‘O Allah, actually I have two elderly parents, while I have a wife and a small child.

I herd the goats and when I come home I always milk the milk and give it to my parents before anyone else. One day, I had to walk far away to look for firewood and make a living, until I came home at night and saw my parents were asleep, but I still milked and went to my parents, my child was whining for milk, I still wouldn’t give it. Because I gave the milk to my parents first. Then I wait until my parents wake up and I give it to him. After my parents, then I gave the milk to my son.

So, the stone of the cave shifted.

That is an explanation of the five prayers for mothers who have died, how to be devoted to parents who have died to the virtue of being devoted to mothers and parents who have died.

Sinaumed’s can find out more about the collection of prayers in the prayer collection book. Sinaumed’s can buy this collection of prayer books at sinaumedia.com because as #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides a variety of books according to Sinaumed’s’ needs. What are you waiting for? Immediately buy the book now!

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Prayers for Both Parents – Saying prayers for both parents is one of the practices of pious and pious children which is highly favored by Allah SWT. In Islam, praying for both parents is one way to be devoted.

Praying for both parents does not have to be only on Mother’s Day or Father’s Day, but can also be or even recommended to be done every day, after the five daily prayers. Saying a prayer for your parents doesn’t have to be if your parents are still alive, sick, or even where their whereabouts are unknown. Even parents who are in a state of death also need to get prayers from their children, because that is the obligation of children.

Then, what are the prayers that a child can say to their parents as a form of devotion? Come on, see the following reviews!

Prayers For Both Parents

1. Prayer For Parents Who Are Still Alive

When parents are still alive, as dutiful children, of course we must pray for them. Whatever their situation and condition, after praying five times a day, we must pray to Allah SWT for them.

So, here is the prayer:

Allah 

Allahumma fighfirlii wa liwaa lidhayya warham humaa kamaa rabbayaanii shokhiroon

It means:

“O Allah, forgive me and my parents. Both my mother and father, love them as they loved me when I was small.” 

 

2. Prayer for parents who are sick

As we get older, the health of our parents will also decrease. They will often get sick, even if they have minor ailments such as colds or coughs, but such things certainly have to be prayed for. Ask Allah SWT to relieve the pain suffered by our parents.

Well, here is a prayer for parents who are sick:

اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّ النَّاسِ اَذْهِبِ الْبorn 

Allahumma rabbannaasi adzhibil ba’sa wasy fihu, wa antas syaafi, laa syifaa-a illa syifaauka, syifaan laa yughaadiru saqamaa

It means: 

“O Allah, Lord of Humans and the universe, remove trouble and give him healing, You are the Most Healing Essence. There is no healing except healing from You, healing that does not leave other diseases.”

Especially if our parents are seriously ill, we are obliged to pray for their recovery. As previously stated, the older you get, the health of your parents can decline. So, here is a prayer for parents who are seriously ill:

O Lord 

Allahumma ahyini maa kaanatil khayatu khoiroli, watawaf fanni maa kaanat wafaatu khirolli. 

It means: 

“O Allah, revive him if it is better for him. And kill him if death is better for him.”

 

3. Prayers For Parents Who Have Died

Even though our parents have passed away, we as children are obliged to pray for them. This prayer does not have to be said over his grave, but can also be said after the five daily prayers. The prayer is for the spirits of our parents to enter the heaven of Allah SWT.

Well, here is a prayer for parents who have died:

اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِلْمُسْلِمِيْنَ وَالْمُسْلِمَاتِ وَالْمُؤْمِنِيْنَ وَالْمُؤْمِنَاتِ الأَحْيَاءِ مِنْهُمْ وَالأَمْوَاتِ مِنْ مَشَارِقِ الْاَرْضِ إِلَى مَغَارِبِهَا بَرِّهَا وَبَحْرِهَا، خُصُوْصًا إِلَى آبَاءِنَا وَاُمَّهَاتِنَا وَأَجْدَادِنَا وَجَدَّاتِنَا وَأَسَاتِذَتِنَا وَمُعَلِّمِيْنَا وَلِمَنْ أَحْسَنَ إِلَيْنَا وَلِأَصْحَابِ الحُقُوْقِ عَلَيْنَا

Allahummaghfir lil muslimina wal muslimat, wal mukminina wal mukminat, al-ahyai minhum wal amwat, min masyariqil ardhi ila maghoribiha, barriha wa bahriha, khushushan ilaa aba’ina, wa ummahatina, wa ajdadina, wa jaddatina, wa ustadzina, wa mu’alliman , wa li man ahsana ilaina, wa li ashabil huquqi ‘alaina.

It means: 

“O Allah, forgive the believers, believers, Muslims, Muslims, those who are still alive, those who have died, those who are scattered from east to west, on land and at sea, especially fathers, mothers, grandfathers, grandmothers, ustadz, teachers, those who have do good to us, and those who still have rights against us.”

4. Prayer So that Both Parents Always Get Ridho from Allah SWT

This prayer is useful so that our parents always get the blessing of Allah SWT. When you say this prayer, of course the blessing of Allah SWT is not only given to the parents, but also to the child as the one who prays this good prayer.

Well, here is a prayer so that both of our parents get the blessing of Allah SWT:

فَتَبَسَّمَ ضَاحِكًا مِّنْ قَوْلِهَا وَقَالَ رَبِّ اَوْزِعْنِيْٓ اَنْ اَشْكُرَ نِعْمَتَكَ الَّتِيْٓ اَنْعَمْتَ عَلَيَّ وَعَلٰى وَالِدَيَّ وَاَنْ اَعْمَلَ صَالِحًا تَرْضٰىهُ وَاَدْخِلْنِيْ بِرَحْمَتِكَ فِيْ عِبَادِكَ الصّٰلِحِيْنَ

Fa tabassama ḍāḥikam ming qaulihā wa qāla rabbi auzi’nī an asykuro ni’matakallatī an’amta ‘alayya wa ‘alā wālidayya wa an a’mala ṣāliḥan tarḍāhu wa adkhilnī biraḥmatika fī ‘ibādikaṣ-ṣāliḥīn 

It means: 

“So he smiled and laughed because (heard) the words of the ant. And he prayed: “O my Lord, give me inspiration to continue to be grateful for Your blessings that You have bestowed on me and my two parents and to do good deeds that You are pleased with; and enter me with Your grace into the ranks of Your pious servants. (QS. An-Naml: 19)

 

5. Prayer for Forgiveness and Safety for Both Parents

When parents are on a trip, it’s good for us to always pray for their safety. Not only that, as filial children, we can also pray to Allah SWT so that our parents always receive forgiveness for the sins they have committed. Because our parents are also human, they must have mistakes and sins.

Well, here is a prayer asking for forgiveness and safety for our parents:

رَبَّنَا ٱغْفِرْ لِى وَلِوَٰلِدَىَّ وَلِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ يَوْمَ يَقُومُ ٱلْحِسَابُ

Rabbighfir lī wa liwālidayya wa lil-mu`minīna yauma yaqụmul-ḥisāb 

It means: 

“O our Lord, forgive me and my parents and all the believers on the day of reckoning (the Day of Judgment)” (QS Ibrahim: 41)

Getting to Know What Birrul Walidain Is

Birrul Walidain is the term for all the good that is presented by a child to their parents. Birrul Walidain comes from the word ” beer ” which means ” good “. Based on the words of Rasulullah SAW, ” Al-Birr is as good as morals ” (Narrated by HR. Muslim).

In the book Ad Durrul Mantsur 5/259, it is stated that “Al Birr is obeying both parents in everything they order you, as long as you don’t disobey Allah SWT, and Al ‘Huquq and stay away from them and don’t do good to him.”

So, based on the book, it can be concluded that we as filial children must obey all orders from our parents, as long as they are not orders that are against religious orders and social norms.

If we disobey orders, our parents will get angry and even cry. It should be known that making parents angry and even crying is a sinful act. If both parents feel sad about our behavior, immediately apologize and admit that we made a mistake. However, if there is a misunderstanding, explain immediately so that everything becomes more certain and clear.

Birrul Walidain Law

In Islam, the law to serve parents or carry out Birrul Walidain is mandatory. Even though it is mandatory, there are also exceptions, namely if our parents actually give orders that violate religion and social norms. The basis for implementing Birrul Walidain is the Al-Quran and hadith.

In the holy book Al-Quran, there are many verses that mention the obligation to serve parents, for example:

• QS An-Nisa: 36

۞ وَٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَلَا تُشْرِكُوا۟ بِهِۦ شَيْـًٔا ۖ وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ إِحْسَٰنًا وَبِذِى ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ وَٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ وَٱلْمَسَٰكِينِ وَٱلْجَارِ ذِى ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ وَٱلْجَارِ ٱلْجُنُبِ وَٱلصَّاحِبِ بِٱلْجَنۢبِ وَٱبْنِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ وَمَا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَٰنُكُمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ مَن كَانَ مُخْتَالًا فَخُورًا 

Wa’budullāha wa lā tusyrikụ bihī syai`aw wa bil-wālidaini iḥsānaw wa biżil-qurbā wal-yatāmā wal-masākīni wal-jāri żil-qurbā wal-jāril-zunubi waṣ-ṣāḥibi bil-jambi wabnis-sabīli wa mā malakat aimānukum, innallāha lā yuḥibbu mang kāna mukhtālan fakhụrā 

It means:

“ Worship Allah and do not associate anything with Him. And do good to your parents , relatives, orphans, the poor, close neighbors and distant neighbors, and colleagues, Ibn Sabil and slaves. Indeed, Allah does not like those who are arrogant and proud of themselves, “(An-Nisa: 36)

In the translation of the verse, it states that we must do good to our parents as our parents. Doing good is an order and an obligation.

 

• Al-Isra: 23

۞ وَقَضَىٰ رَبُّكَ أَلَّا تَعْبُدُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ إِيَّاهُ وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ إِحْسَٰنًا ۚ إِمَّا يَبْلُغَنَّ عِندَكَ ٱلْكِبَرَ أَحَدُهُمَآ أَوْ كِلَاهُمَا فَلَا تَقُل لَّهُمَآ أُفٍّ وَلَا تَنْهَرْهُمَا وَقُل لَّهُمَا قَوْلًا كَرِيمًا

Wa qaḍā rabbuka allā ta’budū illā iyyāhu wa bil-wālidaini iḥsānā, immā yablughanna ‘indakal-kibara aḥaduhumā au kilāhumā fa lā taqul lahumā uffin wa lā tanhar-humā wa qul lahumā qaulan karīmā 

It means:

“And your Lord has ordered that you should not worship other than Him and that you should do good to your parents in the best way possible . If one of them or both of them reaches an advanced age under your care, then never say to both of them the word “ah” and don’t yell at them and say glorious words to them. ” (QS. Al-Isra: 23)

A scholar named Asy Syaukani once said that Allah commands us to do good to both parents along with the command to monotheism and worship Him. This is a notification of how great their truth (truth) is, while helping their affairs (work), then this is a matter that is no longer hidden (his order).

 

• QS Luqman: 14

وَوَصَّيْنَا ٱلْإِنسَٰنَ بِوَٰلِدَيْهِ حَمَلَتْهُ أُمُّهُۥ وَهْنًا عَلَىٰ وَهْنٍ وَفِصَٰلُهُۥ فِى عَامَيْنِ أَنِ ٱشْكُرْ لِى وَلِوَٰلِدَيْكَ إِلَىَّ ٱلْمَصِيرُ 

Wa waṣṣainal-insāna biwālidaīh, ḥamalat-hu ummuhụ wahnan ‘alā wahnin wa fiṣāluhụ fī ‘āmaini anisykur lī wa liwālidaīk, ilayyal-maṣīr 

It means: 

“And We commanded mankind (to do good) to two of their mothers and fathers; his mother had carried him in a state of increasing weakness, and weaned him in two years. Give thanks to Me and to your two parents, only to Me is your return.”

 

• Hadith of Al Mughirah bin Syu’bah 

“Indeed, Allah has forbidden you to disobey mothers, bury daughters alive, and do not want to give but beg (hunks) and Allah hates you (saying) he said so and so and so and so said (without researching first) , asking a lot (which is not useful), and wasting wealth. (Narrated by Imam Muslim in his Sahih No. 1757)

Example of Birrul Walidain

When Parents Are Still Alive

• Speak softly and politely
• Not criticizing parents, thereby causing them to be criticized by others
• Obey their orders, as long as they do not conflict with Shari’a and religious beliefs and social norms
• Not arrogant in front of parents
• Devoted and humble (tawadhu’) in front of parents
• Ask permission when you want to travel

When Parents Have Died

• Fulfill all promises that have not been fulfilled, during life first. For example carrying out wills, paying debts, and others.
• Organizing the management of the corpse, starting from the process of bathing, shrouding, lighting, to burying it.
• Pray for both after the five daily prayers and sunnah prayers
• Asking for forgiveness for both of them after praying five times a day and praying sunnah

The priority of Birrul Walidain

1. Hadith of Abdullah Ibn Umar

This hadith reveals that the blessing of Allah SWT lies in the pleasure of the parents as well. Therefore, if you are going to apply for a job, take an exam, or go on a long trip, don’t forget to ask your parents for blessing so that Allah SWT will also give you blessing in our affairs.

God bless you

( اخرجه الترمذي وصححه ابن حبان والحاكم)

It means: 

From Abdullah bin ‘Amrin bin Ash ra he said, the Prophet SAW said: “The pleasure of Allah lies in the pleasure of the parents, and the displeasure of Allah lies in the anger of the parents” . (HRA t-Tirmidhi. This hadith is considered authentic by Ibn Hibban and Al-Hakim)

2. Hadith of Abu Hurairah

عَنْ اَبِي هُرَيرَةَ رضي الله عنه قال جَاءَ رَجُلٌ الى رسول الله صلى الله عليه وسلم فقال يَا رس قال: اُمُّك قال: ثُمَّ مَنْ؟ قال: ثُمَّ اُمُّك قال: ثم من؟ قال :ثم امُّك قال: ثم من؟ قال : ثم اَبُوْكَ (اخرجه البخاري)

It means: 

From Abu Hurairah ra he said: “One time a man came to Rasulullah SAW, then asked: “O Messenger of Allah, who has the right for me to associate well?” The Prophet replied: “Your mother!”, then who? The Messenger of Allah replied: “Your mother!”, then who? The Prophet replied: “Your mother!” Again the man asked: then who? The Prophet replied: “Your father!” (HR. Bukhari)

So, those are the prayers that can be said for both parents, both those who are still alive and those who have passed away. As filial children, we must always be able to carry out orders from both of them. If we want to refuse the order, say it in a soft and polite voice, don’t yell at them. Try to discuss with your parents about whatever we are going to do so that misunderstandings do not arise and get ridho from them. Remember, that the pleasure of Allah SWT lies in the pleasure of parents.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Also Read!

1. Prayers For Dead Mothers
2. Prayers for Sick People in Islam
3. The practice of Calming Prayer
4. Get to know the Procedure for the Prayer of the Corpse
5. Kinds of Sujud and Prayers
6. How to Respect and Appreciate Teachers
7. Grave Pilgrimage Prayers and their Adab
8. The Prayers of Prophet Sulayman AS and His Wisdom
9. Prayer Asks for a Soulmate and Their Practices
10. The Law and Virtue of Congregational Prayer

Prayer after Duha prayer – Sinaumed’s, who is Muslim, must have known very well how easy it is for Muslims and Muslim women to seek rewards as their provisions in the afterlife. Apart from carrying out the obligations ordered by Allah SWT, there are many more things you can do to get rewards.

The simplest way is just to do good to others indiscriminately. In addition, living life as best as possible, full of honesty and compassion can also bring you rewards. Do not forget, to carry out the sunnah worship recommended by the Prophet Muhammad SAW.

There are lots of sunnah worship that Muslims and Muslim women can do. Not only does it bring you closer to heaven’s door, this sunnah worship can also have many benefits for your life. One of the most popular sunnah worships for the Islamic community is the Dhuha Prayer.

Meaning of Dhuha Prayer

Basically, the Dhuha Prayer is a sunnah prayer which is performed in the morning, to be precise after the time for the Subuh Prayer is over. This term is also known as “7 cubits after sunrise”. This time is around 6 am to 7 am.
The end time for the Dhuha Prayer is a few moments before the time for the Zuhur Prayer arrives.

It is not recommended for Muslims to carry out the Dhuha Prayer when the time has shown around 11 to half past 12, bearing in mind that soon the time for the call to prayer for the Zuhr Prayer will arrive.

The Dhuha prayer itself has variations regarding the number of cycles performed. However, it is recommended for Muslims and Muslim women to carry out the Dhuha Prayer in an even number of cycles, starting from 2, 4, 6, 8, and the maximum number of cycles, namely 12 cycles.

Dhuha prayer is mostly performed by the Islamic community because of course apart from getting additional rewards for carrying out sunnah worship, Dhuha prayer also has many benefits in their spiritual and physical life. We will discuss a number of benefits from the Dhuha Prayer later in the same article.

Prayer After Duha Prayer

Sinaumed’s needs to know that when someone prays Dhuha, someone’s prayer will be more easily answered by Allah SWT. This is one of the reasons behind the many Muslim communities who want to spend their time for Dhuha Prayer in the morning. If they perform the Dhuha Prayer well, surely their prayers will be granted.

Therefore, the prayer after the Dhuha Prayer is highly recommended to be read, especially for Muslims and Muslim women who really want to ask something from Allah SWT. The request can be in the form of being given convenience in life, being given fortitude in facing problems, being bestowed with sustenance, or other things.

There is a prayer after the Dhuha Prayer that Muslims can read when they have finished carrying out this sunnah worship. This prayer covers various kinds of problems that humans usually face, and reading this prayer will undoubtedly receive blessings from the Granter. Here is the prayer reading.

اَللهُمَّ اِنَّ الضُّحَآءَ ضُحَاءُكَ، وَالْبَهَاءَ بَهَاءُكَ، وَالْجَمَالَ جَمَالُكَ، وَالْقُوَّةَ قُوَّتُكَ، وَالْقُدْرَةَ قُدْرَتُكَ، وَالْعِصْمَةَ عِصْمَتُكَ. اَللهُمَّ اِنْ كَانَ رِزْقَى فِى السَّمَآءِ فَأَنْزِلْهُ وَاِنْ كَانَ فِى اْلاَرْضِ فَأَخْرِجْهُ وَاِنْ كَانَ مُعَسَّرًا فَيَسِّرْهُ وَاِنْ كَانَ حَرَامًا فَطَهِّرْهُ وَاِنْ كَانَ بَعِيْدًا فَقَرِّبْهُ بِحَقِّ ضُحَاءِكَ وَبَهَاءِكَ وَجَمَالِكَ وَقُوَّتِكَ وَقُدْرَتِكَ آتِنِىْ مَآاَتَيْتَ عِبَادَكَ الصَّالِحِيْنَ

Translation: “Allahumma innad dhuha-a dhuha-uka, wal baha-a baha-uka, wal jamala jamaluka, wal quwwata quwwatuka, wal qudrota qudrotuka, wal ‘ismata ‘ismatuka. Allahumma in kana rizqi fis sama-i fa-anzilhu, wa in kana fil ardhi fa akhrijhu, wa in kana mu’assaron fa yassirhu, wa in kana haroman fathohhirhu, wa in kana ba’idan faqorribhu, bihaqqi dhuha-ika, wa baha -ika, wa jamalika, wa quwwatika, wa qudrotika, aatini ma atayta ‘ibadakas sholihin”.

Meaning: “O Allah, that the time of Dhuha is the time of Your Dhuha, and that majesty is Your majesty, and that beauty is Your beauty, and that strength is Your strength, and that protection is Your protection. O Allah, if my sustenance is still above the sky, then send it down, if it is still in the earth, then take it out, if it is still difficult, then make it easy, if (it turns out) unlawful, then purify it, if it is still far away, then bring it closer. Thanks to duha time, Your majesty, Your beauty, Your strength and Your power, bestow upon us all that You have bestowed on Your pious servants.

The prayer above is basically a prayer that you can read to ask for sustenance and make it easier to find sustenance so that your life can go smoother. This prayer can also help Muslims who are experiencing anxiety because they are experiencing difficulties in life.

Even though the prayer after the Dhuha Prayer above is the most commonly read prayer, Sinaumed’s can also read other prayers according to your current situation. As previously discussed, if you carry out this worship properly and sincerely, Allah SWT will surely hear your request.

Below, there are 4 prayers for different situations that Sinaumed’s could be experiencing right now. If you have free time in the morning and are experiencing the situation below, try worshiping the Dhuha Prayer and reading these prayers so that you can quickly get through this period.

Prayer To Lift The Disease

اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّ النَّاسِ أَذْهِبِ الْبَأْسَ اشْفِ أَنْتَ الشَّافِي لَا شَافِيَ إلَّا أَنْتَ

Translation: “Allāhumma rabbana nāsi, adzhibil ba’sa. Isyfi. Antas Syafi. Lā syāfiya illā anta syifā’an lā yughādiru saqaman.”

Meaning: “O Allah, Lord of mankind, remove this disease (this). Give (me) healing for You are the healer. Nothing can cure (my) illness except You with healing that leaves no pain.”

Sinaumed’s who is suffering from any illness can try reading the prayer above. The prayer above is also a prayer that the Prophet Muhammad SAW read when he was exposed to an illness. The hope is that if you read this prayer during the Dhuha Prayer, then Allah SWT will hear your prayer and immediately remove this disease.

Prayer to Find a Soulmate

رَبَّنَا هَبْ لَنَا مِنْ أَزْوَٰجِنَا وَذُرِّيَّٰتِنَا قُرَّةَ أَعْيُنٍ وَٱجْعَلْنَا لِلْمَُُُ

Translation: “Rabbana hablana min azwajina wa dzurriyatina qurrota a’yun waj’alna lil muttaqina imama.”

Meaning: “O Allah, our Lord, bestow (to) our wives and our offspring as gladdens of the heart, and make us priests (leaders) for those who are pious.”

The prayer for finding a mate above, although it is more intended for men, can also be read by women who have difficulty finding a partner in life. Hopefully, those of you who read the prayer after this Dhuha Prayer, can meet your soul mate soon.

Prayer to be Given Patience in Facing Problems

رَبَّنَا لاَ تُزِغْ قُلُوبَنَا بَعْدَ إِذْ هَدَيْتَنَا وَهَبْ لَنَا مِنْ لَدُنْكَ رَحْنمَةً إِنَّك َِّْ

Translation: “Rabbanaa laa tuzigh quluubanaa ba’da iz hadaitana wa hablana min ladunka rahmah innaka antal wahhab.”

Meaning: “O Allah, our Lord, do not make our hearts incline to error after You have guided us, and grant us mercy from Your side; for verily You are the Giver (gift).”

Sometimes, there are times when we have reached the end point in patience when dealing with problems. So that you can get patience and fortitude to be able to solve problems properly, there’s nothing wrong with trying to read the prayer above after the Dhuha Prayer.

Prayers for a Happy World and Hereafter

اَللّٰهُمَّاِنَّانَسْئَلُكَسَلَامَةًفِىالدِّيْنِ،وَعَافِيَةًفِىالْجَسَدِوَزِيَادَةًفِىالْعِلْمِوَبَرَكَةًفِىالرِّزْقِوَتَوْبَةَقَبْلَالْمَوْتِوَرَحْمَةًعِنْدَالْمَوْتِوَمَغْفِرَةًبَعْدَالْمَوْتِاَللّٰهُمَّهَوِّنْعَلَيْنَافِيْسَكَرَاتِالْمَوْتِ،وَنَجَاةًمِنَالنَّارِوَالْعَفْوَعِنْدَالْحِسَابِ

Translation: “Allaahumma innaa nas aluka salaamatan fiddiin, wa ‘aafiyatan fil jasad, wa ziyadatan fil ‘ilmi, wa barakatan dir rizqi, wa repentance qablal maut, warahmatan indal maut, wa maghfirotan ba’dal maut. Allahumma hawwin ‘alainaa fii sakarootil maut, wan najaata minan naari, wal ‘afwa indal reckoning.”

Meaning: “O Allah, indeed we ask You for safety when having religion, physical health, abundance of knowledge, blessings of sustenance, repentance before death, mercy at death, and forgiveness after death. O Allah, make it easy for us to face the agony of death, grant us safety from the fires of hell, and forgiveness at the time of reckoning.”

It is common knowledge that nothing is certain in this world. This uncertainty can make us encounter various kinds of problems in life. And the best way to deal with this uncertainty is to try your best, and put your trust in God Almighty by praying.

Apart from the prayers above, Sinaumed’s can read various other types of prayers after the Dhuha Prayer according to the circumstances you are currently experiencing. The most important thing is that you worship properly and sincerely, and ask Allah SWT cleanly and sincerely.
Hopefully, whatever problems you are experiencing right now, you can go through them well and without any blemishes. For Sinaumed’s, who is living his best life, he can always carry out whatever his activities are, and keep him away from all kinds of problems.

Benefits of Dhuha Prayer

It was mentioned earlier that the Dhuha Prayer has a number of benefits for Muslims who practice it. And these benefits go beyond simply getting the reward. There are also various other benefits that Muslims and Muslim women can get.

At least, there will be 4 benefits that Sinaumed’s will learn in this article. You can feel these benefits directly from the spiritual and physical side. And of course, there will be benefits that Muslims who diligently carry out the Dhuha Prayer will be able to feel when they are in the afterlife.

1. The heart feels peaceful and full of room

There will be a kind of relief experienced by Muslim people after they carry out the Dhuha Prayer in the morning. Even though the problems they are experiencing are not necessarily over, these people can at least be more calm in carrying out their daily lives and when facing problems.

This is because they know Allah SWT will always be there to watch over them. They understood that all kinds of problems they faced at that time were tests given by Him. After going through these problems, surely they will become someone who is stronger, steadfast and calm in dealing with problems.

2. Make it easier to get sustenance

Sinaumed’s still remember the main prayer that Muslims and Muslim women often read above? Based on the interpretation and meaning of the prayer above, you can conclude that this prayer is a prayer that can help Muslims to get sustenance more easily.

Not only that, basically people who like to worship sunnah such as the Dhuha Prayer are indeed liked by Allah SWT. The Most Giver certainly will not hesitate to bestow sustenance in any form for those who have obedience to Him.

3. Healthy muscles and bones of the body

The benefits of this one actually can also be felt if someone diligently performs the obligatory prayers. Basically, prayer has a number of movements that can strengthen various muscles and bones in the body. So, indirectly, the person is also doing activities that are healthy for the body when he is praying.

The Dhuha Prayer service is quite special, because it is done in the morning, where our bodies are still quite flexible compared to when it is already in the day or night. With this, the healthful effects that can be obtained from this prayer will be increasingly felt when someone worships the Dhuha Prayer.

4. A Majestic Palace in Heaven Will Be Made

Maybe some of the Sinaumed’s already know that the rewards and sins that Muslims get during their lifetime will be converted in the afterlife. Those who get more sins than rewards, will be thrown into the abyss of hell fire.

However, those who get a lot of merit, will definitely get a guarantee to enter heaven. In heaven, the rewards they get can be converted to make a magnificent palace where they live later. This will be more easily achieved by people who are diligent in worship, especially sunnah worship such as Dhuha Prayer.

Conclusion

Sunnah worship indeed brings more profit than loss. Apart from definitely getting excess rewards, we can also later get other benefits that we can feel in life. One type of sunnah worship that is mostly practiced by Muslims is the Dhuha Prayer.

Dhuha prayer can only be done in the morning after the Fajr Prayer, until the time before the Zuhur Prayer. The number of cycles that Muslims and Muslim women can perform for Duha Prayer is an even number of cycles, starting from 2, 4, 6, 8, and a maximum of 12 cycles.

There are so many benefits that can be felt when someone performs the Dhuha Prayer, starting from getting abundant rewards, reassuring and also widening the heart, making it easier to obtain sustenance, nourishing the body, and that person’s prayer will be more easily answered by Allah SWT.

In this article, Sinaumed’s has studied prayers after the Dhuha Prayer which you can read to make life easier and smoother. Hopefully, these prayers can be useful for you and you can feel the positive impact of the prayers that have been written above.

For Sinaumed’s who want to learn more about the virtues of Dhuha Prayer, we have several book recommendations for you to add to your references regarding Dhuha Prayer. These books are the book ” Mirojul Mukminin Mukjizat Dhuha Prayer “, the book ” Guide to Performing Duha Prayer “, and the book ” Pocket Book for Midnight Prayer Prayer “.

Mirojul Mukminin The Miracle of Duha Prayer

Guidance Doing Dhuha Prayer

Pocket Book of Tahajud Dhuha Prayer

Sinaumed’s can find articles or other books about prayer services on the sinaumedia.com website . sinaumedia, #FriendsWithoutLimits, always strives to provide quality books and articles for our readers, so they can get knowledge, information, and references #MoreWithReading.
Author: M. Adrianto S.

5 People Who Can Pay Fidyah – Fidyah is something that is familiar to Muslims. Fidyah is matters related to fasting. Fidyah is a solution that can be done by a Muslim who is seen as physically unable to carry out the fasting of Ramadan.

In addition to that, it is certain that Muslims know that fasting in the month of Ramadan is something that must be carried out. The Islamic religion has set provisions to replace abandoned fasting.

These provisions are regulated for those who are unable to carry out the fasting worship. If you are still physically strong, you are required to replace your fast with another fast. He must fast at other times and outside the month of Ramadan.

Meanwhile, if he is physically weak and makes him unable to fast, then the Ramadan fasting debt can be replaced by paying a fidyah. Before that, it must be understood in advance matters relating to fidyah.

According to the measure, people who are entitled to pay fidyah, people who are entitled to receive fidyah to how to pay fidyah. This article will discuss matters related to fidyah. Such as the definition of fidyah, the law of fidyah, the size of fidyah, the person who has to pay fidyah, the person who has the right to receive fidyah and how to do it.

Definition of Fidya

Fidyah is a word of Arabic origin. The origin of the word is “fadaa”. The word means to redeem or replace.

Fidyah is the way someone is done with certain criteria. Fidyah is done to compensate for fasting debts in the month of Ramadan. There are several reasons that make someone not fast in Ramadan.

Fidyah is paying, redeeming or replacing by way of feeding people who are less able or poor. Fidyah is a solution. This solution is carried out by people who do not observe fasting in the month of Ramadan such as the elderly, people who are sick, pregnant women and nursing mothers.

In KBBI or the Big Indonesian Dictionary, fidyah which is a non-standard form of fidiah is a fine. Usually this fine is in the form of staple foods, such as rice. The fine must be paid by a Muslim for violating one of the provisions in fasting. This violation can be done because of a chronic illness, old illness that befell him and so on.

Fidyah law

Fidyah is a provision that is not necessarily made because of leaving the fasting month of Ramadan. However, fidyah also has a legal basis. In Surah Al-Baqarah, verse 184 Allah SWT says:

“(That is) a certain number of days. So, who among you is sick or on a journey (then does not fast), (must make up) the number of days (which he did not fast) on other days. For people who are hard to do it, having to pay with a willing heart to do good (who feeds more than a poor person for a finger is better)) is better for him and fasting is better for you if you know “.

Therefore, the legal fidyah is obligatory for people who have been explained in the previous explanation.

Fidyah size

The size of the fidyah or the amount that must be issued turns out to be different. This is also reinforced by the opinions or views of different scholars. Here’s the explanation:

1. One mud

Several scholars such as Imam As – Syafi’I, Imam An – Nawawi, and Imam Malik determine the size of fidyah. According to them, the size of the fidyah that must be paid to each poor person is 1 mud of wheat. This size corresponds to the mud size of the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam.

The size of the mud and fidyah is the size of the palm of the hand which is directed upwards. The palms are directed to accommodate food. It is the same as when someone is praying.

Mud is a term that refers to the size of the volume. Mud does not refer to a measure of weight. In the book Al – Fiqhul Islami Wa Adillatuhu, it is stated that when measured today, 1 mud means the equivalent of 675 grams or the equivalent of 0.688 liters.

2. Two Mud or Half Sha’

Several other scholars such as Abu Hanifah also explained their opinion. According to him, half a Sa’ or 2 mud is equal to the size of the Prophet Muhammad shallallahu alaihi wasallam or equivalent to half a sha’ of flour or dates.

It is equivalent to giving lunch and dinner to one poor person until he is full. Some scholars are of the opinion that half a sha’ is the weight of 1.5 kg of staple food.

Mentioned a fatwa of Lajnah Daimah, which reads “Whenever a doctor decides that a disease suffered by a person who does not fast cannot be expected to recover, then he may not fast and is obliged to feed 1 poor person every day an amount of half a sha’ of a staple food. country like dates or something else, if it has fed a poor person a number of days left then it is sufficient “.

3. One Sha’

The size of the fidyah was then revealed from the Hanafiyah circle. Scholars who stated such as Imam Al – Kasani in Bada’i’i wa As-Shana’i’. According to him, one sha’ is equivalent to 4 mud.

Equivalent to the amount of zakat fitrah to be paid. When weighed, 1 sha’ weighs around 2.176 grams. When measured in terms of volume, then 1 sha’ weighs about 2.75 liters.

Based on the fidyah measurements explained by the scholars, the minimum fidyah payment is one mud. However, what should be prioritized is to issue half a sha’ or give one portion of cooked food to each poor person.

Terms of Paying Fidyah

The terms of paying fidyah are as follows:

1. In the form of food

Paying fidyah in the form of food can be done with staple food and ready-to-eat food. If a person does not fast for 30 days, then he must provide fidyah of 30 measures. Each measure weighs up to 1.5 kg.

The fidyah can be paid to 30 poor people. In addition, it may also be paid to some poor people only. For example, like being paid to 3 poor people, then each will get 10 measures.

Feeding can also be done with ready-to-eat food. When a person does not fast for 30 days, he must prepare 30 servings of food. Inside the portion of the food is a plate complete with the side dishes. The food must then be distributed to as many as 30 poor people.

2. In the form of money

Fidyah payments can also be made using cash. Based on the Decree of the head of BAZNAS, No. 7 of 2021 regarding Zakat Fitrah and Fidyah, for the DKI Jakarta Capital area and its surroundings have been determined. The fidyah value in the form of money is around Rp. 45,000, – for each poor person or every day.

Meanwhile, the procedure for paying fidya fasting in Ramadan with actual money is still being debated. According to the Hanafiyah, fidyah is permissible if it is paid in the form of money. In accordance with the applicable dose (equivalent to 1.5 kg of staple food per day, which is converted into rupiah or money).

However, different opinions emerged. The opinion of the majority of scholars such as Syafi’iyah, Hanabilah, and Malikiyah. According to them, fidyah should not be paid in cash.

In this book you will learn to recognize fasting in ramadan with various activities and games that you can do, so that learning to observe ramadan fasting will be fun. Ilavank Sekah game activities that you can do such as coloring, matching pictures, finding ways, sticking stickers, puzzles, counting, looking for differences, and others which are arranged systematically based on basic Islamic teachings.

In addition, this interactive game can train skills, creativity, and stimulate children’s fine motor skills, so that children’s growth and development becomes optimal. Thus, children can learn and recognize fasting in the month of Ramadan while playing through fun, useful and not boring activities.

Who can pay Fidyah?

1. The people who are allowed to pay fidyah are as follows:
2. Women who are pregnant and breastfeeding. If he is fasting, he is worried that something will happen to the child who is in the womb or is being breastfed.
3. People who are sick. People who are sick are generally determined to be difficult to recover.
4. Parent. Parents who are physically vulnerable and weak so that they are not required to fast are allowed to pay fidyah.
5. People who postpone the obligation to make up qhada. Fasting in Ramadan. He postponed without any excuse syar’i until the time of Ramadan in the following year. In addition to qhada’, they will be required to pay fidyah fasting in previous years. Payments are made as many fast days as the person missed in previous years.
6. Dead person. People who have died and bring their fasting debts, then their families who are still alive are obliged to pay fidyah. Fidyah is paid on behalf of the deceased or deceased. Fidyah is paid according to the number of days of fasting.

Who is entitled to receive Fidyah?

The people who are entitled to receive fidyah are as follows:

1. Poor people

The words fakir are often juxtaposed with the word poor. However, the two words have different meanings. When viewed based on economic conditions, this poor group is somewhat more incapacitated or more difficult than people who fall into the poor category.

They have no income. Moreover, they also had no treasures at all. In carrying out life or survival, they will rely on the assistance they receive.

2. The poor

Poor people are different from poor people. Poor people are those who actually still have income. In addition, they are also said to still have property.

However, the assets they have are not able to meet all their daily needs. Therefore, they are also worthy people and need a helping hand from others. This is what they need in order to have a decent life.

3. Parents are sick

The third group of people who are entitled to receive fidyah are people who are old and sick. However, the pain here has no hope of recovery. Parents who have been sick for years are those who are entitled to receive fidyah. Especially for parents who are seriously ill, and otherwise have no hope of recovery.

The three people are entitled to receive assistance in the form of fidyah. If the fidyah is paid to people who do not include the previous explanation, then the fidyah is considered invalid.

That is an explanation of what fidyah is. Fidyah is something that must be done for people who do not observe fasting during Ramadan.

Find more information at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always provide interesting information and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

Author: Wida Kurniasih

Source: from various sources

• 10 Benefits of Reading Al-Quran, Lots of Fadhilah!
• History of NU (Nahdlatul Ulama), Here’s the Complete Explanation
• The History of the Founding of Muhammadiyah, Here’s the Complete Explanation
• Pillars of Wudhu: Mandatory Requirements and Unique Facts of Wudhu
• Types of Compulsory Fasting: Definition, Intentions, Time and Conditions

The Most Popular Legend in Indonesia – Our country has many legends which are spread all over Indonesia. In these legends indirectly teach readers about commendable things. Even some families also make legends or folklore as bedtime stories.

Most of the legends that circulate throughout Indonesia tell about the origins of an area. However, there is also a legend that tells about the story of human life in general.

Then, what are the most popular legends in Indonesia? What is the content of the story in this popular legend?

Come on, see an explanation of the following popular legends in Indonesia!

1. The Legend of Rawa Pening

Rawa Pening is the name of a large swamp located in Semarang Regency, Central Java. According to a legend that has been passed down from generation to generation, at the bottom of Rawa Pening there is a large dragon named Baru Klinting. This big dragon guards Rawa Pening and the environment around it.

The legend regarding the occurrence of Rawa Pening tells of a small boy named Baru Klinting who has a strange face, that is, he is half dragon and half human. Baru Klinting was required to meditate by wrapping his dragon’s body on the top of Mount Telomoyo.

Incidentally, at that time, local residents were having a big party. The residents went into the forest to look for game, but did not find any game. When they were resting by sitting on a tree that had collapsed, one of the residents played with his knife by sticking it into the tree. Suddenly, the tree splashed blood. Suddenly, all the residents were confused and busy looking for what was behind the tree.

As it turned out, it was the body of a dragon from Baru Klinting who was in meditation. Without further ado, in the end the dragon’s body was sliced ​​up by the residents to be taken home.

Baru Klinting, who could not finish his meditation activities, finally changed his form into a strange-looking human. Then, he walked to the party to ask them for some food. Unfortunately, Baru Klinting’s arrival was met with rejection and insults from the residents.

There was only one resident who helped and fed Baru Klinting, namely an old grandmother. After eating the food given by the old grandmother, Baru Klinting told her to immediately prepare a boat and oars.

Due to the arrogance of the residents, Baru Klinting stuck a stick in the ground and made a challenge to the residents to pull out the stick. Miraculously, no one managed to pull the stick out of the ground and only Baru Klinting could do it.

Suddenly, water appeared from the hole where the stick was stuck. The water that was sprayed gradually became heavier and became a flood. The old grandmother who remembered the message from Baru Klinting immediately saved herself using the boat and oars that had been prepared beforehand.

The flood eventually became a large puddle and formed a swamp that drowned the village and its arrogant citizens. Only the old grandmother survived the disaster and gave the name of the swamp to ” Rawa Pening “. “ Dizzy ” means “ clear ”, because at that time, the puddles were clear.

2. Malin Kundang

Indonesian children will definitely know this legend that comes from Padang, West Sumatra. Yep, this legend tells of a boy named Malin who was cursed to turn into stone due to disobedience to his mother.

Starting from Malin’s desire to migrate to other areas for a better life. This desire was initially opposed by his mother because she was not willing to part with her only child. However, in the end, his mother allowed Malin to wander and advised him to always remember his mother in the village.

Malin departed to wander using a ship. After several years, Malin came back to his village and became a rich man. Accompanied by his beautiful wife and some of his merchant ships.

Hearing the news that Malin had come back, of course, made the mother happy and immediately approached and hugged Malin. The wife was surprised because suddenly there was a shabby old woman who hugged her husband and confessed that she was the mother of Malin.

Unfortunately, Malin didn’t want to acknowledge his mother and instead pushed her to the ground. Malin snapped and scolded his mother with words that hurt her mother. As a result of Malin’s yelling, of course the mother felt sad and angry. He did not expect that Malin, his only child, would turn into a rebellious child. Then, the mother begged God to give punishment to Malin by turning him into stone.

Suddenly, the wind and thunder rumbled to destroy Malin’s ship. Not long after, Malin Kundang’s body was struck by lightning and turned to stone.

3. Cucumber Mas

The next popular legend is titled Timun Mas, which comes from Central Java. This legend tells of a pact between a pair of farmers and a green giant known as Buto Ijo.

At that time, a couple of farmers had been married for years and were not blessed with a child. A couple of farmers have been praying to God continuously to be given a child. One day, Buto Ijo heard their prayers and made them an offer to have children. You do this by giving a cucumber seed to plant, but with the condition that the child will be taken back by Buto Ijo at the age of 17. Finally, the offer was approved by a pair of farmers.

Not long after, the seed was planted until it bore fruit into a large cucumber and when it was split open there was a baby girl, who was later named Timun Mas. For years the three of them lived together until they did not realize that Timun Mas was 17 years old. The farmer’s wife or the mother of Timun Mas is not willing to part with her child.

Finally, it was time for Buto Ijo to come to claim the promise to the pair of farmers. Unfortunately, they broke their promise by telling Timun Mas to run for her life. Before Timun Mas ran away, she was provided with 3 magical objects, namely a needle, salt and shrimp paste.

During the chase, three magical objects actually saved Timun Mas from Buto Ijo. The shrimp paste is Timun Mas’s savior because when he threw it at Buto Ijo, suddenly the shrimp paste turned into mud. Finally, Buto Ijo sank into the mud.

4. The Legend of the Occurrence of Lake Toba

Lake Toba is a famous lake located in North Sumatra. This legend tells of a man named Toba who fell in love with a goldfish.

One day, Toba was going to fish in the river and saw a fish with beautiful golden scales. Toba immediately caught the fish and suddenly the fish changed its form into a beautiful woman.

Toba fell in love with the goldfish princess and asked her to marry him. The fish princess agreed with the condition that Toba should not tell anyone about her identity.

After marriage, they were blessed with a son who was later named Samosir. Their lives were very harmonious and Samosir grew up to be a good boy. One time, Mrs. Samosir asked her son to deliver food to Toba who was working in the fields. Samosir obeyed the order and headed for the fields. As it turned out, the distance between the house and the fields was very far and Samosir ate the provisions that were supposed to be for Toba.

When he arrived at the field, Samosir apologized to his father that he had eaten the food. Toba, who was tired and hungry at that time, was of course angry. In his anger, Toba spontaneously shouted that Samosir was a child of a fish.

Suddenly, the sky darkened and it rained heavily for days. It was a sign that Toba had broken his promise to the princess fish. The rain succeeded in creating a large lake and submerging Toba, which was later referred to as Lake Toba.

Meanwhile, his son, namely Samosir, ran towards an island and the island was eventually named Samosir Island.

5. Golden Conch

The legend entitled Keong Mas originates from East Java. In this legend tells of a royal princess who was cursed to become a conch with a golden shell.

At that time, there lived a king who had two beautiful daughters, named Dewi Galuh and Candra Kirana. They live happily and sufficiently. One time, a handsome prince named Raden Inu Kertapati came who wanted to propose to one of the King’s daughters, namely Candra Kirana.

However, the application process made Dewi Galuh jealous because she had a crush on Raden Inu Kertapati. The feeling of jealousy develops into a feeling of hatred. Until one day, Dewi Galuh met a witch and asked her to bewitch Candra Kirana into something disgusting.

Finally, the curse made Candra Kirana change into a golden snail and her marriage to Raden Inu Kertapati failed. After successfully bewitching Candra Kirana, the witch immediately threw her, in the form of a golden snail, into the river. The witch shouted that Candra Kirana’s curse would disappear when she met Prince Kertapati again.

For years, Candra Kirana, who was in the form of a golden snail, lived at the bottom of the river. Until one day, there was a grandmother who was fishing in the middle of the river. Finally, the golden snail got stuck in the grandmother’s nets. The grandmother who was amazed and amazed at the golden color on the golden snail shell intended to take it home and store it in a jug.

The next day, the grandmother returned to the river to find fish. However, he did not catch any fish and finally decided to go home. After arriving home, the grandmother was surprised to see that there were lots of delicious food served on the table and the house was clean. This continued to happen every day, until finally the grandmother decided to make a plan.

The Grandmother planned to pretend to go to the river as usual, when in fact she was back at home and snooping to find out who had done such a noble thing.

Grandmother was shocked when she found out that the golden snail that was kept in a jug had changed into a beautiful princess. Finally, the grandmother immediately approached Candra Kirana and asked about her origins. Candra Kirana also explained who she was and the reasons why she could change her form like that.

Meanwhile, Prince Kertapati was still looking for Candra Kirana because he was sure that he was still alive. In fact, Prince Kertapati promised not to return to the kingdom before being able to find Candra Kirana again.

The witch, knowing this, finally disguised herself as a crow and approached Prince Kertapati. Prince Kertapati thought that the crow was a clue, and therefore, he followed the crow’s instructions. However, these instructions turned out to be wrong and caused Prince Kertapati to get lost.

On the way, Prince Kertapati ran out of supplies and luckily he saw a house. Without further ado, Prince Kertapati went straight to the house and asked for a glass of water. Prince Kertapati did not know that it was his grandmother’s house and when he arrived, he saw Candra Kirana cooking.

Prince Kertapati suddenly shouted with joy because he had found Candra Kirana. Finally, the curse of the golden snail is gone and they return to the kingdom. Not to forget, they brought their grandmother with them to come to the kingdom. Candra Kirana also explained the evil deeds that Dewi Galuh had done to the King.

The king was immediately angry and punished Dewi Galuh. Dewi Galuh felt scared and ran away into the forest. Finally, Prince Kertapati and Candra Kirana decided to get married and they lived happily in the kingdom.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Source:

https://labineka.kemdikbud.go.id/language/ceritarakyat/

http://www.indonesia-osaka.org/

https://portal.smkn1bogor.sch.id/elibrary/

https://ppid.bandung.go.id/knowledgebase/

https://www.kemenparekraf.go.id/ragam-pariwisata/

Marketing Concept – Does Sinaumed’s realize that in the midst of globalization as it is today, it is not only the field of technology that is progressing, but also the business world. Yep, business people have mushroomed more and more, especially with the government’s support for those in the form of MSMEs. To be able to market their products, these business people also of course have to rack their brains so they can compete in a healthy manner with competitors.

This is included in the discussion of the marketing concept which includes production, product, and marketing so that it reaches the hands of the buyer. So, what is the marketing concept? What is included in the marketing concept? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

Understanding the Definition of Marketing

Before discussing further about the concept of marketing, it is better if Sinaumed’s understands the definition of marketing, aka marketing first. The definition of marketing has been widely discussed by marketing experts in several of their books.

According to Kotler and Keller in their book entitled American Marketing Association , states that “Marketing is an organizational function and a series of processes for creating, generating, communicating, and delivering value to customers , and managing customers in such a way as to provide benefits to the organization and its stakeholders. Handling this exchange process requires a lot of skill” (2009: 5).

Meanwhile according to Kotler and Armstrong (2008: 3), argues that “marketing is as a social and managerial process by which individuals and groups obtain what they need and they want , by creating and exchanging products and each other’s values” .

Furthermore, there is also a definition of marketing alias marketing put forward by Brech (1954) in Tjiptono’s book (2012: 2), that “marketing is the process of determining consumer demand for a product or service, motivating the sale of the product or service and distributing it to the end consumer. by earning a profit” .

So, based on some of the opinions of these marketing experts, it can be concluded that,

“Marketing is not only in the form of selling goods or services, but is also related to the activities of fulfilling the wants and needs of consumers, by trying to influence consumers to be willing to buy the goods or services that are being offered.”

That is why marketing managers must also understand how consumers behave and even pay attention to what things are trending on social media. By studying consumer behavior, marketing managers will have the opportunity to determine market segmentation accurately. Later, it is the company that will develop, determine prices, promote, and distribute products or services so that they reach consumers.

What is a Marketing Concept?

So, after understanding the definition of marketing, this time we will discuss what the marketing concept is. Basically, the marketing concept is a concept that is used by business actors in order to get maximum profit, both when competing with competitors and satisfying consumer needs.

Actually, the definition of the marketing concept is very abstract. However, according to Swastha, the marketing concept is a business philosophy which states that satisfying consumer needs is an economic and social requirement for the survival of a company. Meanwhile, according to Kotler, the marketing concept becomes more effective to be applied to compete with competitors, especially in efforts to integrate marketing activities to determine and satisfy the needs and wants of the target market.

“In short, this marketing concept aims to provide satisfaction to the wants and needs of its consumers.”

Although in the future, the consumer orientation will be limited by goals and profit growth, this marketing concept must still be carried out, both by large businesses and those that are being pioneered. This is because the existence of this marketing concept can increase sales in the form of:

• Make products that are easy to use.
• Products that are easy to buy.
• Products that are easy to maintain.

According to Wahjono (2009: 3), the existence of this marketing concept has 4 pillars namely: 1) Target Market ( Target Market ); 2) Customer Needs ( Consumers Needs ); 3) Integrated Marketing ( Integrated Marketing ); and 4) Ability to Generate Profits ( Profitability ).

So, the fulcrum and starting point of this marketing concept is to understand consumers about “Who are these consumers? What do consumers need?” . Through this marketing concept, companies can find out and understand the needs of these consumers, as an integrated marketing effort so that in the long run these consumers can make repurchases or become customers.

We all know that humans on this earth have their own needs that must be met, especially when it comes to clothing and food needs. While desire is a strong will that can satisfy deep needs.

Well, this marketing concept is the key for companies to achieve maximum profit from efforts to determine the needs and wants of the target market while providing more effective satisfaction compared to competitors.

Marketing Concept Elements

According to Swastha and Handoko (2007), there are 3 main elements in the marketing concept, namely:

1. Customer Orientation

In this case, companies that want to carry out the marketing concept must refer to consumer orientation, by doing the following things:

• Determine the basic needs of consumers to be served.
• Determine the buyer group as the sales target.
• Determine the product and how the marketing program.
• Conduct research on consumers by measuring, assessing, and interpreting their wants, attitudes, and behaviors.
• Determine and implement the best strategy, starting from quality, quality, model, to price.

2. Composition of Integral Activities ( Integral Marketing )

In this case it can be interpreted that everyone in the company will also be involved in a business that has been coordinated previously. This is done to provide customer satisfaction so that the company’s goals can be realized.

3. Consumer Satisfaction ( Customer Satisfaction )

This third element relates to the least amount of consumer satisfaction that can be fulfilled so that the company concerned can also earn a lot of profit.

5 Marketing Concepts and Their Strengths and Weaknesses

There are 5 ideal and developing marketing concepts in this marketing realm. Here’s an explanation.

1. Production Concept

In this concept, it is believed that consumers will prefer products that are readily available anywhere at low prices. Adherents of this concept will usually concentrate on efforts to create production efficiency, low costs, and mass distribution, thus assuming that consumers will be attracted to the availability of products at low prices. The application of this concept is often found in developing countries, one of which is in Indonesia. Not only that, this concept can also be applied by companies that want to expand their market.

Advantages and Disadvantages of the Production Concept 

Excess	Lack
The price is cheap	Product quality is often low.
The relationship between suppliers and large producers is becoming more consistent, because they are both profitable.	Often irrelevant to the market environment, requiring new strategies to be implemented.
Consumers will not be short of products because of mass production.	Tend not to target certain consumer segments due to mass production.
Can attract investors especially in an uncompetitive market environment.

2. Product Concept

Having the view that consumers will definitely favor good quality products with the best performance or innovative features. Adherents of this concept will usually strive to create superior products by improving their quality. In short, this one marketing concept will focus on product aspects only. The application of this concept can be found in the marketing of electronic products and works of art (eg films, novels and paintings). An example of a company implementing this product concept is Samsung.

If consumers like good quality products, then they will definitely continue to trust the other products offered. That way, the producer (company) has a good relationship in the form of trust from the consumer,

Advantages and Disadvantages of Product Concepts

Excess	Lack
More focus on quality over quantity.	Not infrequently product features that are considered innovative turn out to be irrelevant and impractical.
Generate high margins, in the form of consumers who are still willing to buy at any price because of the good quality.	Less suitable for consumers who are concerned with price rather than product quality.
Develop consumer curiosity, usually provided with innovative new features.	Avoiding consumer interests, usually between product innovation and consumer needs.

3. Sales Concept ( Selling Concept )

This concept refers that consumers will not be interested in buying products in large quantities, if they are convinced or persuaded first. Therefore, adherents of this concept will tend to promote their products aggressively. The application of this concept is often found in the sale of unsought goods (insurance, tombstones, and burial sites); non-profit marketing (fundraising, political parties); and overcapacity situations (supply far exceeds demand). Currently, the concept of selling is also implemented by e-commerce.

The aggressive and massive promotion of products is characteristic, with the premise of:

• If consumers refuse to buy a product, then the producer (usually sales) will persuade them to buy.
• Consumers can be influenced through promotional stimulation.

Advantages and Disadvantages of Selling Concepts

Excess	Lack
Focus on sales and marketing simultaneously.	Ignoring consumer feedback.
Sales increased and the market became more and more competitive.	Ignore customer needs, only focus on selling products.
Since this concept does not pay attention to customer needs, the producer will not have a problem if the product stock is not sold out.	Only focus on the short term, namely spending the available stock.

4. Marketing Concept

Has the view that to achieve company goals it must be more effective than competitors by creating, delivering, and communicating customer value to the target market, compared to its competitors. The purpose of this customer value is the ratio between what the customer has obtained with the effort given. This customer value can be formulated as: customer value = [benefits – costs] = [functional benefits + emotional benefits] – [monetary costs + time costs + energy costs + psychic costs].

The existence of this marketing concept adheres to 4 pillars, namely,

1. Target Market: That is, companies can do best when they choose their target market carefully and prepare marketing programs accordingly.

2. Customer Needs: That is, after the company determines how its target market is, they must understand what customer needs are.

3. Integrated Marketing: That is, when all departments in a company work together to serve the interests of customers, the result is integrated marketing.

4. Profitability: Basically, the main aim of this concept is to help the company to achieve goals. For example, for private companies, the main goal is the ability to earn profits continuously over the long term. As for non-profit and community organizations, the goal is to survive and attract enough funds to carry out useful work.

Advantages and Disadvantages of the Marketing Concept

Excess	Lack
Understand consumers better because they do market research first.	It takes a lot of time and effort.
Helping business branding so that relationships with loyal consumers.	Marketing costs are not cheap because there are many channels that are used, starting from YouTube Ads, Facebook Ads, SEO and SEM.
Promote business to more specific target consumers.

5. Social Marketing Concept

This concept believes that the company’s task is to determine the needs, wants and interests of the target market and provide satisfaction effectively compared to competitors in order to improve the welfare of consumers and society. The application of this concept emphasizes social and ethical aspects, especially in marketing practices. Therefore, there will be a balance between company profits, customer satisfaction, and public satisfaction.

An example of a company using this concept is The Body Shop, which uses only plant-based ingredients in its products and opposes animal testing of its products.

Pros and Cons of the Social Marketing Concept

Excess	Lack
Impact on the community in the form of new jobs.	Applies to consumers who only focus on social issues.
Helping companies in efforts to improve business branding.	Prices tend to be expensive because they have to cover social costs.
Increasing consumer loyalty because the company provides products that are environmentally friendly.

So, that’s a review of what the marketing concept is and 5 marketing concepts that are often used by big companies. Is Sinaumed’s interested in going into business and implementing one of these marketing concepts?

Source:

https://www.niagahoster.co.id/

Also Read!

• 12 Examples of Marketing Strategies Worth Trying
• Definition, Functions, and Purpose of Marketing Management
• Definition of Retained Profit and Factors Occurrence 
• Advantages and Disadvantages of Acquisition
• Definition, Functions, and Purpose of Communication Management
• Definition of Marketing and 7 Types
• COO (Chief Operating Operation) Duties and Responsibilities
• Definition of Refurbished and the Difference with Reconditioning
• Definition of Campaign and Its Influence in Mass Media

Function of the engine lubrication system – Every motorized vehicle that is used regularly will certainly slowly experience wear and tear on the engine and requires re-lubrication, one of which is by changing the engine oil regularly so that the vehicle remains comfortable and has a steady pull when used.

Vehicles certainly experience friction on the components of the engines that are driven every day. For this reason, in order to avoid engine damage and dryness of the engine components, the role of engine lubrication is very necessary for any type of vehicle.

So, therefore, for Sinaumed’s friends, to understand the role of the engine lubrication function on vehicles that Sinaumed’s friends usually use to stay comfortable driving and avoid unwanted vehicle problems, in this discussion we will present information regarding the function of the engine lubrication system on vehicles. which is important to know.

Further discussion of related information can be seen below!

What is Engine Lubrication System?

Lubricant is a chemical, usually a liquid, that is applied between two moving objects to reduce friction. This substance is part of petroleum distillate with a temperature of 105-135 degrees Celsius. Lubricant acts as a protective layer that separates the two contact surfaces. In general, lubricants consist of 90% base oil and 10% additives. One of the most important uses of lubricants is in motor oils used in internal combustion engines.

Commonly called mechanical lubricant or engine oil is a substance used to lubricate the engine. There are many types and types of motor oil. Depending on how you use the machine itself, you need the right oil to extend or maintain the life of your engine.

All oils are basically the same. In short, it is the lubricant that keeps your engine running smoothly and trouble free. It also acts as a heat insulator. The oil contains a fine film that minimizes metal-to-metal contact with engine components and prevents scratching and wear. For specific purposes, specific uses for specific functions, oil requires many additional functions. For example, diesel engines usually run at lower speeds, but run hotter than gasoline engines. Diesel engines also have more favorable conditions (opportunities) which can lead to oil oxidation, bearing metal deposits and corrosion.

The lubrication system is a system designed to lubricate machine parts.

This system is built by considering several features. The system works directly as a coolant for engine components, cleaning dirt that has accumulated on engine components to improve engine performance.

Lubrication is also provided to isolate the bore between the cylinder and piston. This is done to eliminate noise caused by moving mechanical parts. It also helps keep engine components wear-free, extending engine life and making the vehicle more comfortable to drive.

Types of Machine Lubrication Systems

In general, there are three types of engine lubrication systems.

1. Irrigation / Sprinkling System

The structure of the irrigation system is very simple. Since engine oil is distributed throughout the engine components through crankshaft movement, of course there is a spoon-like component that sprays oil throughout the engine.

This system has a spray scoop at the lower end of the piston rod. Therefore, when the engine rotates, the oil in the oil bath spreads to the cylinder walls and bearings. This type has a very simple structure, but it is difficult to lubricate parts with narrow gaps.

A splash lubrication system that uses the movement of moving parts to spray lubricating oil onto the parts that need lubrication. The crankshaft rotates while spraying lubricating oil to lubricate the cylinder walls.

This system is less effective for lubricating components that are closer to the crankcase. The spray system is only used on small machines such as motorcycle engines, water pump engines and lawn mowers.

Following are the results of this splash lubrication system:

• Change the oil with a certain mileage.
• Poor lubrication due to oil drips only reaching certain areas.

2. Pump System

In this system, direct pressure from the oil pump lubricates the crankshaft bearings, crankshaft and rocker arm shafts. As for the lubrication of the cylinder walls and gears, the timing is carried out by the oil injected from the nozzles. The oil drop that passes through the rocker arm and returns to the oil pan (cartridge pan) is used to lubricate the valve mechanism.

The pressure system works by pumping the lubricating oil sucked from the crankcase through the filter by the oil pump to the previously lubricated parts filtered by the oil filter, and the lubricated oil that has been lubricated is returned to the original section. it is returned. Crankcase.

This second system uses hydraulic pressure via a pump. The second system has proven to be superior in distributing oil to all parts of the engine because it has channels that are integrated with pumps to the engine parts. It is believed that several modern production machines use this pump system.

Here are the results for the pressure lubrication system:

• Even and regular lubrication.
• Can be used with 4-stroke and 2-stroke engines.
• oil change for a certain mileage.

3. Combination system

This system combines the two systems above. This is necessary because each of the above systems has its own advantages and disadvantages. This combination is expected to provide a more complete lubrication system and reduce the negative impact on the engine at high speed.

The combined lubrication system is a machine lubrication system that mixes lubricant (side/mix) with fuel (gasoline), where the lubricant and fuel are mixed directly in the fuel tank. This system is limited to 2 stroke scooter bikes.

The combination system consists of two units as shown above, and there is a shovel in the crankcase that injects engine oil, which works together with the oil pump to distribute the lubricating oil to the innermost part of the crankcase.

Following are the results of the mixed lubrication system:

• The fuel tank is above/higher than the engine. B. The flow of fuel is caused by gravity.
• The simplest oil lubrication system.
• Wasteful use of oil and high levels of air pollution.
• Used for small power two stroke engines.
• Uses a special 2-stroke oil that is compatible with gasoline, containing 2% to 4% bio-oil.

Machine Lubrication System Functions

The purpose of lubrication in engines is to overcome the wear and tear that occurs between two metal surfaces that touch and rub against each other, as well as to cool and clean. This lubricant will work by forming a film (lubricating layer) between two metal surfaces that rub against each other, for example between the crankshaft, piston bearings and cylinder walls to prevent direct contacts between the parts. The function of lubricating oil is as follows:

1. For Lubrication

Engine oil lubricates the contact surfaces by forming a film that prevents direct contact between the metal surfaces and limits wear.

2. For Cooling

Combustion generates heat and engine parts become hot. This causes these parts to wear out quickly, and if the temperature is lowered, the engine will stall.

3. For Seals

Engine oil forms a layer between the piston and cylinder to prevent leakage of compressed air which would be squeezed around the piston and into the crankcase and cause a loss of power.

4. For Cleansing

Dirt will settle on the engine parts as metal particles due to friction between the metals touching each other, this increases friction and clogs the oil passages, and will wash away the dirt, preventing dirt from accumulating inside the engine.

5. To Absorb Machine Pressure

Engine oil absorbs and relieves pressure by acting on the lubricated parts and prevents the parts from becoming sharp when rubbed.

Engine Lubrication System Components

1. Oil Pump

The oil pump functions to suck oil from the oil sump and press or distribute it to moving engine parts. This component functions to suck and distribute oil in the engine. The performance of the oil pump components depends on the engine rotation based on the camshaft, crankshaft, or timing belt. The oil pump works by distributing pressurized oil throughout the engine channels.

Then the oil was finally discharged through the link channel which is at the end of the pump. This process aims to lubricate all other parts of the open engine. The existence of an oil pump makes all the engine components receive lubricant without pressure.

2. Oil Filter (Oil Filter)

The function of the oil filter is to filter out the impurities that are still in the oil before the oil lubricates the engine parts.

Another component used in the lubrication system is the oil filter. This component acts as an oil filter from impurities so that the oil does not get dirty quickly. If the oil processed in this system is contaminated with dirt, then the lubrication will not function optimally.

Lubricants that work on a vehicle should not contain any impurities. Particles and dirt contained in the oil can cause engine gaps that are impermeable to be scratched.

3. Strainers

This component serves to improve the work of the oil filter. Strainers or filters can filter dirt up to one millimeter in diameter. The oil pump component is located between the oil pump hole and the oil pump, which serves as a lubricant suction hole to the oil pump.

4. Pressure Valve

Pressure valve or pressure valve is a lubrication component whose job is to regulate the pressure of the lubricant. This setting is mainly done when the engine is working with high rotation.

When the engine rotates high, the volume of oil that moves from the oil pump increases. While the oil channel has a capacity limit. Therefore, regulation of the lubricating pressure is required so that the oil pressure remains stable.

Working from this one component has the final output to restore oil in the charter. This process takes place when the pressure of the lubricant or oil is rising.

5. Oil Switches

The oil switch is an oil pressure sensor which functions to determine the work output of the oil pump. This component is responsible for telling you about relative or not the oil pump pressure to lubricate the engine.

You will be able to know this when you turn your connection key in the on position. Look in the dashboard if your ride oil indicator light is on. If this light is on, it means the switch component is functioning properly.

But otherwise, when the engine is turned on the oil indicator light must be off. If the bio-oil indicator light is on when the engine is started, check your engine oil. There may be something problematic in the lubrication of your ride.

6. Oil galleries

Oil gallery is a lubrication channel that functions as a path for oil or lubricant in the machine. This component is a hole in the engine block that will be lubricated. This hole will deliver lubricant in devices that are required to receive lubrication.

7. Oil jets

Oil jet is a lubrication component that is under the engine cylinder. This component is responsible for spraying oil or lubricant into the drive rod.

8.PCV valve

This one component is no less important. Components Positive Crankcase Ventilation valve or abbreviated PCV valve is a part based on a series of engine ducts. This component is in the form of an air window channel that is still in the engine crankcase.

The PCV valve is useful for removing polluted gas or air. In the engine lubrication series, the PCV valve functions to remove residual combustion gases from the engine. In the end, this component can maintain pressure stability in the engine.

How Does the Lubrication System Work?

The operation of a vehicle’s engine lubrication system can be said to be quite simple but also complex. This system will start working when the vehicle engine is turned on. Whereas in normal conditions, namely the engine has not been started, lubricant or oil is deposited in the crankcase or oil pan.

At this point, the oil pump has been supplied with lubricant by the engine crankshaft. The oil pump usually uses a rotary pump.

Then when starting the engine, the crankshaft starts the lubrication system by rotating the oil pump. This process causes suction on the oil pump in the intake manifold. The lubricant will enter the oil pump through the inlet valve and the lubricant will be pumped on the other side which is removed.

Lubricating oil or pressurized oil is flowed through the oil line to the oil filter. Inside this filter element, the lubricant is filtered to remove various deposits, dirt, and particles.

Lubricant or oil then passes through the oil supply unit and is directed to the oil injector and the top of the machine. The oil on the surface of the automatic machine will do its job of lubricating the trigger and camshaft. The oil then returns to the crankcase or crankcase through the oil lines.

Instead, oil is expelled from the oil jets under the cylinder block. This oil or lubricant is responsible for lubricating the connecting rod and piston parts. All lubricant rotation is supported by a weight balancer.

The mass balance is the part of the crankshaft that is shaped like a shovel. This section is in charge of tearing the oil in the crankcase or oil bath when the crankshaft rotates. The goal is to distribute the oil throughout the engine.

Conclusion

That’s all for a brief discussion of what is the engine lubrication system on a vehicle. Not only knowing what an engine lubrication system is, but also discussing the types, functions, benefits, and the right way of working so that the machine is maintained.

Knowing what an engine lubrication system is for vehicle users is very useful to know how the lubrication system works on their vehicles so that they always pay attention to engine performance whether it has experienced wear and tear to carry out regular oil changes.

Thus a review of the function of the engine lubrication system. For Sinaumed’s who want to understand about lubrication systems and other knowledge related to the automotive world, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Pandu Akram

Articles related to Engine Lubrication System Functions:

Vehicle Engine Cooling System Functions, Components, and How It Works!

What is the function of the intercooler in a car, how it works, and how to treat it!

Understanding Generators: Types, Working Principles, and Their Functions

ABS Is Braking On Cars and Motorcycles and How It Works

Car Spare Parts: Various Types, Uses, Along with Tips for Choosing Them!

 

Highest Batak clan – Indonesia is a country that is rich in diversity of many things. One of them is the diversity of clans in Indonesia. For example, the Batak clan, which is one of the largest clans in Indonesia, originates from North Sumatra.

Of course, you as a native Indonesian citizen also know about the existence of the Batak clan. There are many interesting things that can make the Batak clan so different from other clans, namely the existence of a clan.

Where the clan within the Batak clan itself has a function as the identity of the family tree from lineage. Even so, it is rare for people outside the clan to know if the Batak clan has the highest clan.

So, in this article, we will provide information about the Batak clan, especially the highest Batak clan. If you are so curious about the highest Batak clan, of course the information in this article will be very helpful.

Order of the Batak clan from the highest

As previously explained, there are several clans within the Batak clan. Where the Batak clan itself consists of several types that really need to be known by the people of Indonesia, especially for the people of Sumatra.

The existence of a clan in the Batak clan has a function as an identity sign that can explain the family tree from its lineage. As is well known, the Batak clan has its own identity which is usually easier to recognize from the child’s last name.

Of course, giving a Batak surname to a child cannot be done carelessly. Where the child’s surname will generally be equated with the father’s name which is used as the identity of their offspring.

Even so, there are several clan names in the Batak clan that many people don’t know. Below is a list of the highest Batak clans that you can read in full.

1. Simalungun Batak

The Simalungun Batak clan is a clan that is in the area of ​​Simalungun Regency and its surroundings. Those who live in that area will usually have a strong kinship system with their surroundings. Of course living side by side well is something that needs to be prioritized.

In addition, the social spirit and togetherness possessed by the Simalungun Batak is quite high. They will help each other who also has a heroic spirit.

It is not surprising that many people are fascinated by the Simalungun Batak people.

The traditional house owned by the Simalungun Batak clan is Rumah Bolon. But even though the name is the same, actually the Simalungun Batak Bolon House and the traditional Toba, Pakpak and Karo houses have differences, you know.

Where the difference in the Bolon Batak Simalungun traditional house is from the unique shape of the roof with the linmas design.

Meanwhile, the religion embraced by the Simalungun Batak people is Protestant Christianity. There are also those who embrace Catholicism and Islam as well as traditional beliefs.

2. Toba Batak

Next is the Toba Batak clan. The owner of the Toba Batak clan is a community in the Lake Toba region. The people in this area of ​​course also really understand the importance of living life together.

This also includes various kinds of things that must be resolved together. The giving of the Toba Batak clan can be obtained from the existence of a lineage of descent. Besides that, the customary values ​​and customs that exist in the Batak Toba clan can also run well.

This is none other than because the Toba Batak people are able to preserve what must be continued. Not only that, because the Toba Batak people are also very obedient to existing regulations. Therefore, it is not surprising that the Toba Batak clan is so popular and has many successors.

Next to the traditional house owned by the Toba Batak tribe is Rumah Bolon. Rumah Bolon is a building that has a rectangular shape with such a large size. If there are people who want to enter the traditional house, they must bow their heads first.

This is done because at the top there are several beams with a transverse position. Furthermore, they also have to climb the stairs in the middle of the house. Most Bolon houses will be decorated with carvings and paintings that can show the shrewdness of the Toba Batak people in making a work of art. Meanwhile, the inside of Rumah Bolon does not have a partition.

The majority of the Toba Batak people embrace Protestant Christianity. In addition, there are also some people who embrace Catholicism, Islam and adherents of the Parmalim belief.

Parmalim or Par Ugamo Malim is a Batak citizen who believes that God is Mulajadi Nabolon. This belief already existed in the culture of the Toba Batak people before other religions entered.

3. Karo Batak

The Karo Batak are a clan that is quite special. This is because the Karo Batak are a clan that is widespread in North Sumatra. The area of ​​the Karo Batak clan includes the Tanah Karo area and its surroundings.

Where the people of the Karo Batak clan are also very kind and can help each other. Because it’s been a day the value of helping each other is always upheld.

Traditional values ​​that have existed for a long time are also still being adhered to today by those who have the Karo Batak clan. Because of this, the Karo Batak people are well known by everyone.

The Karo Batak traditional house or Siwaluh Jabu traditional house is a traditional house inhabited by 8 families with their respective roles. In addition, the Karo Batak traditional house is also divided into several parts, namely Jabu Jahe or downstream and Jabu Julu or upstream.

At each jabu will be divided again into two and divided again into several jabu. The interesting thing about the Karo Batak house is that even though it is a large house.

However, the manufacturing process does not require nails.

Then for the religion that is embraced by the Batak Karo people, the majority are Kritsen. Apart from that, there are also those who embrace Catholicism and Islam and there are also followers of Pamena’s beliefs.

4. Mandailing Batak

Next is the Mandailing Batak clan. Where the greatness of the Mandailing Batak is quite visible. Especially for people who still have a high social if. The social system that exists within the Mandailing Batak clan can also work well.

This is none other than the compliance of the Mandailing Batak people with existing regulations. Outside the area, the existence of the Mandailing Batak clan is also quite well known. This is none other than the many descendants of the Mandailing Batak clan.

In the Batak tribe, even though they have different clans, the attitude of helping each other is maintained and upheld.

The traditional house of the Mandailing Batak clan is the Bagas Godang House. Where in the Mandailing language, Bags have the meaning of home. Meanwhile, Godang itself has many meanings. The Mandailing area is also famous for its stunning natural attractions and local wisdom culture which is still closely held by the local population.

The existence of the Bagas Godang traditional house will be easier to find in Mandailing Natal Regency. This district is also part of Padang Lawas and South Tapanuli Regencies.

Then the religion embraced by the majority of the Mandailing Batak tribe is Islam. In addition, there are also those who embrace Christianity.

5. Pakpak Batak

The Pakpak Batak are one of the Batak clans spread across Dairi, West Pakpak, Humbang Hasundutan, Central Tapanuli and surrounding areas. In addition, the Pakpak Batak clan is also very well known. This is none other than because the owners of the Pakpak Batak clan often migrate outside their area.

Even though they migrate, the owner of the Pakpak Batak clan will not lose the characteristics possessed by the Batak tribe. One of them is the sense of family that is still upheld and maintained to this day.

This also makes the Pakpak Batak tribe able to communicate with other tribes without any differences, but only with a sense of kinship.

The traditional house owned by the Pakpak Batak tribe is Jerro. The shape of the Papak traditional house itself is actually almost the same as the traditional houses in North Sumatra in general, namely using stairs and poles.

The Pakpak house also has a distinctive shape made of wood and the roof uses palm fiber as raw material. The design form of the Jerro traditional house itself is an embodiment of Pakpak cultural art and is also one of the traditional houses in North Sumatra which has its own meaning.

So, those are some of the highest Batak clans that are still very popular today. Although the highest, the spirit of togetherness of each Batak clan is still upheld and maintained to this day. Mainly to help and still be able to protect each other.

Reasons for the Importance of Marga for Batak People

Batak is one of the tribes in Indonesia originating from North Sumatra. Until now the Batak people always uphold the clan they have. Every time you meet a Batak person, you will be asked about their surname first.

This is not without reason, because there are also some habits that can occur. Here are the reasons for the position of the clan being so important for the Batak people.

1. As a Sign of Family Lineage

For the Batak people, the surname can help show which lineage they come from. This is indeed so important for the Batak people, because genealogy is also the identity of the Batak people in everyday life.

By knowing their genealogy, the Batak people will be more able to carry themselves in everyday life. Especially if you meet or hang out with fellow Batak people. This is also a matter of pride, which is also one of the methods of preserving the genealogy of his lineage.

2. Marga Determines Matchmaking

For most people, soul mate is something that is always associated with a choice of heart. However, this can be different and does not apply to the Batak people.

Although in choosing a life partner it is still seen in terms of the suitability of each individual. But the Batak people will also see where the couple’s clan comes from. This is because it has become a tradition for the Batak tribe. Which is not allowed to marry people who have the same surname.

3. Clan unites brotherhood

The Batak tribe is one of the tribes that has a long history in Indonesia. Even though it comes from the land area of ​​Sumatra. But now the existence of the Batak people has spread to all corners of Indonesia.

Because of this it also makes the lineage of the Batak people wider as the number of descendants increases. However, because it spreads to all corners of Indonesia, it can also cause the possibility of losing relatives or no more news from the Batak tribe’s family.

Because of this, the existence of the clan has an important role for the Batak people. Where with the existence of a clan, Batak people will find it easier and will continue to be able to meet their fellow clans even when they are outside their area or in overseas lands.

This condition makes the kinship of the Batak people turn out to be so strong today.

4. One of the Capital in Associating

In the way of socializing, the Batak people often use the surname as a basic benchmark for how to establish relationships with people they have just met. For example, when you greet someone you just met and it turns out that the person is from the Batak tribe.

Batak people also have another interesting habit, namely always respecting fellow Batak people, especially when both are in overseas lands. The emotional closeness of fellow Batak people will always exist within him. The existence of a surname can also determine how to behave towards someone you just met.

5. Provides Many Ways of Life

It is undeniable that the Batak people are synonymous with migrants. It can even be said that it feels incomplete if the Batak people have never migrated during their lives. This is where Marga also has an important role for the Batak people in finding a way while living abroad.

Because in overseas lands, Batak people can meet their fellow clans. For example, if you are from the Marpaung clan, you will definitely be asked to meet people who have the same clan in overseas lands, namely the Marpaung clan.

In fact, parents will usually entrust their children to the family that owns the Marpaung clan in the overseas land. This is done in order to provide a way of life for the Batak people in overseas lands. For example, to make it easier to get information on work in overseas lands.

7. The same surname is not necessarily the same name

If you meet a Batak person who owns the Simanjuntak clan, it doesn’t mean that he alone has the Simanjuntak clan. There could also be three other clans that are still in the same family as that clan. This also applies to other clans in the Batak tribe.

8. Marga Related to Biological Interests

The ancestors of the Batak people said that the same offspring, although not in the same womb, would result in a bad thing if they were in pairs. In terms of biology, it can be interpreted that it will cause defects in the next offspring.

9. Marga is a personal identity for the Batak people

For the Batak people, the clan lineage is also a personal identity that must always be maintained and upheld. It is said that without this identity, Batak people’s lives will be in vain.

From the explanation above, it can be said that the highest Batak clan is the Simalungun clan. So, that’s an explanation regarding the clans in the Batak tribe, starting from the highest Batak clan to the importance of the clan for the Batak people, which has been fully summarized in this article. Hopefully all the discussion above can be useful for Sinaumed’s.

Learning is a way to gain knowledge, from those who did not know to know. Good students must understand that learning is an important activity that must be done no matter what. However, it is also undeniable, to make yourself really feel like learning activities is very difficult. First, it could be due to a learning atmosphere that is not supportive and does not provide a sense of comfort, choosing an inappropriate study time, and unsuitable learning methods.

Everyone has different learning abilities. There are those who understand the lesson easily, there are those who take longer to understand the lesson. Sinaumed’s just needs to find a suitable way to understand the subject matter.

In this article, Eduteam will discuss various learning techniques that Sinaumed’s can apply to make learning activities more effective. Come on, watch it to the end!

1. The Pomodoro Technique

Have Sinaumed’s ever been distracted by one thing while studying? For example, play a little HP and open social media. So, if Sinaumed’s is easily distracted, try the Pomodoro technique. Besides aiming to avoid distraction when studying, the Pomodoro technique can also help Sinaumed’s set goals and achieve a target. How to?

• Choose the learning activity you want to do at that time.
• Divide the activity into several tasks. For example, when you want to deepen biology material about living things, you can divide it into:

a. Deepen A material

b. Deepen B material

c. Understand the types of living things

d. Solve practice questions

• From the tasks that were divided earlier, set a timer for 25 minutes to complete each task. Remember, you have to focus on the task within the allotted time.
• After the timer goes off, you can rest for 5 minutes. Make good use of this break time to do any distractions like playing cellphones etc.
• Break time is over, return to complete the next task for 25 minutes, then repeat the steps above.
• When you have completed the tasks earlier, then you can rest longer around 15-20 minutes.
• Mark each completed assignment and find out from the learning activity what you need to improve on. This can be used as evaluation material in determining the division of tasks and others.

Various learning techniques and applications accompanied by pictures and steps that can help Sinaumed’s understand something more easily can also be found in the book Success in Learning and Teaching with Memory Techniques.

2. Feynman technique

Is Sinaumed’s the type that finds it difficult to understand subject matter? Need to repeat many times to understand? Well, you have Richard Feynman to thank, Sinaumed’s! Because he found an effective and easy way for you to understand the subject matter. At school, teachers usually recommend that we become peer tutors and teach material to our peers, actually this method is similar to Feynman’s technique.

The Feynman technique is a learning technique as if you were teaching someone else. How to do it?

• Choose what material you want to study.
• Read and understand the material well.
• Rewrite the material you have learned onto a piece of paper while explaining the material as if you were teaching it to someone else.
• When you write as if you are teaching, you will discover which areas you need to master more deeply.
• Study again material that you have not mastered until you can really explain it well.
• Explain the material again in a language that is simpler and easier to understand.
• Repeat until you are really fluent and master the subject matter.

3. Eat That Frog

For Sinaumed’s who find it difficult to determine priorities because there are too many activities, Eduteam suggests that you use the eat that frog learning technique. The steps are:

• Make a to-do list divided into categories, for example

a. Activities that have to be done, and you want to do them

b. Activities that must be done, and you are lazy to do it

c. Activities that don’t have to be done, and you don’t want/are lazy to do them

d. Activities that are not important to do, and you want to do them

• From the several categories above, choose the one you dislike the most. Make it the ” frog ” that we have to eat first, namely activities that must be done and you are lazy to do them.
• Finish and move on to the frog . The earlier you do the most important and least favorite tasks, the faster your tasks will be completed.

To better understand how this study technique works, Sinaumed’s can read the book Eat That Frog which can be a powerful way to achieve more with less work!

4. Technique notes Cornell

Recording lessons can be said to be a powerful way to understand the subject matter. Notes that you write can be read again if you want to repeat the lesson. But, have you recorded correctly? Try following Cornell’s note-taking technique, Sinaumed’s!

• Divide the paper into 3 parts as shown below
• The left column can be filled with keywords related to important subjects or questions
• The right column is the main area where you record the main topic of the subject matter you are studying. Just write briefly or in the form of important points.
• The column at the bottom can be filled with conclusions from the subject matter you are studying.

5. SQ3R technique

SQ3R stands for Survey, Question, Read, Recite, and Review. This technique is considered effective for Sinaumed’s in studying textbooks. Let’s see the steps yuk!

• Survey , in this step a cursory review of the entire text is carried out. The aim is to obtain an overview of the contents contained in the material.
• Question , Compose short and relevant questions with the part of the text marked in the first step.
• Read , in this step our task is to read actively to find answers to the questions that have been prepared. When reading, focus on paragraphs that are thought to contain answers that match the questions.
• Recite , reiterates the answers to the questions that have been prepared. At this step, try not to look at the answers written on the notes as much as possible. If the question is not answered, then proceed to the next question and repeat until all questions are answered.
• Review, this is the final step by conducting a review of all questions and answers to arrive at a conclusion.

 

Okay Sinaumed’s, those are some techniques that you can apply to make learning more effective. You can try these techniques one by one until you find what technique is right for you to learn. Or you can also modify the technique above to suit your learning style. Happy learning, Sinaumed’s!

5 Indonesian Female Heroes Who Should Be Emulated – Sinaumed’s friends, do you know the meaning of heroes? According to the definition of the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a hero is someone who stands out because of his courage and sacrifice in defending the truth. They are brave warriors.

In addition, a hero is also a nickname for someone who provides services for his nation. Through these figures, the symbol of struggle and sacrifice continues to be passed on to future generations.

Indonesian independence, on the other hand, cannot be separated from the struggle of the female heroes in expelling the invaders. For their services, the state appointed these heroes to be recognized as national heroes.

So, to commemorate their services, we will review several female heroes who were pioneers of independence who have provided great services to the Indonesian nation.

Let’s see the list below!

5 Indonesian Female Heroes

1. Dewi Sartika

Portrait of Dewi Sartika.

Dewi Sartika lived during the Dutch East Indies era. He was born into a well-known Sundanese family, namely R. Rangga Somanegara and RA Rajapermas in Cicalengka on December 4, 1884. After his father died, he lived with his uncle and received an education according to Sundanese culture.

She is considered a figure in modern education for girls in West Java and so far has often been compared to RA Kartini. Both of them were pioneers in the emancipation of girls through modern education, which were both supported by the regent and the Dutch East Indies government, which carried out ethical politics.

Even though RA Kartini and Dewi Sartika had the support of the Dutch East Indies government, they moved on impulse to solve real problems faced by women.

Kartini looked at the problems of feudalism and colonialism which were seen and felt in the sphere of residence with the lens of solutions through feminism and nationalism. Meanwhile, Dewi Sartika saw how women were treated as if they were easily disposed of at her uncle’s house.

Dewi Sartika’s views on the idea of ​​feminism are not as clear as Kartini’s, even though she broke with tradition by opening a modern school. However, this was done within the framework of giving bargaining power to women so they could become wives and mothers.

Her struggle can be seen from the name of the school that was founded, namely Sakola Istri, which later changed its name to Sakola Kautamaan Istri. Dewi Sartika believes that mastering women’s skills will set them free. Skills that will protect women when their partners throw away or leave them.

Dewi Sartika went to school at Eerste Klasse School only until she was nine years old, so she did not finish elementary school. However, he managed to become a competent educator and school manager. Dewi Sartika’s students are numerous and the majority of them are from families with low incomes.

Dewi Sartika sees the strategic role of educators to elevate their degree. Despite being the son of a noble, he carries the stigma of an outcast and a rebel. This is what made him wasted by being placed in the backyard of his uncle’s house with the courtiers .

However, it was from there that Dewi Sartika started her career as an educator. He considered this profession to be of high standing apart from being a parent and working with the government.

After independence, Dewi Sartika’s health began to decline. When the Dutch Military Aggression occurred during the War of Independence, he was forced to flee to Tasikmalaya. He died on September 11, 1947 in Cineam and is buried there. After the situation was safe, his grave was then moved to Jalan Karang Anyar, Bandung.

Dewi Sartika succeeded in becoming a female educator figure, so that the Dutch East Indies government awarded her a silver award in 1922 and a gold award in 1939. In addition, she was also awarded the Order van Oranje-Nassau title on the 35th anniversary of the Kaoetamaan Isteri School, as a reward for her services in fighting for education.

The Indonesian government also awarded him the title of hero on December 1, 1966. Now, his name is used as a street name in various Indonesian cities, including the location of the school he founded.

2. RA Kartini

Negative reproduction of RA Kartini’s portrait (1890s photo).

RA Kartini is a woman who comes from the priyayi or Javanese aristocratic class. She is the daughter of Raden Mas Adipati Ario Sosroningrat, a governor who was appointed regent of Jepara. His mother was named MA Ngasirah, daughter of Nyai Haji Siti Aminah and KH Madirono, a religion teacher in Telukawur, Jepara.

Kartini was a new Indonesian pioneer in a democratic system of government, who lived only 25 years during the Dutch colonial era. He was there wholeheartedly when the early ideas of ethical politics began to open up to the natives through modern education and books.

His free, critical young soul is perhaps what makes it easy for him to capture a revolutionary spirit.

Apart from Prince Diponegoro, Kartini has been the inspiration for Budi Utomo to create study clubs and movement organizations against colonialism and imperialism. She has inspired many women’s movements such as Sujatin Kartowijono, who was the initiator of the First Indonesian Women’s Congress.

Kartini’s ideas came as a response to women entering the modern world through anti-imperialism and colonialism, which became the soul of the national movement. His courage and words have been a source of inspiration since ancient times until now.

However, on the other hand he is not shown as a battering ram of feudalism who is an enemy of democracy. The perspective of men may not be able to see their superiority.

Unfair view. If not discouraging, the possibility is negating reality or comparing things that are not comparable.

Fortunately, Kartini left so many papers. Today’s intellectuals can refer to their work to study and become the basis for placing themselves proportionally in the independent Indonesian movement.

In his opinion, for the nobility to realize its obligations, education and knowledge had to expand. In Kartini’s note to the Ministry of Dutch Colonies in 1903, he emphasized the problem.

Furthermore, if it is not possible to simultaneously educate a nation of 27 million people, for the time being only the top class will be given education and knowledge. This was considered useful because the people were loyal to the nobility.

The importance of education is what Kartini emphasizes to promote women. With education, a woman does not need to be secluded. Education will complement skills that can sustain life and determine the way of life in matters of marriage.

Rebelling against feudalism, strongly opposing polygamy, and fighting for access to education for women were the main points of his struggle. He knows this effort is not easy and takes a long time.

However, he believes his struggle will pay off. “ Change is coming in Bumiputera ”, he wrote to Stella on January 9, 1901. “ If not for us, it must be from someone else. Emancipation has flown in the air – it is destined ”.

3. Rasuna Said

Portrait of Hajjah Rangkayo Rasuna Said .

HR Rasuna Said was born on September 14, 1910, in Panyinggahan Village, Maninjau, Agam Regency, West Sumatra. He is a descendant of Minang royalty. His father’s name was Muhamad Said, a Minangkabau merchant and former movement activist.

Rasuna Said’s family is a devout Muslim family. He grew up in his uncle’s house because his father’s job made his father often not at home. Unlike his siblings, he attended a religious, not secular, school. He then moved to Padang Panjang and attended the Diniyah School, which combined religious and special subjects.

In 1923, she became an assistant teacher at the newly founded Sekolah Diniyah Putri, but returned to her hometown three years later after it was destroyed by an earthquake. He then studied for two years at a school associated with political and religious activism, and attended a speech given by the school’s director on Indonesian nationalism and independence.

After completing elementary school (SD), Rasuna Said was sent by his father to continue his education at the Ar-Rasyidiyah Islamic boarding school. At that time, she was the only female student. He is known as someone who is smart, smart, and brave. Rasuna Said then continued his education at Diniyah Putri Padang Panjang, and met Rahmah El Yunusiyyah, a figure from the Thawalib movement. The Thawalib movement is a movement built by Islamic reformists in West Sumatra. Many of the movement’s leaders were influenced by the Turkish-Islamic nationalist thought, Mustafa Kemal Atatürk.

Rasuna Said is very concerned about the progress and education of women, he has taught at Diniyah Putri as a teacher. But in 1930, she stopped teaching because she had the view that progress for women could not only be obtained by establishing schools, but must be accompanied by political struggle. She wanted to include political education in the Diniyah School Putri curriculum, but was refused.

He then studied religion at Haji Rasul or Dr H Abdul Karim Amrullah who taught the importance of renewing Islamic thought and freedom of thought which later greatly influenced Rasuna Said’s views.

The polygamy controversy was once lively and became a polemic in the Minang realm in the 1930s. This results in an increase in the number of divorcees. Rasuna Said considers this behavior part of harassment against women.

The beginning of Rasuna Said’s political struggle began with his activities in the People’s Union (SR) as a branch secretary. He later also joined Soematra Thawalib and founded the Indonesian Muslim Association (PERMI) in Bukittinggi in 1930. He also taught at schools founded by PERMI and later founded the Thawalib School in Padang, and led the Women’s Course and the Normal Course in Bukittinggi.

Rasuna Said was very proficient in making speeches criticizing the Dutch government. She was also recorded as the first woman to be exposed to the Speek Delict law , namely the Dutch colonial law which stated that anyone could be punished for speaking against the Dutch.

In 1926, Rasuna Said was active in the communist-affiliated Sarekat Rakyat organization, which was disbanded after the failed communist uprising in West Sumatra in 1927. The following year, he became a member of the Islamic Sarekat Party, rising to the leadership position of the Maninjau branch.

After its establishment in 1930, he joined the Indonesian Muslim Association (Permi), an organization based on Islam and nationalism. The following year, he returned to teaching at Padang Panjang, leaving his job after falling out with his leader over teaching his students the need for political action to bring about Indonesian independence.

After Indonesian independence, Rasuna Said was active in the Indonesian Youth Information Agency and the Indonesian National Committee. He sat in the Sumatra Representative Council representing the West Sumatra region after the Proclamation of Independence. He was appointed as a member of the People’s Representative Council of the United States of Indonesia (DPR RIS), then became a member of the Supreme Advisory Council following the Presidential Decree of 5 July 1959 until the end of his life.

After Indonesia’s proclamation of independence on 17 August 1945, she worked with pro-republican organizations, and in 1947 became a senior member and chair of the women’s section of the National Defense Front. He later joined the Volksfront, which was part of the Union of Struggle founded by the nationalist-communist Tan Malaka.

As a result of friction between this organization and the local government, he was placed under house arrest for a week. He had also been a member of the Sumatran Representative Council, and in July 1947 became a member of the Central Indonesian National Committee (KNIP), the provisional legislative body. On the eve of the sixth meeting of the KNIP in 1949, he was appointed to the KNIP Working Committee representing Sumatra.

Subsequently, he became a member of the Provisional People’s Representative Council in 1950. In 1959, he was then appointed a member of the Supreme Advisory Council, a position he held until his death in Jakarta in 1965.

4. Holy Spirit

Portrait of the Holy Spirit.

Rohana Kudus is Indonesia’s first journalist. She was born as Siti Ruhana on December 20, 1884 in the village (nagari) of Koto Gadang, Agam Regency, in the interior of West Sumatra, Dutch East Indies. His father Mohammad Rasjad Maharadja Soetan was the chief prosecutor of the Jambi and then Medan Residency. Rohana is the half sister of Sutan Sjahrir and cousin of Agus Salim.

In 1911, Rohana founded the Amai Setia Craft School (KAS) in Koto Gadang. While active in the field of education that she loves, she writes for the women’s newspaper, Poetri Indies . When the Dutch East Indies government banned her, she took the initiative to establish a newspaper called Edit Melayu , which was listed as one of the first women’s newspapers in Indonesia.

She lived at the same time as Kartini, when women’s access to a good education was very limited. He died in Jakarta on 17 August 1972 and was buried at the Karet Bivoak Public Cemetery.

In 1974, the regional government of West Sumatra awarded her as the First Wartawati. He also received an award as Pioneer of the Indonesian Press in 1987 and Bintang Jasa Utama in 2007. Since 7 November 2019, the Indonesian government has declared Roehana Koeddoes a National Hero of Indonesia through Presidential Decree No. 120/TK/2019 and given to his grandson as heir the next day.

5. Cut Nyak Dien

Portrait of Cut Nyak Dhien.

Cut Nyak Dhien is an Indonesian national hero from Aceh who fought against the Dutch during the Aceh War. He was born into a religious aristocratic family in Aceh Besar, VI Mukim area in 1848. His father was Teuku Nanta Seutia, an uleebalang VI Mukim, who was also a descendant of Datuk Makhudum Sati, immigrants from Minangkabau. Datuk Makhudum Sati is a descendant of Rear Admiral Nanta who was a representative of the Sultanate of Aceh during the reign of Sultan Iskandar Muda in Pariaman.

In 1880, Cut Nyak Dhien married Teuku Umar, having previously been promised that he could join the battlefield if he accepted the proposal. From this marriage he had a son named Cut Gambang.

After her marriage to Teuku Umar, she and her husband fought together against the Dutch. However, on February 11, 1899 Teuku Umar died. This made Cut Nyak Dhien struggle alone in the interior of Meulaboh with his small army.

Cut Nyak Dien’s age, which at that time was relatively old and his body condition which was ravaged by various diseases such as gout and nearsightedness, made one of his troops named Pang Laot report his whereabouts out of compassion. He was finally caught and taken to Banda Aceh. He was there treated and his illness began to heal.

The existence of Cut Nyak Dhien, who was considered to still have a strong influence on the resistance of the Acehnese people and his relationship with the Acehnese warriors who had not been caught, made him exiled to Sumedang. He died on November 6, 1908 and was buried in Mount Quail, Sumedang. His name is now immortalized as Cut Nyak Dhien Nagan Raya Airport in Meulaboh.

So, that’s a brief explanation of the struggles and services of 5 Heroines who are worthy of emulation . Appreciating the services of the heroes is not only by remembering and thanking them in their hearts, but also by emulating their attitudes and actions.

sinaumedia can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to obtain references about these heroes, starting from their life background, education, and struggle history.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about Indonesian history so they can fully interpret it. Happy reading.

Book & Article Recommendations Related to Indonesian Female Heroes

Important Reasons Why You Must Have Honest Character – Being honest is something that is easy to think about, but often difficult to say. Honesty is not only to other people. But also to myself.

Honesty is one of the most valuable things. Saying something honestly is a self-reflection. It has to do with him knowing how deep he is.

So, many people often do not practice or practice honesty. This will harm others and yourself. To overcome this, it is necessary to know what the importance of being honest is.

This article will discuss 5 important reasons why you should be honest.

What Is Honesty?

An honest person will definitely say the right thing. The things that are conveyed do not violate the facts that should be. Besides that, being honest can also be said to be something that is in accordance with intentions and words.

Intentions and words will also be in line with his actions. This means that intention is a major component of honesty. People who are used to being honest must have words and deeds that are just as straight.

An honesty is a moral aspect of life. This aspect has good value as well as positive value. Honesty can also be replaced with other words.

In honesty, there is sincerity. People who say something that is true certainly have better intentions. Although sometimes honesty is something that is not easy to accept.

Apart from that, there is also loyalty and fairness in honesty. Honesty is a very valuable thing. The price of someone who is always honest is trust.

Everyone must appreciate a truth. In every ethnicity, culture and religion, truth is of course upheld. So every teaching certainly requires honesty in it.

Why Must Have Honest Nature?

1. The basis of good deeds

People who are always honest must understand between things that are wrong and things that are right. Before he conveys an honesty to others, he will turn on himself. He will ask questions about what he wants to convey.

Should this be submitted immediately? Conversely, whether it can be delivered at the right time. Questions like that will come to mind before saying something.

Basically, honesty must be conveyed immediately. However, there are things you need to remember. This is that everything doesn’t have to happen right away.

There are several things about honesty that must be delayed in conveying it. Things like that of course have their own reasons. For example, you have to get valid facts or evidence before disclosing it.

Therefore, honesty can be said to be basic. Basic things in good deeds. People who uphold honesty will certainly appreciate the truth.

2. Make the heart calm

An honest person will make his life comfortable. Makes him feel calm and peaceful. That’s because he no longer keeps a secret.

Honesty is not only related to something that must be said. Doing the right thing also includes honesty. Like being honest by not cheating.

For example, when a student is taking an exam. The supervising teacher had to go to the toilet. It will make the class atmosphere chaotic.

In this situation, there were some students who were not being honest. Like working with other friends. Even cheating into a notebook.

Such acts also include dishonest behavior. People who remain honest with people who cheat will certainly be different. Those who remain honest will be calm under the test.

While those who cheat will be anxious, worried that the supervising teacher will return to class. This is one clear example of the act of honesty. When you uphold an honesty and run it, then the heart becomes calm.

Also Read:

3. Gained trust

This is certainly an advantage for you. Besides you conveying honesty, you will also gain trust. For some people, giving trust is a difficult thing.

However, when dealing with someone who is always honest it is different. People who are always honest will keep their beliefs open. So one way to gain someone’s trust is through honesty.

Beliefs in this regard also vary. It can happen wherever honesty is. For example, in matters of work.

If you always tell the truth, then you will be trusted by your colleagues. This will be a big benefit for you. There are times, that honesty will affect your work.

For example, your work position will change. Originally an ordinary employee, can be appointed head of a certain field. This happens because your colleague or boss already believes in your attitude or words.

4. Minimize a problem

Cause or something that is the root of this problem that must be addressed. Through it, the problem can be resolved. Problems that are immediately resolved certainly have a faster time to complete.

However, sometimes this cause or thing is often covered up. The reasons for hiding the real facts also vary. As there are many people’s interests, some even involve personal interests.

When referring to honest nature, of course the reason must be disclosed. No matter how big or how bad the reason is, it must still be disclosed. These reasons are the problem solving factors.

Honesty is very necessary in this case. When someone prioritizes honesty, then I will convey it. The reason or cause that is the root of the problem must be conveyed immediately.

Therefore, another benefit of being honest is that it can minimize problems. When you are in a problem that you cause, then you have to be honest. Honesty will lead you to minimize the problem.

5. One of the success factors

Success or it can be said that success is something that many people really want. Most people take many ways to achieve success. In fact, not infrequently everyone will compete to achieve this success.

There are many factors that can be used as capital to achieve success. One of them is to be honest. Honesty is an important thing, which is also fundamental in achieving success itself.

Those of you who hope for success, must know what success means. Apart from that, you also have to understand what the goals of success you want to achieve are. Like wanting to improve life, wanting to be rich, or wanting to inspire many people.

In seeking these goals, you need to be honest within yourself. You have to be honest with yourself about that. Is something you really want to do, or is it something you are forced to get.

When you are honest with yourself, you will realize what you should do next. You will not go the wrong way or even go blind in achieving that. So that honest nature is very basic in achieving success or success.

That’s the meaning and 5 reasons why you should have honest character. Honesty is something positive. There is no bad impact if you always uphold honesty. Therefore, start to say or do something true and honest. To run it, you can start from yourself first.

Find other interesting information at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommend interesting books for Sinaumed’s.

Betawi art is one of the cultural assets of the Indonesian people, especially the Betawi people. Even so, currently Betawi arts and other arts are becoming less desirable. This is because various foreign cultures entered Indonesia.

With various foreign cultural influences coming in, regional arts such as Betawi art are slowly being forgotten. In fact, maintaining and preserving art in Indonesia is very important.

Art and culture is an identity that cannot be separated from the body of society. Various regional arts in Indonesia are not just for entertainment. However, of course there is more to it than that.

Betawi Arts

One of the arts in Indonesia is Betawi art. Betawi is a tribe in Jakarta. Even though currently Jakarta does not only belong to the Betawi people, Betawi art still belongs to the Betawi people which is intended for everyone.

As one of the central regions in Indonesia, cultural influences from outside are definitely unavoidable. Therefore, maintaining the existence of Betawi art is the obligation of all parties.

If we talk about Betawi arts, we will find many things. Sinaumed’s, do you know what constitutes Betawi arts? This time we will discuss the various types of Betawi arts that exist.

What are Betawi Arts?

Generally, an art can be expressed as an expression of the human soul related to beauty. In the Betawi community, Betawi art is manifested in various forms. such as Literary Arts, Martial Arts, Musical Arts and Theater Arts.

1. Literary Arts

Since its birth, Betawi has a diverse culture. One of them is Betawi literary arts. Unfortunately, at this time Betawi literature seems to be hidden in its own area.

In fact, according to several sources, Betawi literature has existed for a long time. In addition, one of the Betawi arts has been getting the attention of several foreign scientists for a long time. One proof of this is the publication of many studies on Betawi literature in the past.

In fact, his manuscripts have been published and scattered in various libraries. Not arbitrarily, the library in question is a library in universities in developed countries. One of them is in Russia and Leningrad.

Betawi literature is a literary work in the form of writing, which uses the Betawi language. Betawi literary works are art created and delivered by Betawi people. The delivery of this Betawi art is also delivered in Betawi language.

Not only that, listeners or connoisseurs are also Betawi people. However, of course this Betawi art can be enjoyed by all ethnicities. The contents of the story in this literary work are related to the life of the Betawi people.

Such as how they live, the customs, the religion they adhere to, the behavior of the Betawi people to the natural conditions in Betawi itself. According to one Betawi historian, Bang Yahya Andi Saputra, Betawi literature consists of two forms.

There is oral Betawi literature and written Betawi literature. This Betawi oral literature has been known since the Betawi people began to relate to art and culture. Examples include rhymes, saga, draft, buleng, ngerahul and jampe-jampe used by shamans when treating illnesses in patients.

a. Pantun

One of them is the use of the typical Betawi language. Starting from the choice of words and elements of sound, everything has its rules. Those things have an element of being spontaneous, hilarious and outspoken to them.

The fluidity of Betawi rhymes can be found in formats that seem to deviate from the norm. The standard of a rhyme generally consists of 4 lines. The specialty of this Betawi rhyme is that it has a freer pattern.

Regarding the contents of the rhymes, there are several Betawi rhymes that reveal important things in them. Such as containing advice regarding manners, morals, manners, ethics, humor, social criticism, religion to certain teachings.

b. Saga

For local literature, it generally originates from a story in the world of wayang. Examples include  the Tale of the Origin of Puppets ,  the Tale of the Puppet Arjuna , and  the play Jaka Sukara . For non-local literature, it generally originates from a story in the Middle East. Examples include  the Tale of Merpati Mas and the Tale of Silver ,  the Tale of the Fun Captain  and  the Tale of Sutan Taburat .

The above-mentioned manuscript was copied in the 19th century, by Muhammad Bakir. This manuscript by Bakir was written using the Jawi script. Often also called the bald arab.

Muhammad Bakir produced manuscripts with no less than 60 titles. For the most part, these manuscripts are stored abroad. As in Holland, England, Russia and Leningrad.

c. Jampe-jampe

In Betawi arts, jampe-jampe can be used for various needs. Examples such as for treatment, as an effort or prayer for convenience, can also be used to drive away evil spirits.

The various functions of this Betawi literary work mean that not everyone can use it. Only certain people can use jampe-jampe text. Like a traditional leader and a shaman.

The following are examples of jampe-jampe which are used to treat crooked disease:

Nene ducked down

Feet waddling

There is displaced meat

The meat has fled

There is the kapes-kapes meat

The kapes-kapes are gone

Pes limpes urip wares

White longing

Well, nothing

2. Martial Arts

When compared, in ancient times pencak silat was the identity or self-esteem of a Betawi person. This meant that all Betawi people could play silat at that time. This is one of the Betawi arts which has become the daily food of the Betawi people.

In fact, if you want to hold a wedding, the groom must first look at his martial arts skills. This is also done in religious affairs, namely the Koran. Generally, parents of women who want to be proposed to will first test the men who want to propose to their children.

The man must be able to show how good he can play silat. Sometimes, the father of the girl will challenge the boy to fight with silat. If it is proven that the man is good at pencak silat, then the first exam will pass.

The second test or exam that must be passed is the Koran. Reciting the Koran is also part of pencak silat which can be said to be a package deal. Generally, training at a Betawi silat school will begin with a recitation beforehand. After that, martial arts training can begin.

Pencak silat in the midst of society is very diverse. In fact, you could say that every gang has a different silat. Some examples of Betawi martial arts such as Beksi Silat, 7 Star 12 Dragon Swim Button Silat, Tiga Berantai Silat, Sabeni Silat, Cingkrik Silat, Silo Macan Silat and Cacag Lembang Silat.

3. Theater Arts

One of the Betawi arts that is rarely known is the art of theater. The following are some explanations, of the many theater arts that exist in the Betawi community:

a. Betawi shadow puppets

Even though the Betawi shadow puppets originate from Purbo leather puppets, in practice the Betawi shadow puppet performances show their own characteristics. Its distinctive feature is that the story that is told will be adapted to the conditions of the Betawi society which is fluid or egalitarian.

The story will be adapted to the local conditions of Betawi which is made more dominant. Therefore, the Betawi Shadow Puppet will be simpler, more populist, innocent and emphasizes the familiarity of the audience.

b. Jipeng and Jinong

In the Jipeng show, the costumes are simpler. For the dancer, it is enough to use a long cloth, kebaya and a long scarf tied at the waist. The mask begins with an enjot-enjotan or charcoal song.

Jipeng begins with a march and was song typical of Tanjidor. Jipeng’s theme and story are not much different from Topeng’s.

Lenong Preman performances accompanied by Tanjidor music are called Jinong. In his time, Jinong would stand alone as the theater of the people. Generally, the plays performed by Jining are the same as Lenong.

c. Blank

In its development, Blantek has its own identity. The accompanying music for this Blantek is Rebana Biang. At the beginning of the show, sholawat and remembrance songs will be performed. Now Blantek has developed and there is a mixture of various Betawi arts in it.

4. Art of Music

Born and raised in a certain area. Then it is passed down from one generation to the next.

The existence of this musical art uses the style, language and traditions typical of the local area. As with other ethnic groups, traditional music in the Betawi community also lives and develops. And passed on to the next generation.

Not only as my cultural heritage. Betawi music art has several other functions. Such as advice, inheritance of values, the function of entertainment and maintaining physical and mental balance.

Thanks to all these functions, the art of traditional music in the Betawi community can still survive until now. Some of them are the Gambus Orchestra, Samrah and Tonil Samrah Orchestras, Tambourine Hadroh, Tambourine Ketimpring, Tanjidor, Tambourine Biang, Gambang Rancag and Gambang Kromong.

5. Dance Arts

The use of cheerful musical accompaniment is a feature of Betawi art dance. In addition, her carefree movements are also one of her characteristics.

Some of the traditional Betawi dances include:

• Zapin Betawi Dance
• Lenggang Nyai Dance
• Yellow Sirih Dance
• Betawi Mask Dance
• Gitek Balen Dance
• Belenggo dance
• Samra dance
• Ronggeng Blantek
• Ngarojeng dance
• Sweet Renggong Dance
• Cocok Dance
• Nandak Ganjen Dance
• Lengo Tinke Dance
• Lembang Sari Flower Dance
• Single Mask Dance

Those are the 4 types of Betawi arts that are rich in beauty and meaning. Find other information about art at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

• Get to know West Sumatra Traditional Clothing that Looks Luxurious
• Why is Singapore Focusing More on Trade and Industry?
• 10 Capital Cities of Southeast Asian Countries, Complete with Their Profiles
• Interesting Facts about the North Pole, How Cold Is It There?
• Portrait of the Progress of Developed Countries in Europe

Author: Wida Kurniasih

Source: from various sources

Hadith About Love – In Islamic teachings, a Muslim has two things that are used as guidelines in living life throughout. The first is the Al-Qur’an which was revealed by Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala to the Prophet Muhammad SAW. In it, the qur ‘an has discussed everything. Starting from the oneness of Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala , worship, to worldly matters such as the distribution of inheritance.

While the second handle is the hadith. What is this hadith? According to the scholars, hadith is whatever was narrated by the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam . Whether it’s words, deeds, decisions made during his life.

Just like the holy book Al-Qur’an, hadith also discusses many things such as worship, behavior, so that there are hadiths about love. However, considering that the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam has died long ago, we can no longer see directly the daily life of the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam .

But you don’t need to worry, because Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala keeps the hadiths down to the Muslims before us, and those after us. During the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam died around 1400 years ago, his companions imitated whatever he did.

Friends like Abu Hurairah Radhiyallahu Anhu, even wrote everything. What friends did, was eventually passed on to people afterwards, passed down from generation to generation, spread by hadith narrators until finally it reached all of us, also Muslims in the future.

Types of Hadith that Muslims Need to Know

In Islam, hadith are grouped into several types. The following is an explanation of the types of hadith.

1. Sahih Hadith

The first type of hadith is authentic hadith. A hadith is considered authentic if it meets certain criteria, namely being narrated by a qualified narrator, the transmission is continuous, and there are no syadz and illat. Syadz itself means solitude or resistance, while illat means various bad qualities that can tarnish the hadith.

Sahih hadith itself is the hadith of the highest level. This type of hadith is a true hadith and its level of authenticity cannot be doubted. If a hadith is called sahih, it means that the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam actually said, did, and determined that matter.

2. Hadith Sanad

One level below the authentic hadith, there is such a thing as a sanad hadith. A sanad hadith has almost all the qualities that an authentic hadith has. Starting from the uninterrupted sanad, the absence of syadz and illat, and narrated by narrators who have strong memorization, and are also fair.

Then where lies the difference? The difference between authentic hadith and isnad hadith lies in the quality of the narrator or memorizer of the hadith. Even though the narrator has strong memorization, the quality of his memorization is not as strong as that of the authentic narrators of hadith.

3. Daif Hadith

If an authentic hadith is a true and original hadith, a hadith isnad close to authenticity, then a daif hadith is a hadith that does not meet the requirements. This hadith is very weak, and its truth needs to be questioned.

In any situation, authentic hadith and sanad can be used as a source of law in Islamic teachings. However, this does not apply to weak hadiths whose position is very weak, and their truth cannot be accounted for.

The Function of Hadith in the Teachings of Islamic Religion

During the time that the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi alaihi wasallam was still alive, his actions, words and provisions were law. Muslims must comply, because what the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alaihi alaihi wasallam did was the truth.

Not only obedient, the companions also followed the example and wrote down what the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam taught them to become the hadith we know today. The companions did this not without reason, because the hadith itself has many very important functions, especially after the death of the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam . What does it do?

1. Bayan at-Taqrir

In his daily life, Rasulullah shallallahu alaihi wasallam always obeyed Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala. In a way, Rasulullah shallallahu alaihi wasallam is a walking Al-Qur’an, because he always follows and practices the contents of the Al-Qur’an.

Therefore, it is not surprising that his deeds, words, and provisions set forth in the hadith function as Bayan at-Taqrir. Bayan at-Taqrir itself means establishing and strengthening what is in the holy Qur’an.

2. Bayan at-Tafsir

As the name implies, one of the main functions of hadith is as a Bayan at-Tafsir or interpretation of verses in the Qur’an. In the past, the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam not only disseminated verses that had come down to him, but also interpreted or explained verses that had not been understood by his companions at that time. Today, the hadith still has the same function, namely as an interpretation of the verses of the Qur’an.

3. Bayan at-Tasyri

Bayan at-Tasyri means realizing a law that is not in the holy book of the Qur’an. In the past, the Companions were always guided by the contents of the Qur’an. When they encounter a problem that they are not sure what the answer is, they will pray to Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala, and try to find the answer in the holy Qur’an.

When they couldn’t find it, or felt they didn’t understand what was explained in the Koran, the friends would go to the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam to ask for answers or solutions to the problem.

4. Bayan an-Nasakh

In Arabic, Bayan an-Nasakh itself has various meanings, namely Al-Ijalah or eliminating, At Taqyir which means changing, Al-Ibtal which means canceling, and finally At Tahwil which means moving.

But in general, bayan an-Nasakh has the notion of the existence of syara’ propositions or can erase pre-existing provisions. The previous argument can be abolished if there is a new argument.

7 Hadith Narrators Who Contributed to Collecting and Disseminating Hadith

As previously explained, when the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam was still alive, the companions and caliphs after him always imitated what the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam did . They also wrote down all the things that the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam said or did .

After the death of the Prophet sallallaahu alaihi wasallam , the companions made hadith as their guide. The hadith was then passed down to the scholars, and taught back to his students. Hundreds of years passed, several scholars tried to collect hadiths and sort out which ones were valid and which ones were dhaif.

Of the many scholars or narrators of hadith, here are 7 hadith narrators who have contributed to collecting and spreading hadith to Muslims to the present day. Then, who are the 7 narrators?

1. Imam al-Bukhari

Born in the city of Bukhara, Uzbekistan on the 13th of Shawwal 810 AD, Imam al-Bukhari is the world’s most famous narrator of hadith. Since childhood, Imam al-Bukhari has become a memorizer of the Koran.

Not only memorizing the Qur’an, at the age of 10, the imam also memorized many hadiths by rote. As an adult, Imam al-Bukhari managed to write a book containing 600,000 hadiths which were then sorted again into 100,000 authentic hadiths. Imam al-Bukhari was very instrumental in the spread of hadith.

One of his famous works is entitled Al-Jami’ ash-Shahih al-Musnad al-Mukhtashar min Umūri Rasūlillah Shallallahu ‘alaihi wa Sallam wa Ayyamihi (Jami’us Shahih) which he compiled for 16 years.

2. Muslim Imam

The second transmitter of authentic hadith is Imam Muslim. Born in Iran in 820 AD. Apart from being a hafidz of the Qur’an, he is also a hadith narrator. Throughout his life, Imam Muslim spent time learning from one teacher to another, to study and deepen the knowledge of hadith.

He also has many works, one of his most outstanding works is Jami’ush Shahih . Scholars agree that the hadiths in the book are very clear in meaning.

3. Imam Abu Dawud

Having the full name Abu Dawud Sulaiman bin Al Asy’ats bin Ishaq bin Basyir bin Syidad bin Amr bin Amran Al Azdi As Sijistani, this hadith narrator comes from the border area between Iran and Afghanistan known as Sijistan. He lived from 817 AD to 889 AD.

Not inferior to other hadith narrators, Imam Abu Dawud is also a memorizer of the Qur’an and a well-known scholar. During his life, Imam Abu Dawud made 20 works and 13 books. His most famous work is the Sunan Abi Dawud which is considered the best book after the works of Imam al-Bukhari and Imam Muslim.

In the Book of Sunan Abi Dawud, he collects around 4,800 hadiths from the 500,000 hadiths he has collected and has memorized them by heart.

4. Imam Tirmidhi

Imam Tirmidhi is a Muslim scientist, as well as a student of Imam al-Bukhari. Born in Tajikistan in 824 AD, Imam Tirmidhi was known as a trusted man in his ability to collect, memorize and compile hadith.

Apart from making a collection of hadiths entitled Ilul Hadith , another of Imam Tirmidhi’s most famous works is Jami’ At-Tirmidhi which explains the problems of fiqh which are explained in full.

5. Imam An-Nasa’i

Compared to the other four imams, the name Imam An-Nasa’i is indeed less popular. Even so, he was also a narrator who contributed to collecting, compiling, and narrating hadith.

Imam An-Nasa’i was born in Khurasan, Iraq in 830 AD. As a hadith narrator, he studied a lot with other scholars who were more famous than him. Even though he was born in Khurasan, Imam An-Nasa’i preferred to spend his life in Egypt and spread hadith in that country.

6. Imam Ibn Majah

Another special narrator who was born in Iran is Imam Ibn Majah. Born in Qazwin in 824 AD under the name Abu Abdillah Muhammad bin Yazid bin Majah al-Qadziani Ar Raba’i Al Qazwani, Imam Ibn Majah was a hadith narrator, commentator and also an expert on Islamic history.

Unlike Imam al-Bukhari, who started memorizing as a child, Imam Ibn Majah began collecting hadiths when he was quite mature, namely 21 years. He studied with many scholars, and collected hadith from them.

The most popular work of Imam Ibn Majah is Sunan Ibn Majah which contains a collection of authentic hadiths. The book of Sunan Ibn Majah is also one of the six best hadith books after the works of Imam Bukhari, Imam Muslim, Imam Abu Dawud, Imam An-Nasa’i, and Imam At-Tirmidhi.

7. Imam Ahmad

Besides Iran, Iraq also gave birth to many famous hadith narrators. One of them is Abu Abdillah bin Muhammad bin Hanbal Al Marwazy or better known as Imam Ahmad. He is a hadith scholar from Baghdad who was born in 780 AD.

Since young, the imam has collected hadiths and studied with many great scholars in the Middle East, including being the most loyal student of Imam Shafi’i.

Not only that, he is the founder of the Hanbaly Madzhab. Amazingly, Imam Ahmad was able to memorize up to 1 million hadiths by rote. His most famous hadith work is Musnadul Kabir , a book of 40,000 hadiths.

5 Hadiths About Love to Allah SWT, Siblings, and Spouses

When discussing hadith, people might think that hadith only discusses religion and worship. In fact, the hadiths collected by the narrators above also discuss life matters, including hadiths about love. Here are 5 hadiths about love for Allah SWT and partners!

1. Hadith About Loving and Caring for His Brother

عَنْ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ أَنَسٍ بْنِ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهُ – خَادِمِ رَسُوْلِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ – عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: ” لاَ يُؤْمِنُ أَحَدُكُمْ حَتَّى يُحِبَّ لِأَخِيْهِ مَا يُحِبُّ لِنَفْسِهِ ” رَوَاهُ البُخَارِيُّ وَمُسْلِمٌ

From Anas radhiyallahu anhu , Rasulullah shallallahu alaihi wasallam said:

“None of you will have complete faith until he loves for his brother what he loves for himself” – HR Bukhari and Muslim

2. Hadith about love for Allah Subhanahu wa ta’ala

أَوْثَقُ عُرَى اْلإِيْمَانِ الْحُبُّ فِي اللهِ وَالْبُغْضُ فِي اللهِ. (رواه الترمذي).

“The strongest rope of faith is love for Allah and hatred for Allah.” – HR At Tirmidhi

3. Hadith About Two People Who Love Because of Allah

In fact, those who love each other, their rooms in heaven will look like a star that appears from the east or a western star that glows. Then someone asked, “Who are they?”, “They are people who love for Allah ‘Azzawajalla.” – HR Imam Ahmad

4. Hadith not to love excessively

“Love your lover properly because one day he might become someone you hate. Hate it properly because maybe one day he will be your lover. – HR At-Tirmidhi

5. Hadith about Loving Fellow Muslim Brothers

حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ وَوَكِيعٌ عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَا تَدْخُلُونَ الْجَنَّةَ حَتَّى تُؤْمِنُوا وَلَا تُؤْمِنُوا حَتَّى تَحَابُّوا أَوَلَا أَدُلُّكُمْ عَلَى شَيْءٍ إِذَا فَعَلْتُمُوهُ تَحَابَبْتُمْ أَفْشُوا السَّلَامَ بَيْنَكُمْ و حَدَّثَنِي زُهَيْرُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ أَنْبَأَنَا جَرِيرٌ عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ بِهَذَا الْإِسْنَادِ قَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ لَا تَدْخُلُونَ الْجَنَّةَ حَتَّى تُؤْمِنُوا بِمِثْلِ حَدِيثِ أَبِي مُعَاوِيَةَ وَوَكِيعٍ

“By the One in Whose hand my soul is, you cannot enter heaven until you have faith, and you are not called believers until you love one another. Shall I show you something that if you did, you would love each other? Spread greetings among you.” – HR Muslim

Thus a review of the hadith about love. It should be remembered that the hadith is the guiding principle for all Muslims in the world after the Qur’an. It is not only a guide in matters of worship or religion, but also various aspects of our life, including love.

For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about hadiths about love and other hadiths, you can really visit www.sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, we always try to provide the best, newest, and #MoreWithReading information for you.

Function of Dry Bones – Bones are one of the important parts of the human body. It provides attachment sites for muscles, protects tissues beneath or within bones, gives shape to the body, and performs other functions. There are various types of bones in the human body.

One of them is dry bones. It is one of the bones that make up the foot. Then, what exactly is meant by the shin and the function of the shin? Sinaumed’s can listen to the presentation below.

Definition and Function of Bones

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), bone is defined as a skeleton or part of the skeleton of a human or animal body; fish bone; objects resembling bones or skeletons.

As in Wikipedia, bone is defined as rigid body tissue and consists of cells embedded in abundant hard intercellular. Calcium phosphate and collagen are the two components that make up bones. Bones begin to form from infancy in the womb and continue until the second decade in an orderly arrangement.

Bones take over the formation of the skeleton and locomotion. It is also a protector of internal organs and a place to store minerals in the body.

In line with the two definitions above, Faweett formulates bone as a connective tissue composed of cells, substance, and fiber, its function is to protect and support the skeleton and tendons as locomotion. The physical properties of bone are very strong, slightly elastic, resistant to compression, and composed of relatively light material.

Bone is responsive enough to respond to metabolic, endocrine, and metabolic influences. With all its hardness and strength, bone is composed of dynamic living matter, periodically and constantly renewed and rearranged throughout human life.

Gartner and Hiatt define bone as vascular connective tissue consisting of grouped cells and intercellular substance. For example solid bone (compact bone), spongiosa bone, and other types of bone. Its function is to protect, support, store minerals at the ends of joints where cartilage acts as a coating to facilitate movement.

In general, bones have the following functions.

• Place of attachment of muscles;
• As a place that provides protection for special tissues such as the blood-forming system (bone marrow);
• Place of formation of blood cells;
• Regulating the level of calcium and phosphate in circulating body fluids;
• Supporting and giving shape to the body;
• passive motion apparatus;
• Covers organs and soft tissues, such as those of the skull;
• Structural support for soft tissue mechanical actions, such as muscle contraction and lung expansion.

Bone Structure

In general, bone structure is divided into two, namely macroscopic and microscopic structures. Here’s an explanation of both.

1. Macroscopic Structure

Faweett classifies bones into two categories, namely compact bone (compact substance) and spongy or celadon bone (spongiosa substance). Compact blocks look like solid solid masses with tiny spaces that can only be seen with a microscope.

A typical long bone, such as the femur or humerus, is composed of a hollow cylinder of thick-walled compact bone in the shaft (diaphysis) with a cavity in the bone marrow. The ends of long bones consist of spongy bone covered with a thin, compact bone cortex, the growing long bones are called epiphyses.

Epiphyseal cartilage and adjacent metaphyseal spongy bone constitute the growth zone in all longitudinal increments in which bone growth takes place. Bone is covered by periosteum, a special layer of connective tissue that has osteogenic or bone-forming potential. If a functional periosteum is absent, it has no osteogenic potential and is not associated with fracture recovery.

The cavity of the marrow diaphysis and the cavity in the spongy bone are lined by endosteum which also has osteogenic properties. The compact substance in the flat bones of the skull is formed on the outer and inner surfaces which are often called the outer and inner tables. The periosteum on the outer surface of the skull is called the pericranium and the inner surface is called the dura mater. The connective tissue sheaths of flat bones have an osteogenic potential not different between the periosteum and the endosteum of long bones.

2. Microscopic Structure

Microscopic structures are very small and cannot be seen with the naked eye, so a microscope is needed to see them clearly. Most microscopic structures consist of bone matrix, mineralized interstitium, which is deposited in layers or lamellae 3–7 nm thick.

The interstitial substance of bone is lenticular spaces, called lacunae, each of which resides on an osteocyte cell. Lacunae radiate outward in all directions and penetrate the lamellae of the interstitial substance and anastomose with the canaliculi. The lacunae are widely spaced but they form intact cavities which are interconnected by a network of very fine channels. These fine channels are important for the nutrition of bone cells.

Faweet classifies compact bones in three general patterns, namely: 1). Arranged concentrically around the vascular channels lengthwise, forming cylindrical units called the Haversian system or osteons. 2). The Haversian system contains pieces of lamellar bone of various sizes and irregular shapes. 3). The outer surface of the cortical bone, just below the periosteum, on the inner surface, there are a number of lamellae that run continuously around the shaft.

The microscopic appearance of the periosteum varies according to its functional state. During embryonal and postnatal growth they have an inner layer of osteoblast cells that are in direct contact with bone, after bone growth stops, osteoblasts transform into inactive bone lining cells, but they still have osteogenic potential and if the bone is injured they change 11 again become osteoblasts and participate in the formation of new bone.

Definition and Function of the Shin Bone

The tibia, also known as the tibia, is the main long bone in the lower leg. Precisely under the knee and along the front of the leg. The length is around 36 cm.

The shin is one of the bones that can withstand weight and movement. Launching from halodoc.com, here are the functions of the shin bones.

1. Leg Muscle Support

The shins become a support for the muscles located in the leg area. Muscles that are well supported will provide optimal leg movement.

2. Knee and Ankle Joints

The main function of the shinbone is to connect the knee and ankle area. The presence of the shins will help the movement of the ankles to be better and optimal.

3. Maintain Body Balance

Various activities are affected by the condition of the shins. When the shins are healthy and optimal, it will keep the body’s balance maintained and ready in every condition when carrying out various activities. Like running, walking, jumping, and so on.

4. Weight Support

Healthy shins will make your feet stronger. Thus, it will be strong to support the weight it has.

5. Ankle Drive

The ankles can move freely because they are affected by the condition of the shins. When the shins are healthy and optimal, it will make Sinaumed’s’ movements more free.

Dry Bone Parts

Launching from hellosehat.com, under the knee there are two types of bones. First, a large bone, namely the tibia. It bears most of the weight between the ankles and knees. Second, the outer side of the tibia bone is the fibula, which is a long bone that is smaller and provides stability and helps rotate the ankle.

At the end of the tibia or tibia is a spongy bone (a bone that has a circulatory sac and marrow that looks like a sponge when viewed under a microscope). The shin bones are covered with a layer of cortical bone whose function is to protect the strength of the bones.

At the top (superior) of the tibia bone which forms the knee hinge and becomes the attachment point for the femur is called the tibial plateau . This part of the bone contains two condyles, namely the lateral (edge) condyle and the medial (middle) condyle.

Then, on the upper front of the shinbone there is the tibial tuberosity, which is the bone to which the patella (kneecap) is attached via a ligament.

On the inferior (lower) part of the shinbone there are three bones, namely the medial malleolus, the fibula notch , and the lateral malleolus. These three bones form the largest part of the ankle.

Problems Occurring in the Shin Bones

As with other parts of the human body that can experience problems or disease. Dry bones are the same. Launching from the Sehatq.com page, here are the problems that often occur in the shins.

1. Fibrous Dysplasia

Fibrous dysplasia is a bone disorder in the form of a noncancerous benign tumor. Usually, sufferers will experience abnormal growth of fibrous tissue that replaces normal bone.

2. Shin Splints

Shin splints or medial tibial stress syndrome is a condition of inflamed bones in the tendons, muscles, and bone tissue around the tibia or shin bones. This condition is a common cause of sore shins when running.

Shin splints are caused by overuse of the lower leg that places a strain on the tendons, muscles or shins. Generally, it is caused by high-impact activities and repetitive lower leg exercises. Such as dancing, gymnastics, running. The pain that is felt is usually sharp and throbbing.

3. Minor Injury

Minor injuries are one of the most common causes of sore shins. These injuries can be caused by sports activities that are too hard, bumped, or fallen. Recognizable signs include swelling, bruising, pain, lumps, weakness or stiffness, and bleeding of the shins.

4. Stress Fracture or Crack

Stress fractures are small cracks that occur in bones due to muscle conditions that are too tired or the muscles are overused. This condition causes the muscles to no longer be able to take the additional pressure.

Thus, it will put pressure on the bone and cause small cracks that can trigger pain in the shins. The symptoms that need attention for early detection of a stress fracture include swelling, shinbone pain when touched, pressed, or under load, and prolonged pain.

5. Bruised Bones

When the shin is injured so badly that it damages the blood vessels in the bone, it is called a bone bruise. As a result, blood and other fluids accumulate in the tissues and cause damage.

A bone bruise is deeper and more severe than a normal bruise which only appears on the surface of the skin. One part of the body that often experiences bone bruises is the shins of the feet.

6. Adamantinoma and Osteofibrous Dysplasia

Adamantinoma and Osteofibrous Dysplasia (OFD) are two rare types of tumors that grow on the shinbones. Adamantinoma is a slow growing tumor that forms after bones stop growing.

OFD is a tumor on the bone that is noncancerous, does not spread, and often occurs in children.

7. Fracture of the shinbone of the leg

A shin fracture occurs due to a severe injury. Usually caused by a strong blow or impact on the leg. Such as falling from heights, car accidents, and other causes.

Tips on Caring for Bones

Bones need care from ourselves. If not ourselves then who will pay attention to our health? Body health is not only concerned with things that are visible to the eye, but also things that support the body that are not visible.

Bones need to be maintained for their health because they are a support for humans as long as they live. Launching from the alodokter.com page, Sinaumed’s can apply the following things to treat bone health.

1. Don’t Skip Breakfast

Breakfast is something that is often missed by humans. Even though breakfast is important because it provides the nutrients and energy needed by the body to carry out daily activities.

Bones can be treated by consuming foods that contain lots of calcium and vitamin D. Therefore, a good breakfast menu consists of a variety of foods, one of which contains calcium and/or vitamin D.

Sinaumed’s can consume calcium sources through milk, yogurt, cheese, cereals, and soybeans. Vitamin D can be obtained from fish oil and eggs. These menus can be supplemented by consuming vegetables and fruit to maintain bone strength and health.

2. Exercise regularly

Rarely moving makes Sinaumed’s’ muscles and bones weak. Some research says that people who rarely exercise are more susceptible to bone problems, such as osteoporosis.

Exercise is useful for bones because it can maintain bone density and strength. There are several types of exercise that are good for bone density by doing weightlifting exercises, jogging, yoga, leisurely walks, and rhythmic gymnastics.

3. Taking Supplements

Sources of calcium and vitamin D intake can not only be obtained from consuming nutritious foods, but also from supplements. The supplement is recommended for women who have experienced menopause. Because, when menopause, bone tissue becomes weak.

The need for calcium intake for adults is 1,000 to 1,200 milligrams per day. Meanwhile, the need for vitamin D is 15 to 20 micrograms or approximately 600-800 IU per day.

The proper supplement dosage can be obtained by consulting a doctor.

4. Bask in the Morning Sun

Sunlight is one of the free sources of vitamin D. If Sinaumed’s lacks vitamin D, the bones will become more porous. Not as long as sunrise is the perfect time to sunbathe. The right time to sunbathe is at nine in the morning for 5 to 15 minutes. The intensity is 2 to 3 times a week.

5. Limit Consumption of Alcoholic Beverages and Not Smoking

Smoking and consuming alcoholic beverages are included in unhealthy lifestyles. It will harm the body including loss of bone density. This habit makes the body susceptible to calcium and vitamin D deficiency so that the bones will become more brittle.

Therefore, to care for bone health, Sinaumed’s is advised not to drink alcoholic beverages and not smoke.

6. Maintain Weight

Maintaining an ideal body weight is important to note because it affects bone health and strength. Several studies have stated that body weight plays a role in increasing the risk of damage, injury, and bone problems.

Therefore, Sinaumed’s is recommended to maintain body weight so that bone health will be protected and avoid health problems related to bones.

Well, that’s a brief explanation regarding the function of the shinbone in the human body. To understand it better, Sinaumed’s can read books or articles related to the functions of other shin bones which are below. Hope it is useful!

Hinduism became one of the religions that developed rapidly in the archipelago in the past. This religion was brought by travelers from India named Maha Resi Agastya. This rishi in Java is known as Batara Guru or Dwipayana. The majority of Hindu teachings that developed in the archipelago at that time were Vaisnawa schools, namely a teaching that worshiped Lord Vishnu as the main deity.

According to the teachings of Hinduism, Vishnu or often also called Sri Vishnu and Nārāyana is a deity with the title of shtiti (preserver), whose job is to care for and protect all creations of Brahman (God Almighty). Vishnu in Vaishnava Hindu philosophy is seen as a holy spirit, as well as the supreme god.

The influence of Hinduism has reached the archipelago since the 1st century AD. The rapid development of Hinduism was followed by the establishment of many Hindu-style kingdoms at that time. Several kingdoms existed around the 4th century, namely the Kingdom of Kutai Martapura in East Kalimantan, Tarumanagara in West Java, the Kingdom of Kalingga on the North Coast of Central Java, and the Kingdom of Bedahulu in Gianyar.

The ancient Hindu kingdom in the archipelago that stands out is the Medang Kingdom because it is known for building the Prambanan Temple. Since then, Hinduism then spread along with Buddhism throughout the archipelago and reached its peak of influence in the 14th century.

The following is an explanation of the five Hindu kingdoms that once stood in the archipelago and had a major influence during their heyday.

1. Kingdom of Kutai Martapura

Yupa Inscription.

According to a study conducted by Muhammad Sarip (2021) in his book entitled The Kingdom of Martapura in Kutai Historical Literacy 400–1635 , the oldest Hindu kingdom in the archipelago is Martapura (not Martadipura) in Muara Kaman District, not Kutai Kertanegara (established in the 14th century). This is based on the Yupa Inscription or inscribed stone monument which was found in two stages, namely in 1879 and 1940.

Yupa numbered seven, the majority told about the prosperity of the Mulawarman period. Now, the seven Yupa stones are in the National Museum. The classic book entitled Surat Salasilah Raja Dalam Negeri Kutai Kertanegara with a thickness of 132 pages from 1849 is an authentic source for writing the history of the Kingdom of Kutai Kertanegara.

The book was written by Khatib Muhammad Thahir, a Banjar who became the clerk of the Kingdom of Kutai Kertanegara. This book is written in Jawi script (the text uses Arabic letters, while the language is Malay). This book can be a historical source by setting aside the fairy tale part, even though it is classified as literature mixed with exaltation mythology. The original manuscript of the book is currently kept in the State Library of Berlin, Germany.

The finding of the seven Yupa fruits became the beginning of the discovery of the oldest kingdom of the archipelago. Based on Sarip’s explanation, there are three famous names in the Kutai Martapura Kingdom which are mentioned in Yupa. First, Kundungga (not Kudungga) who was written by the Hindu brahmins at that time as the founding father of the kingdom, not the first king.

Second, Aswawarman son of Kundungga, the first king of Martapura. Third, Mulawarman son of Aswawarman, the famous king who brought the glory of Martapura to the point where he was able to donate 20,000 cows to the Brahmins. There is no further record of who will be Mulawarman’s successor.

However, Muhammad Fahmi (2016) through his research entitled The Kingdom of Kutai Kartanegara ing Martadipura and the Role of the King in the Development of Islam in the 17th and 18th Century Kutai Kingdom mentioned the rulers of the Kutai Martapura Kingdom, among others:

• Maharaja Kundungga Posthumous Dewawarman;
• Maharaja Aswawarman;
• Maharaja Mulawarman;
• Maharaja Sri Aswawarman;
• Maharaja Marawijayawarman;
• Maharaja Gajayanawarman;
• Maharaja Tunggawarman;
• Maharaja Jayanagawarman;
• Maharaja Nalasingawarman;
• Maharaja Nala Parana Tungga;
• Maharaja Gadinggawarman Dewa;
• Maharaja Indrawarman Dewa;
• Maharaja Sanggawarman Dewa;
• Maharaja Candrawarman;
• Maharaja Prabu Mula Tungga Dewa;
• Maharaja Nala Indra Dewa;
• Maharaja Indra Mulyawarman Dewa;
• Maharaja Sri Lanka Dewa;
• Maharaja Guna Parana Dewa;
• Maharaja Wijayavarman;
• Maharaja Indra Mulya;
• Maharaja Sri Aji Dewa;
• Maharaja Mulia Putera;
• Maharaja Nala Pandita;
• Maharaja Indra Paruta Dewa;
• Maharaja Dermasatia.

Furthermore, Salasilah Kutai then revealed the process of the collapse of the Martapura Kingdom with its last king, Dermasatia. Sarip discusses in a separate sub-chapter the expansion carried out by Kutai Kertanegara in 1635 when it was ruled by the 8th king, Aji Pangeran Sinum Panji Mendapa.

In short, there was a war for seven days and seven nights until the two kings stabbed each other, which resulted in the death of Dermasatia. Martapura’s defeat marked its downfall, as well as the annexation of territory by Kutai Kertanegara. Since then, the winning kingdom has completed its name as Kutai Kertanegara ing Martapura.

The Kutai Kingdom era actually ended in 1960, but since 2001 it has been revived as a form of historical and cultural preservation, without any governing authority. Somewhat different from before, the kingdom was named Kutai Kartanegara ing Martadipura. Kartanegara with “a” instead of “e”, Martadipura instead of Martapura.

Regarding this matter, Sarip did not escape reviewing it. Regarding Kartanegara, for him it is not so fatal because “Kartanegara” and “Kertanegara” have the same meaning. However, it is different with Martadipura, who cannot be justified because he changed his name by inserting unnecessary syllables.

The name Martadipura as a change from the word Martapura only appeared in the 1980s. The Regent of Kutai for the 1965–1979 period, Ahmad Dahlan, revealed that the idea came from Drs. Anwar Soetoen, an official of the Level II District Government of Kutai.

Soetoen thought that between the words “marta” and “pura” it was necessary to insert the preposition “di” instead of “ing”. According to him, the preposition “di” has the same meaning as the word “ing” in Javanese Kawi. Dahlan revealed this case in his book about Salasilah Kutai , which was published in 1981.

Sarip in his book also discusses the misunderstanding of the name Kundungga to become Kudungga, which has taken root over the last few years. Equally important, Sarip’s work raises questions about the naming of the museum in Tenggarong which is called Mulawarman, not Aji Batara Agung Dewa Sakti as the founder of Kutai Kertanegara, even though this museum is a former palace of Kutai Kertanegara, not a witness to the history of Kutai Martapura.

Not to mention the addition of the Suwana Lembu statue that welcomes museum visitors which also has the potential to create assumptions that the animal is the mount of King Mulawaman. The Suwana ox is actually a mythological animal mounted by Aji Batara Agung Dewa Sakti.

2. The Kingdom of Tarumanagara

Tarumanagara or the Taruma Kingdom is a kingdom that once ruled in the western region of the island of Java in the 5th to 7th centuries AD. Tarumanagara is one of the oldest kingdoms in the archipelago which left historical records and artifacts around the kingdom’s location. These remains show that Tarumanagara was a Vaishnawa Hindu kingdom.

The word tarumagara comes from the words taruma and nagara . Nagara means kingdom or country, while taruma comes from the word “tarum” which is the name of the river that divides West Java, namely Ci Tarum. Archaeological findings located at the Ci Tarum estuary are extensive baths, namely the Batujaya Baths and the Cibuaya Baths, which are thought to be civilizations left over from the Kingdom of Tarumanagara.

Ciaruteun inscription.

One of the inscriptions used as a historical source for the existence of the Tarumanagara Kingdom is the Ciaruteun Inscription. The location of the inscription is in Ciaruteun Village, Cibungbulang District, Bogor Regency.

This inscription was discovered in the flow of the Ciaruteun River, Bogor in 1863 and is divided into two parts, namely the Ciaruteun A inscription written in Pallawa script and Sanskrit consisting of four lines of Indian poetry or anustubh rhythm (rhythm found in classical Vedic and Sanskrit poetry ) , and the Ciaruteun B Inscription which contains footprints and spider motifs whose meaning is unknown.

According to the caretaker of the Ciaruteun Inscription, the symbol contained in the inscription signifies the valiant and powerful King Purnawarman. This inscription is 2 meters long, 1.5 meters high, and weighs 8 tons.

The literal translation of this inscription is as follows.

First line: vikkrantasya vanipateh

Second line: srimatah purnnavarmmanah

Third row: tarumangarendrasya

Fourth line: visnor=iva padadvayam ||

Its meaning is as follows.

” Here are a pair of (soles) feet, which are like (soles of the feet) of Lord Vishnu, are the soles of His Majesty Purnnawarman, the king of the country of Taruma (Tarumanagara), the bravest king in the world. “

Based on the message contained in the Ciaruteun Inscription, it can be seen that this inscription was made in the 5th century and informs that at that time there was the Tarumanagara Kingdom, led by King Purnawarman who worshiped Lord Vishnu.

The Tarumanagara kingdom was influenced by Indian culture, as evidenced by the king’s name ending in -warman and footprints indicating the power of his era. In 1863, this inscription was washed away by a flood, so that the existing writing was reversed, then in 1903 this inscription was returned to its original place. It was only in 1981, this inscription was protected.

Another news source that proves the founding of the Tarumanagara Kingdom comes from Chinese news, in the form of travel notes of Fa-Hien (explorers from China) in book form with the title Fa-Kuo-Chi, which states that in the early 5th century AD there were many Brahmins and animists. in Ye-Po-Ti (the name for Javadwipa, but there are other opinions which state that Ye-Po-Ti is the White Way in Lampung).

In 414, Fa-Hien came to Java to make historical records of the To-lo-mo Kingdom (Tarumanagara Kingdom) and stopped at Ye-Po-Ti for 5 months. In addition, news from the Sui Dynasty wrote that To-lo-mo envoys had come from the south in 528 and 535.

News of the Tang Dynasty further wrote that To-lo-mo envoys had arrived in 666 and 669. Based on these news, it can be seen that the Tarumanagara Kingdom flourished between 400 – 600, which at that time was led by Purnawarman with jurisdiction over almost all of West Java .

As for the kings who once ruled the Kingdom of Tarumanagara, among others:

• Jayasingawarman (358 – 382);
• Dharmayavarman (382 – 395);
• Purnawarman (395 – 434);
• Wisnuwarman (434 – 455);
• Indrawarman (455 – 515);
• Chandravarman (515 – 535);
• Suryawarman (535 – 561);
• Kertawarman (561 – 628);
• Sudhavarman (628 – 639);
• Hariwangswarman (639 – 640);
• Nagajayawarman (640 – 666);
• Linggawarman (666 – 669).

3. Former Kingdom

Samuan Tiga Temple is a relic of the Bedahulu Kingdom.

Since it was first founded, this kingdom was ruled by several royal families. However, the change from one royal family to another is not clearly stated in the inscriptions left behind. One of the famous kings was King Udayana from the Warmadewa Dynasty, who reigned between 989 – 1011.

When the Warmadewa Dynasty came to power, the first religion that developed in Bali was Buddhism. It was only in the following period that the Balinese embraced Hinduism. This kingdom is known to have been ruled by Singasari in the 10th century and Majapahit in the 14th century. When Majapahit expanded in 1347, this kingdom finally collapsed.

Some of the inscriptions left by the Bedahulu Kingdom include:

• The inscription is dated 882 which contains the granting of permission to the monks to build a hermitage on Kintamani Hill, but this inscription does not mention the name of the king;
• Inscriptions dated 896 and 911 mention the king’s palace at Singhamandawa. It is estimated that Singhamandawa is located between Kintamani (Lake Batur) and Sanur Beach (Blanjong), which is around Tampaksiring and Pejeng;
  The inscription is a kind of monument in the village of Blanjong, near Sanur, which dates to 914. The inscription mentions the reigning king named Raja Kesari Warmadewa.

4. Medan Kingdom

Early records of the Medang Kingdom are in the Canggal inscription (732), which was found in the Gunung Wukir Temple complex in Canggal Hamlet, southwest of Magelang Regency. This inscription is written in Sanskrit and uses the Pallawa script. The contents tell about the founding of Siwalingga (symbol of Shiva) in the area of ​​Kuñjarakuñjadeça (Kunjarakunja), which is located on an island called Yawadwipa (Javanese) which is blessed with lots of rice and gold.

The formation of the phallus was under the command of Sanjaya. This inscription tells that in the past Yawadwipa was ruled by King Sanna, who was wise, just in his actions, an officer in war, generous to his people. After Sanna’s death the country was in mourning, falling into divisions. Sanna’s successor was Sannaha’s son (his sister) whose name was Sanjaya. Sanjaya conquered the areas around his empire and his wise rule blessed his land with peace and prosperity for all his subjects.

The stories of Sanna, Sannaha and Sanjaya are also described in Carita Parahyangan, a text compiled around the end of the 16th century. Broadly speaking, the story from the Carita Parahyangan manuscript has characters in common with the Canggal Inscription.

Although the manuscript appears to be dramatized and does not provide specific details about the period, the name and story theme which are almost identical to the Canggal Inscription seem to confirm that the manuscript is based on historical events.

Prambanan temple.

The period of the reign of Rakai Panangkaran to Dyah Balitung (range between 760–910) which lasted 150 years, marked the peak of the glory of ancient Javanese civilization. During this period, ancient Javanese art and architecture emerged, as a number of magnificent temples and monuments were erected spanning the horizons of the Kedu plains and the Kewu plains. The most famous temples are Sewu and Prambanan temples.

5. Kalinga Kingdom

The Kalingga Kingdom or the Ho-ling Kingdom (according to Chinese sources) was a Hindu-Buddhist patterned kingdom that first appeared on the north coast of Central Java in the 6th century AD, together with the Kingdoms of Kutai and Tarumanagara.

The name Ho-ling is thought to have appeared in the 5th century (later called Keling) which is thought to be located in the north of Central Java. Information about the Kingdom of Ho-ling is obtained from records from China. In 752, the Ho-ling Kingdom became a colony of the Sriwijaya Kingdom because this kingdom was part of a trade network, along with the Malay Kingdom and the Tarumanagara Kingdom, which Srivijaya had previously conquered. The three kingdoms became strong competitors to the Sriwijaya trade network.

So, that’s information about the 5 Most Famous Hindu Kingdoms in Indonesia . The history of the Archipelago in the era of the Hindu-Buddhist Kingdom developed due to trade relations between the Archipelago and foreign countries, such as India, China and the Middle East. Since the arrival of Hinduism and Buddhism, the prehistoric people of the Archipelago who previously had animistic and dynamism beliefs turned to embrace Hinduism and Buddhism. 

• The Founder of the Kutai Kingdom: History, Heyday, and Legacy
• The Founder of the Majapahit Empire: History and the First King
• The Founder of the Singasari Kingdom: Origins and a Brief History
• History of the Founders of the Sriwijaya Kingdom and Their Lineages
• History of the Kingdom of Sunda and its Legacy

Famous Buddhist Kingdoms in Indonesia – Buddhism which spread in the Archipelago was originally an intellectual belief and had little to do with the supernatural. In the process, however, the political necessity and personal emotional desire to be protected from the dangers of the world by a powerful goddess, has led to modifications in Buddhism.

In many ways, Buddhism is highly individualistic, that is all individuals, both men and women are responsible for their own spirituality. Anyone can meditate alone; temples were not required, and no priests were required to act as intermediaries. Society provides pagodas and temples only to inspire the right frame of mind to assist devotees in their devotion and self-awareness.

Buddhism first entered the archipelago (now Indonesia) around the 5th century AD when viewed from the remains of the existing inscriptions. Allegedly it was first brought by a traveler from China named Fa Hsien. The first Buddhist kingdom that developed in the archipelago was the Sriwijaya Kingdom, which existed from 600 to 1377.

The Sriwijaya Kingdom was once one of the centers for the development of Buddhism in Southeast Asia. This can be seen in the notes of a scholar from China named I-Tsing, who traveled to India and the archipelago and recorded the development of Buddhism there.

Other Buddhist monks who visited Indonesia were Atisa, Dharmapala, a professor from Nalanda, Vajrabodhi, and a Buddhist from South India.

The following is an explanation of the five Buddhist kingdoms that once existed in the archipelago and had a major influence during their heyday.

1. The Kingdom of Srivijaya

Muara Takus Temple is considered to have existed during the golden age of Sriwijaya, so some historians consider it to be one of the relics of the Srivijaya Kingdom.

Sriwijaya is a maritime empire located in Sumatra, but its power reaches Java, Kalimantan, Sulawesi, the Malay Peninsula, Thailand, Cambodia and others. Sriwijaya comes from Sanskrit, sri which means “shining” and vijaya which means “victory”.

The Sriwijaya kingdom was originally established around 600 and lasted until 1377. The Srivijaya kingdom was one of the kingdoms that had been forgotten, which was then reintroduced by a French scholar named George Cœdès in the 1920s.

George Cœdès reintroduced Srivijaya based on his discoveries from inscriptions and news from China. George Coedes’ findings were later published in Dutch and Indonesian newspapers. Since then, the Sriwijaya Kingdom began to be recognized by the public.

The loss of news about the whereabouts of Sriwijaya was caused by the small number of relics left by the Sriwijaya Kingdom before it collapsed. Some of the causes of the collapse of the Sriwijaya Kingdom include:

• Attacks of the Chola Dynasty from Coromandel, South India (1017 and 1025). This attack succeeded in capturing the king of Sriwijaya and then the Chola dynasty became in power over the Srivijaya Kingdom. As a result of this attack, Srivijaya’s position in the archipelago began to weaken;
• The emergence of the Malay Kingdom, Dharmasraya. After the weakening of the power of the Chola Dynasty, the Dharmasraya Kingdom emerged which took over the Malay Peninsula and also suppressed the existence of Srivijaya;
• Another reason that led to the collapse of Sriwijaya was the war with other kingdoms such as Singasari, Majapahit and Dharmasraya. Aside from being the cause of the collapse of Sriwijaya, this war also caused many Sriwijaya relics to be damaged or lost, so that their existence was forgotten for several centuries.

The development of Buddhism during the Sriwijaya period can be known based on I-Tsing’s report. Before conducting studies at Nalanda University in India, I-Tsing made a visit to Sriwijaya. Based on I-tsing’s records, Sriwijaya was home to Buddhist scholars and became a center for learning Buddhism.

This proves that during the Sriwijaya Kingdom, Buddhism developed very rapidly. In addition, I-tsing also reported that in Sriwijaya there were Theravada (sometimes called Hinayana) and Mahayana Buddhist schools. Buddhism in Sriwijaya was further influenced by the Vajrayana school from India.

The rapid development of Buddhism in Sriwijaya was also supported by a Buddhist professor in Sriwijaya, namely Sakyakirti. The name Sakyakirti comes from I-tsing who met him during a stopover in Sriwijaya. Apart from the Buddhist Grandmaster, I-tsing also reported that there is a Buddhist school that has good relations with Nalanda University, India, so that there are quite a number of people studying Buddhism in this kingdom. In his notes, I-tsing also wrote that there were more than 1,000 priests studying Buddhism in Sriwijaya.

2. The Kingdom of Kadiri

Not much is known about the early days of the Kadiri or Panjalu Kingdoms. The inscription of Turun Hyang II (1044) issued by the Kingdom of Janggala only reported that there was a civil war between the two sons of Airlangga.

At the end of November 1042, Airlangga was forced to divide his kingdom because his two sons competed for the throne. The son named Sri Samarawijaya got a western kingdom called Panjalu and its center was in a new city, namely Daha. As for his son, Mapanji Garasakan, he got an eastern kingdom called Janggala and its center was in the old city, namely Kahuripan.

According to Nagarakretagama, before it was split into two, the kingdom led by Airlangga was already called Panjalu and its center was in Daha. Thus, the Janggala Kingdom was born as a splinter from Panjalu. Meanwhile, Kahuripan is the name of the old city that was abandoned by Airlangga and later became the capital of Janggala.

At first, the name Panjalu or Pangjalu was indeed more often used than the name Kadiri. This can be found in the inscriptions published by the kings of Kadiri. The name Panjalu is also known as Pu-chia-lung in the Chinese chronicle Ling wai tai ta (1178). The name “Kediri” or “Kadiri” itself comes from the Sanskrit word, khadri, which means pacé or Morinda citrifolia (noni).

Sri Jayabhaya photo illustration.

When ruled by Sri Jayabhaya, Panjalu experienced its heyday. The territory of this kingdom covered all of Java and several islands in the archipelago, even to the point of defeating the influence of the Sriwijaya Kingdom.

Jayabhaya is also entrusted with writing predictions in the Javanese tradition known as the Jayabaya Term or Jayabaya Prophecy. This prediction is known among the Javanese people and has been preserved for generations by the poets.

The main origin of Jayabaya’s Fiber Prediction can be seen in the Musasar Book composed by Sunan Giri Prapen. Even though there are many doubts about its authenticity, the first stanza of the book says that Jayabaya made these predictions.

3. The Kingdom of Singhasari

Singhasari Temple was built as a place of worship for Kertanegara, the last king of the Singhasari Kingdom.

Based on the Kudadu Inscription, the official name of the Singhasari Kingdom is the Tumapel Kingdom. According to Nagarakretagama, the capital of the Tumapel Kingdom was named Kutaraja when it was first founded in 1222.

In 1253, King Wisnuwardhana initially appointed his son Kertanagara as yuwaraja (crown prince) and changed the name of the royal capital to Singhasari. The name Singhasari, which is the name of the capital city, is even more famous than the name Tumapel.

This is what made the Tumapel Kingdom also known as the Singhasari Kingdom. The name Tumapel also appears in Chinese chronicles from the Yuan Dynasty with the spelling Tu-ma-pan.

Based on information at Pararaton, Tumapel was originally just a subordinate area of ​​the Panjalu Kingdom. The person who served as Akuwu (equivalent to sub-district head) of Tumapel at that time was Tunggul Ametung. He was killed by means of trickery by his own bodyguard named Ken Arok, who later became the new Akuwu. Ken Arok also married the wife of Tunggul Ametung named Ken Dedes. Ken Arok then intended to release Tumapel from the rule of the Kadiri Kingdom.

In 1254, there was a feud between Kertajaya, king of the Kadiri Kingdom, and the Brahmins. The brahmins then joined forces with Ken Arok who made himself the first king of Tumapel with the title Sri Rajasa Sang Amurwabhumi. The war against the Kadiri Kingdom erupted in Ganter Village which was won by Tumapel’s side.

Nagarakretagama also mentions the same year for the founding of the Tumapel Kingdom, but does not mention Ken Arok’s name. In the manuscript, the founder of the Tumapel kingdom was named Ranggah Rajasa Sang Girinathaputra who succeeded in defeating Kertajaya, the king of the Kadiri Kingdom.

The Mula Malurung inscription on behalf of Kertanagara in 1255 then stated that the founder of the Tumapel Kingdom was Lord Shiva. This name is probably the posthumous title of Ranggah Rajasa, because in Nagarakretagama the spirit of the founder of the Tumapel Kingdom is worshiped as Shiva.

Apart from that, Pararaton also mentioned that Ken Arok first used the nickname Bhatara Shiva before advancing in the war against the Kadiri Kingdom.

4. Dharmasraya Kingdom

The decline of the Sriwijaya Kingdom due to the attack of Rajendra Chola I, had ended the power of the Sailendra dynasty over the island of Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula. Some time later, a new dynasty appeared which took over the role of the Sailendra dynasty, namely the Mauli dynasty.

The oldest inscription ever found in the name of king Mauli is the Grahi Inscription of 1183 in southern Thailand. The inscription contains orders from Maharaja Srimat Trailokyaraja Maulibhusana Warmadewa to the Regent of Grahi named Mahasenapati Galanai to make a Buddha statue weighing 1 bhara 2 tula with a gold value of 10 tamlin. The figure who did the task of making the statue was named Mraten Sri Nano.

The second inscription is more than a century later, namely the Padang Roco Inscription in 1286. This inscription mentions the King of Swarnabhumi named Maharaja Srimat Tribhuwanaraja Mauli Warmadewa who received a gift from the Amoghapasa Statue from King Kertanagara, king of Singasari on the island of Java. The statue was then placed in Dharmasraya.

Dharmasraya in Pararaton is the capital of the Bhumi Malay state . Thus, Tribhuwanaraja can also be called the king of Malayu. Tribhuwanaraja himself is most likely descended from Trailokyaraja. Therefore, Trailokyaraja can also be considered as the king of Malayu, although the Grahi Inscription does not mention it clearly.

Based on the Song of Panji Wijayakrama and Pararaton, it is stated that Kertanagara sent an envoy from Java to Sumatra in 1275 which was known as the Pamalayu Expedition. This expedition was led by Mahisa Anabrang or Kebo Anabrang.

Kertanagara in 1286 then returned to send envoys to deliver the Amoghapasa Statue, which was later engraved on the Padang Roco Inscription. The expedition team returned to Java Island in 1293 with two daughters from the Malay Kingdom named Dara Petak and Dara Jingga.

Dara Petak was then married to Raden Wijaya, who had become king of Majapahit and replaced Singasari. Through this marriage, Jayanagara, the second king of Majapahit was born. Dara Jingga was married by sira alaki dewa (a person with the title of god) and then gave birth to Tuan Janaka or Mantrolot Warmadewa who is identical to Adityawarman. Later, Adityawarman became Tuan Surawasa (Suruaso) based on the Batusangkar Inscription which is in the interior of Minangkabau.

5. The Majapahit Kingdom

Majapahit is an ancient kingdom in Indonesia that existed from around 1293 to 1500 AD. This kingdom reached its peak of glory during the reign of Hayam Wuruk who ruled from 1350 to 1389. The Majapahit kingdom was the last Hindu-Buddhist kingdom that ruled the Malay Peninsula and was considered as one of the largest countries in the history of Indonesia.

Majapahit left many holy places, remnants of religious ritual facilities at that time. These sacred buildings are known as temples, holy baths (pertirtan) and hermitage caves. Most of the abandoned buildings are of the Shiva religion and a few are Buddhist, namely Candi Jago, Bhayalangu, Sanggrahan, and Jabung. Other relics from this kingdom are Kakawin Nagarakretagama, Arjunawijaya, and Sutasoma.

During the reign of Raden Wijaya (Kertarajasa), there were two Shiva and Buddhist high religious officials, namely Dharmadyaksa ring Kasiwan and Dharmadyaksa ring Kasogatan , then five Shiva officials under him were called Dharmapapati or Dharmadihikarana .

During the Majapahit era, there were two books that described the teachings of Mahayana Buddhism, namely the Sanghyang Kamahayanan Mantrayana which contained teachings aimed at ordained monks, and the Sanghyang Kamahayanikan which contained a collection of teachings for a person to achieve release.

The main teaching in Sanghyang Kamahayanikan is to show that the various forms of renunciation are basically the same. It seems that the syncretism of the writer Sanghyang Kamahayanikan is reflected in Shiva’s identification with Buddha and calls him “Shiva-Buddha”, no longer Shiva or Buddha, but Shiva-Buddha as the highest consciousness.

Syncretism in the Majapahit era reached its peak in 1292 – 1478. It seems that at that time the Hindu-Shiva, Hindu-Vishnu and Buddhist schools could coexist. All three are seen as various forms of the same truth.

Shiva and Vishnu are seen as having the same value and are described as “Harihara”, i.e. an image (statue) of half Shiva and half Vishnu. Shiva and Buddha are seen as the same. Based on Mpu Tantular’s Kakawin Arjunawijaya Book, it is said that when Arjunawijaya entered the Buddhist temple, the pandhitas explained that the Jinas from all over the world depicted on the statues were the same as Shiva’s incarnations.

Vairocana is the same as Sadasiwa who occupies the middle position. Aksobya is the same as Rudra who occupies the eastern position. Ratnasambhava is the same as Brahma who occupies the southern position, Amitabha is the same as Mahadeva who occupies the western position and Amogasiddhi is the same as Vishnu who occupies the northern position. Therefore, the monks say there is no difference between Buddhism and Shiva.

Furthermore, in the Kunjarakarna Book it is stated that no one, both followers of Shiva and Buddha can get liberation if he separates the real one, namely Shiva-Buddha.

The renewal of the Shiva-Buddhist religion during the Majapahit era was seen, among other things, in the way of honoring the king and his family who died in two temples with different religious characteristics. This can be seen in the first king of Majapahit, namely Kertarajasa, who was worshiped in Sumberjati (Simping) Temple as a form of Shiva (Siwawimbha) and in Atahpura as Buddha.

Apart from that, the second king of Majapahit, Jayabaya, was also honored in Shila Ptak ( red. Sila Petak) as Vishnu and in Sukhalila as Buddha. This shows that belief in the highest reality in Shiva and Buddhism is no different.

Although Buddhism and Hinduism have spread in East Java, it seems that ancestral beliefs still play a role in people’s lives. This is indicated by the structure of the temple in which there is a place of worship of the ancestors, in the form of a megalith stone, which is placed on the highest terrace of the holy place.

After the Majapahit Empire suffered a setback at the end of the reign of King Brawijaya V (1468 – 1478) and collapsed in 1478, Buddhism and Hinduism were gradually replaced by Islam.

So, that’s information about the 5 Famous Buddhist Kingdoms in Indonesia . The history of the Archipelago in the era of the Hindu-Buddhist Kingdom developed due to trade relations between the Archipelago and foreign countries, such as India, China and the Middle East. Since the arrival of Hinduism and Buddhism, the prehistoric people of the Archipelago who previously had animistic and dynamism beliefs turned to embrace Hinduism and Buddhism.

• The Founder of the Kutai Kingdom: History, Heyday, and Legacy
• The Founder of the Majapahit Empire: History and the First King
• Founder of the Singhasari Kingdom: Origins and a Brief History
• History of the Founders of the Sriwijaya Kingdom and Their Lineages
• History of the Kingdom of Sunda and its Legacy

Mariana Trench – Talking about nature will never end, be it air, land, or even sea. The natural conditions of the seas in this world are very diverse, so that the sea conditions between one country and another are not always the same.

In addition, when talking about the sea, it is usually difficult to separate it from what is called a trough. One of the well-known trenches in the world is the Mariana Trench. So, where is the Mariana Trench actually located and what is inside the Mariana Trench?

The following is an explanation of the location of the Mariana Trench and other interesting facts. Let’s see Sinaumed’s.

Location of the Mariana Trench

The Mariana Trench is the largest trench located in the Pacific Ocean west of the Philippines. This trench has the deepest point on the surface of the earth, because it has the deepest abyss of the ocean floor.

This trough is in the Pacific Ocean which covers more than 2/3 of the earth. At the bottom of the ocean there is the earth’s crust which forms mountains, canyons or land. Ocean trenches are formed due to the meeting between plates and trenches are narrow depressions that are located very deep on the ocean floor.

Things like that can happen because when on the seabed there will be quite a lot of mountains, so that a meeting between two plates can occur. With the meeting between the two plates that will produce a very deep chasm.

The depth of the Mariana Trench

It feels incomplete without discussing the depth of the Mariana Trench. The depth of this trough is estimated at around 11,034 meters when compared to Mount Everest as high as 8,848 meters above sea level. In addition, the deepest part of this trench is about 2147 meters deeper than the height of Everest.

The Mariana Trench is at the deepest point on the earth’s surface. The interior emits molten sulfur, carbon dioxide, mountains and marine animals that can adapt.

Length of the Mariana Trench

The Mariana Trench which is in the East Pacific from the Philippines has a length of about 2,250 km, an average width of 69 km and the distance from the ocean to the deepest trench reaches 11 km.

Inhabitants of the Mariana Trench

The water pressure at the bottom of the Mariana Trench is 1,000 times greater than the normal atmospheric pressure at the earth’s surface. However, in this trough, it turns out that there are still findings of several animals. Here is a list of animals that live in it.

1. Angler Fish

The Angler fish has a bright end on its head which functions to catch prey. Angler Fish or angler fish can be found in very dark troughs. This fish has a shape that is almost similar to the glowing fish in the film Finding Nemo.

This angler fish has a characteristic, namely a bright light that burns in front of its head. In addition, the mouth is filled with sharp teeth, and has a tooth length of about 20 cm for females. Meanwhile, the body size of the male angler fish is larger than the female.

2. Dumbo Octopus

Known as the dumbo octopus or grimpoteuthis . This octopus was first discovered around 1883. However, further specimens were not seen until they were rediscovered in the 1990s. This type of octopus has a smaller size of about 20 to 30 cm. Its body is shaped like a jelly which is useful for octopuses living in high pressure environments.

The Dumbo Octopus looks like an animal that has ears. The part of the body that is similar to the earlobe is the fin of the octopus. The Dumbo octopus is about 30 cm long and lives at a depth of 3,962 meters in the Mariana Trench.

3. Frilled Shark

The frilled shark is an ancient animal thought to have lived more than 80 years ago. This shark has brown, gray and muscular body characteristics. This shark has jaws and teeth.

The number of teeth in the upper jaw is around 19 to 28 pieces. Meanwhile, the number of teeth in the lower jaw is around 21 to 29 pieces. The frilled shark lives on the ocean floor of this trough which is well known for its depths.

4. Goblin sharks

Goblin sharks are a rare species of shark on earth. The appearance of this shark is quite scary when compared to the appearance of the frilled shark. The goblin shark has a pointed snout and long jaws.

There are thin and sharp teeth in the snout. This fish has a pink skin color. Usually these fish are rarely seen by humans because they live about 100 meters underwater.

5. Telescope Octopus

The next rare animal in this trough is the octopus which has a transparent or colorless color. This octopus has 8 transparent arms that are the same size and their eyes are shaped like tubes.

This type of octopus was discovered by Dr. William Evans Hoyle in 1885. This octopus is categorized as a rare species because it is only known by some scientists and the public.

This animal lives at a depth of 1981 meters in this trough. They have a way of swimming vertically, i.e. from top to bottom and vice versa and this movement allows transparent-bodied octopuses to survive from predators.

6. Fish with Transparent Heads

Transparent-headed fish called Macropinna Microstoma . It is called transparent because the fish head emits light in the darkness of the Mariana Trench.

7. Zombie worm or Osedax

Zombie worms are worms that live in this trough. They would eat the bones and carcasses of whales or animals that died in the dark sea. In addition, they also use a special network of roots to drill into the bones of whales or marine animals that have died in the sea.

8. Deep Sea Dragonfish

Apart from Angler Fish, there are Deep Sea Dragon fish or Dragon fish without Scales. This fish includes predators that live in deep waters. This fish has its own light to lure its prey.

9. Seadevil Fish

The first animal detected to enter this trough is a scary fish. One of them is a seadevil fish that has a kind of lighting near its head to attract prey to approach it. In addition, the light on his head is an advantage that allows him to live comfortably on the pitch-dark seabed.

10. Megalodon shark

The next animal in this trough is the megalodon shark. This animal is considered to exist and live in the deepest sea in the world. Apart from that, there is a myth that is often discussed by observers out there that in the Mariana Trench, megalodon sharks are still alive and hiding quietly.

Even though it has been declared extinct, it is still widely believed that this ancient shark, which can reach tens of meters in length and weighs up to hundreds of tons, still exists. Therefore, many researchers are challenged to prove that ancient sharks still live in the waters around the Mariana Trench. Even so, this research is certainly not arbitrary to do because it is dangerous and carries a risk of death for the researchers.

Considering that not many deep seas have been explored by humans and even though there is no real evidence or documentation of the existence of megalodon sharks, the possibility of this is still very wide open.

Therefore, we can only wait until humans discover super-sophisticated technology that allows us to dive to the bottom of the sea with simple tools or equipment. When you get to that point, don’t be surprised if you actually find sharks or maybe other sharks that have never been recorded in history.

Features of the Mariana Trench

On the ocean floor, there are many locations that form basins. However, each particular object certainly has certain characteristics. This also applies to the Mariana Trench. The following are the characteristics of the Mariana Trench.

1. Has a very steep and dangerous depth
2. Shaped like a ravine and indented
3. The deeper it goes, there will only be darkness
4. It is located in the open ocean
5. The walls are sharp and steep
6. Steep
7. Concave shape

List of Deepest Ocean Trenches

1. Philippine Trench

One of the deepest trenches in the world is the Philippine Trench. As the name implies, this trough is in a country on the continent of Asia, the Philippines. The Philippine Trench is the third deepest ravine with a depth of 10,540 meters. The other name is the Mindanao Trench.

Besides being very deep, this trough also has a width of up to 1,320 meters. It’s clear that this trough is very dangerous. Not to mention, with sharp and steep walls.

2. Kermadec Trough

The Kermadec Trench is the fifth deepest trench because it has a depth of up to 10,045 meters. This ocean trench is in the Pacific Ocean area. More precisely in eastern Australia. Its depth of thousands of meters makes it very dark.

3. The Puerto Rican Trench

This trough is located in Puerto Rico with a depth of up to 8,605 meters. Apparently, this trough is located in the Atlantic Ocean, on the border between the Caribbean Sea. This trough will be more dangerous if there is a big earthquake that occurs in the area.

4. Japanese trough

This trough has a depth of up to 9,000 meters. From its depth, of course you can imagine how terrible it would be if this trough cracked due to an earthquake. This trough is in the Land of Cherry Blossoms or Japan and the Pacific Ocean.

5. Kuril-Kamchatka Trough

The Kuril-Kamchatka Trench is in a region of the Pacific ocean called Kuril Kamchatka. This trough has an area of ​​up to 10,500 meters. In addition, this trough is the fourth order of the trough when sorted from its depth.

Mariana Trench Facts

The Mariana Trench has interesting facts, including the following:

1. Higher than Everest

Based on available information, the Mariana Trench is often one of the objects or research materials. Scientists compare how deep the Mariana Trench is to Mount Everest, this is one of the appropriate or correct comparisons.

Everest itself is the highest mountain in the world, while the Mariana Trench is the deepest trench in the world. However, to measure the Mariana Trench, the height of the Everest peak is used which is made upside down to the seabed.

If we return to the resulting calculations, the Mariana Trench is still deeper than the peak of Everest. In addition, researchers also believe that this opportunity is endless or cannot be found.

2. Very High Pressure

The pressure on the Mariana Trench is extraordinary and terrifying. Has Sinaumed’s ever swam or dived in a swimming pool or open sea? The deeper the water, the greater the body’s pressure to feel, so that Sinaumed’s had to expend extra energy to dive. In addition, it will be more difficult to see and breathe if there is no light or mask.

In addition, the eardrum will be pressed, especially the balance area. This turns out to be related to the depth of the Mariana Trench which is said to be with a depth of up to 11 KM the highest pressure can reach 8 tons per square inch.

Of course, if Sinaumed’s imagines what this pressure is like, then it can be illustrated as 50 units of the world’s largest jet planes and 1,600 African elephants piled on top of our bodies. Such is the pressure that can be felt by humans if we dive to the bottom or into the Mariana Trench without the help of tools or protection.

3. Mysterious Zone

A mysterious zone that lacks exploration. The depth of the ocean is divided into four zones. Based on his research, the littoral and bathyal zones represent sea level to a depth of 3 km and below. As for the abyssal zone, it is said to reach a depth of 6 km and the last is a reliable zone to mention any depth level that exceeds 6 km below sea level.

In the Mariana Trench itself, if we dive without using assistance, then anyone who swims to reach the abyss zone is dead or dead. Surprisingly, even though it is considered a dead zone, there are quite a number of animals and plants that can live in scary forms.

4. 180 Million Years

According to research, the Mariana Trench has been formed 180 million years ago, due to a collision between two plates originating from the Pacific tectonic plate and also the Philippine plate. The impact of this collision caused a layer that fell into the earth’s mantle layer.

Therefore, the Mariana Trench has been around for a long time. However, as technology develops, the Mariana Trench becomes an object of research. Since long ago, the Mariana Trench was only considered a deadly area that sailors and divers were not allowed to pass.

The recently detected depth of the Mariana Trench itself is 11 km. However, there are still many people who feel that there are still areas beyond the reach of humans or any technology in the Mariana Trench.

Likewise with the temperature that is felt when we dive or swim in this trough where sunlight cannot penetrate. Because of this, the temperature in the Mariana Trench is very low, even above freezing. In addition, the absence of sunlight also raises the unique animals in this trough.

5. First Inventor

The Mariana Trench was first discovered by an institution with the name HMS challenger. This British naval ship in 1875 deliberately discovered the Mariana Trench and examined it. Then, they named the deepest point of the trough “Challenger’s Depth”. No kidding, this trough was indeed informed as one of the first deadly areas discovered by this agency.

Those are a series of explanations regarding the Mariana Trench which made history the deepest trench or sea in the world. Amazing isn’t it? After knowing the facts above, does Sinaumed’s have the desire to research the Mariana Trench?

Examples of Javanese Proverbs – The majority of Javanese people are known as individuals who have good manners and inspired life that is full of meaning from their ancestors. They use Javanese as a conversation in everyday life.

Javanese is one of the regional languages ​​which is quite popular today. Apart from having many speakers, Javanese is also often used as dialogue in films and songs.

So far, the Javanese language has also been known to teach manners and manners. Among these teachings are poured into Javanese proverbs. Similar to proverbs in Indonesian, Javanese proverbs are one of the many literary works that contain words of wisdom and positive values.

The form of the Javanese proverb is quite concise, but has a deep meaning. This proverb is often used by parents to advise their children to be better prepared in life.

If friends are curious about Javanese proverbs, the following has summarized a collection of Javanese proverbs, which can be used as lessons.

1. Adhang-adhang tètèsé dew ( tegesé: njagakaké goods are only acceptable for saolèh-olèhé )

The general meaning of this proverb is to expect modest results according to what has been done, and not to expect excessive results.

2. Adigang, adigung, adiguna ( tegesé: aja ngandhelaké kaluwihané dhéwé waé )

This proverb is a piece of advice so that someone does not become arrogant. The advice was usually intended for leaders or people who had power in ancient times. Indonesian people, especially Javanese, must not forget the culture of their ancestors.

Adigang, adigung, adiguna are verbal utterances which reflect the desire to be humble. In addition, this proverb also describes a feeling of not wanting to hurt others in speaking or acting.

The advice is intended so that everyone has a humble nature. Generally, parents always remind anyone of this adage, whether in the form of giving advice, warnings, or criticism. Someone who listens to this phrase is expected to grow and develop with a humble attitude towards others.

A person’s arrogance is likened to the nature of an elephant that relies on its strength ( adigung ), the nature of a snake that relies on venom ( adigang ), and the nature of a deer that relies on its jumping ability ( adiguna ).

3. Religion of ageming aji ( tegesé: religion is a guide for behavior and can be interpreted as jatining dhiri )

Sentences from this proverb if interpreted word for word, namely agem means “to wear”, ageman means “clothing”, and aji means “valuable” or “noble”, it can also mean “king”. These two meanings are still related because the king is usually praised or respected.

Religion ageming aji can mean “religion is the clothing of kings”, it can also mean “religion is the clothing of noble people”. Based on these two meanings, we take the last meaning because it is more universal and applies to everyone. The Javanese expression for embracing a religion is “crashing” , for example, embracing Islam . Rasukan is a synonym for ageman , which means “clothes”. A person who embraces a religion is likened to wearing clothes.

KGPAA Mangkunegara IV.

The religious expression ageming aji is found in the Wedatama Fiber by KGPAA Mangkunegara IV, Pupuh Pangkur, first stanza. The full song is as follows.

Mingkar mingkuring anger,
Akarana because of mardisiwi.
Sinawung officially sings the ballad,
Sinuba sinukarta.
Mrih kretarta, expert in knowledge of luhung,
Kang tumrap neng the land of Java,
religion of ageming aji.

Translation in Indonesian is as follows.

Keep away and turn away from anger ,
because they want to educate children.
Framed in the beauty of the song ,
decorated and refined (the lyrics).
In order to develop actions based on noble knowledge.
For people in the land of Java,
religion is the clothing of noble people.

Study per word:

Mingkar (avoid) mingkuring (turning back) anger (characteristic of insolence) , akarana (because) because (want) mardisiwi (educating children). Keep away and turn away from anger, because they want to educate children.

The most effective education for children is to set an example. The parents here give orders to do good things and forbid bad things before doing it themselves first. A father who wants to educate his child, should avoid bad behavior so that later the child can emulate his father.

Sinawung (framed, disguised) formalized (in beauty) kidung (song), sinuba (decorated) sinukarta (made better). Framed in the beauty of the song, decorated and made better (the lyrics).

When educating children, it should be done in good language and wise way. Sinawung Formalning Kidung means that the advice was framed in the form of a song, like the verses of this Wedatama Fiber. With the form of a song, someone who hears it will be memorable and will always remember the advice given.

This also contains a figure of speech so that in giving advice it should be done with good words, so that those who hear it are happy and impressed, not even angry and offended.

Sinuba sinukarta means that the child must be treated properly and with good and charming treatment. All this so that the child is not depressed and feels loved, so that a tendency towards kindness arises.

Mrih (in order) kretarta (development) guru (deeds) ngelmu (knowledge) sublime (sublime). In order to develop actions based on noble knowledge.

After the child gets used to seeing examples and tends towards goodness, it will be easy for him to get used to doing good deeds. All good deeds will be imbued with all my heart. The child will develop virtues in himself, so that the child will eventually reach the stage of noble knowledge.

Luhung science is the perfection of knowledge according to Javanese teachings, namely inner and moral knowledge, not just advice and also not just body movements, but the attainment of the soul. This is a Sufistic concept from Javanese teachings, getting used to developing inner faculties.

Kang (yang) tumrap (for) ing (people in) the land of Java (land of Java), religion (religion) ageming (clothing) aji (noble person). Which for the Javanese, religion is the clothing of noble people.

Well, this is the final point of the entire series of education, namely the nobility of the soul. Someone who has a noble soul will really deserve to be dressed in religion. This is what causes the end of the song to be religion aging aji , which means religion is the garment of a noble person.

If someone is dressed in religious clothes, but there is no mental-spiritual readiness, what happens is hypocrisy. Dressed in religion, but deceitful. It’s different from the truth. Precisely what is like this is dangerous because it will damage the order of life and use religion for the benefit of one’s own desires.

Glory here is required first before entering religion. This does not mean that bad people cannot have religion, what is meant is first cleaning the heart from evil intentions or undergoing repentance, so that they are ready to carry out religious orders.

Just like us, if we are going to dress, we should take a shower first so that the dirt that sticks to our bodies does not stain our clothes.

4. aja dumèh _ _

The Javanese proverb aja dum è h consists of two words, namely aja and dum è h . Aja means “don’t”, which is a prohibition or order not to do something. The meaning of d um è h itself has dissimilarities and meanings in various Javanese dictionary literature .

The Online Javanese Dictionary states that dum è h has the meaning of mentang – mentang, which is a behavior or action that is not good for other people, while the Javanese– Indonesian and Indonesian– Javanese dictionaries state that dum èh means “just because” , which is understood as a cause . prohibited behavior or action.

So, both of them have different perspectives of meaning, namely between the point of view of “just because” consequences and the point of view of causes “just because”. According to these two opinions, the word dum è h is a behavior caused by something.

Sukamdani (2011) interprets aja dum è h , that is, a person may not act arbitrarily, arrogantly, and arrogantly by using his position, power, and authority. All of these things are the beginning of destruction. Meanwhile, the word aja dum è h , which is interpreted by the Online Javanese Dictionary, can be understood as a prohibition against doing whatever you want or not doing unreasonable actions.

Based on various considerations from the meanings presented, as described above, it can be concluded that the Javanese proverb aja dum è h comprehensively contains the meaning as a prohibition to behave and behave badly, as well as subjective assumptions that are too high.

According to the conclusion of this understanding, it can be explained that aja dum è h functions as a mandate from Javanese ancestors to their successors, which contains orders, instructions or invitations not to do bad deeds, and to think of themselves as the highest in all respects.

Indicators that can be identified as characteristics of the attitude and behavior of carrying out the mandate aja dum è h include:

• Honest, not camouflage full of pretense;
• Not harming others, not slandering, and not badmouthing other parties;
• Respect anyone, be humble, and respect others;
• Patient, not impetuous, selfless, full of consideration, and avoids disputes and confrontations;
• Trustworthy, do not betray, do not break promises, obey worship, and work diligently.

Such is the characteristic as an indicator of the attitude and behavior of people who carry out the Javanese Proverb aja dum è h. In addition, that humans have traits that are embedded in them according to their nature. These qualities are luamah or greed, anger or anger, sufiah or sexual desire, and mutmainah or kindness.

Out of these four passions, there are three bad qualities and only one good quality. So, everyone who does good deeds, when that person is able to overcome his bad character. With regard to the embodiment of the Javanese proverb aja dumèh , a person must have a good attitude and behavior, and of course must be free from sufiah , anger and sufiah traits .

All actions that are imbued with greed , anger, and the release of lust are dum è h actions , namely bad deeds that were forbidden by Javanese ancestors not to be performed.

Does this phrase still have relevance to our lives today? Isn’t it outdated because apparently not found in the literature? Did the ancestors wish to invite them to step back into their lives and return to the lives of the ancients? If it’s difficult to understand, do all Javanese understand and understand its meaning? Does this expression only apply to Javanese?

To provide answers to these questions, the easiest way is to conduct a study through descriptions which are sometimes interspersed with examples from life to make it easier to understand their meaning. Depending on the context, this understanding of the philosophy of life is so flexible that it can be applied to various contexts.

Someone who has something that can be excelled is easy to boast about and boast about. This something could be age (old or young), health condition, physical ability, appearance, property, position, education, friends, and so on.

For example, someone who has a good physical appearance, has clean skin, has a white face, has a sharp nose, round black eyes are attractive, and so on, it will be easy to be arrogant – because of this, it can be “insulting” other people who don’t have the same appearance. he.

This person then becomes dum è h . D um è h has clean and white skin, and is arrogant, self-effacing, and ridicules others whose skin is not clean and white. However, for example, if a bee stops by and stings his cheek, his excess eyes will be destroyed in an instant. How easily it can change! Then, what’s the use of us dum è h ?

5. Ajining dhiri dumunung ana ing lathi, ajining ana ing body and clothes

As for the free translation, that is, a person’s personal value is determined by his speech or words, while the appearance value is often measured by the clothes or clothes he wears.

This proverb is advice for someone to be careful with the words he says. Because, whatever comes out of our mouths will be heard, cared for, and trusted by others. For example, if you often lie, over time someone will lose trust.

Who likes to say hurtful words, he will find it difficult to build friendship. Because, other people will feel unhappy because his words hurt feelings a lot.

Apart from a jining dhiri dumunung ing lathi , a person’s value can also be determined by his clothes. The clothes meant by the Javanese people are not just covering the genitals, but also a benchmark for the value of one’s appearance.

For example, someone who attends a wedding, but only wears flip flops and modest clothing, of course he will become object of gossip . In addition, he can also be seen as disrespectful or belittling the owner of the house and other invited guests.

So, that’s a brief explanation of the 5 Most Popular Javanese Proverbs: Meanings and Explanations . Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to obtain references about literary works other than geguritan.

The following is a recommendation of sinaumedia books that sinaumedia can read to learn about beliefs in Java so that they can fully understand them. Happy reading.

Find other interesting things at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

 

Author: Fandy Aprianto Rohman

• 14 Javanese Traditional Houses Rich in Meaning and Philosophy
• What is Blending? The following is an example of his portrait in Indonesia
• Central Javanese Traditional Clothing: Types, Meanings, Philosophy, and Explanations
• East Java Traditional Clothing: Types, Uniqueness, and Explanations
• Variety of Unique and Meaningful Central Javanese Traditional Houses

Examples of Social Symptoms –  Every day, especially those of us who live in urban areas are often faced with many events. Sometimes the events that arise are small events that recede in just a matter of hours. Even so, it is not uncommon for the events that emerge to be major events that involve many people and make headlines in various mass media.

Unfortunately, most of the events that occur are sometimes not good events, such as cases of theft, to brawls that occur between students. In fact, the frequency with which such incidents occur is that most people who live in big cities get bored, and quickly forget about it.

There are many reasons why events like this often occur, one of which is because the harsh urban life sometimes makes it easier to trigger disputes with other people. Well, discussing events that often occur in society is often known as social phenomena. What is a social symptom?

You may rarely hear this one term. However, the term social phenomenon is not a term commonly used in everyday conversation. For those of you who are curious about what social phenomena are, let’s see the explanation of social phenomena below!

Definition of Social Symptoms

Social phenomena occur quite often in Indonesia, although they occur quite frequently, the term social phenomena itself still sounds strange to many people. If you are a person who is also unfamiliar with this term, you need to know that social phenomena are various events that are often experienced by humans, both events experienced by individuals or groups. Social phenomena themselves are very closely related to the so-called social norms and values ​​that apply in society.

Usually, events that arise are related to violations of the norms that apply in the local community. Social events can happen to anyone, both individuals and groups, and are caused by many things. Starting from economic demands, cultural friction, to politics can also appear as a cause of a social phenomenon.

Classification of Social Symptoms

Social phenomena are events that occur quite frequently in urban areas and are caused by many things. Apart from being caused by various reasons, social phenomena are also classified into many types. Starting from social phenomena due to economic, political, psychological, culture, even the natural surroundings.

1. Social Symptoms due to Economics

The first social symptom is a social phenomenon that arises due to economic problems in society. You could say, when compared to other social phenomena, social phenomena due to economics are the social phenomena that appear most often and are the social phenomena that have the greatest effect on the people of Indonesia.

The economic problems that arise on their own can vary. Starting from the soaring prices of staple goods, to necessities that are difficult to obtain due to limited stock.

Apart from the skyrocketing prices of staple goods, another economic problem that has occurred is the poverty rate and the number of unemployed which is creeping up every year.

2. Social Symptoms Due to Politics

Not only economic, social phenomena can also be caused by political problems. As the name implies, this social phenomenon appears in the scope of politics and government, whether it’s the central or regional government.

In foreign countries, social phenomena resulting from politics are actually rare. However, the story is different with Indonesia. In Indonesia itself, social phenomena due to politics are caused by rampant acts of corruption and money laundering by government officials.

3. Social Symptoms Due to Cultural Problems

In addition to social symptoms due to economics and politics, social symptoms can also arise due to problems in culture. This has also happened several times in Indonesia, bearing in mind that our country is not a homogeneous country, the emergence of social symptoms due to cultural problems is actually quite natural to occur.

In Indonesia itself, cultural problems that arise are usually caused by cultural friction and a lack of tolerance in society. Although quite reasonable, social phenomena due to cultural problems are not something that can be ignored because they can lead to divisions.

4. Social Symptoms Due to the Natural Environment

In the past, social phenomena caused by the environment and nature were not something to worry about. Considering that people used to really appreciate nature, they were very careful in all things related to nature.

This is different from people nowadays who actually care less or even have the heart to destroy nature for their own sake. As a result, the balance of nature is disrupted and triggers many problems. These problems eventually lead to social symptoms due to the natural environment.

5. Social Symptoms of Psychological Consequences

Not only nature, deviations in one’s behavior in their environment can also cause social problems. Behavioral deviations themselves can be caused by various factors. Whether it’s because of their bad nature, or it could be because of psychological problems.

Once or twice, this social deviation will make other people who are around him feel uncomfortable and eventually lead to social phenomena that occur in society.

Examples of Social Symptoms that Often Occur in Society

1. Examples of Social Symptoms due to Economics

Most of the economic problems caused by the limited number of basic commodities, so the price soared. Not enough there, the population explosion also made the problem worse. As you know, currently 60 percent of Indonesians are young people and the majority of them are over 17 years old and ready to work.

Unfortunately, the population explosion was not accompanied by sufficient employment opportunities, thus causing the number of unemployed to increase rapidly, as well as poverty.

People who have difficulty finding money and buying staples, inevitably start acting recklessly by committing crimes such as robbery, which not only harm other people, but also themselves.

2. Examples of Social Symptoms Due to Politics

One example of the most frequent political problems in Indonesia is acts of corruption committed by government officials. Even if the perpetrators are caught, there will still be huge losses that must be borne by many parties, including the community.

An example is the cooking oil corruption that occurred recently. This case made the stock of cooking oil very limited and the price increased many times. If so, the trouble is the community.

They are forced to switch to bulk oil whose quality is not good enough. Even if there is packaged cooking oil, they have to queue for hours and pay a higher price than they should.

3. Examples of Social Symptoms Due to Cultural Problems

When compared to other countries, the majority of Indonesians do have a pretty good sense of tolerance. However, this does not guarantee that our country will be free from cultural friction. Once or twice, there have been cases of disputes caused by a lack of tolerance in each individual, resulting in a lack of respect for other cultures that are not in line with them.

4. Examples of Social Symptoms Due to the Natural Environment

Nature can indeed be a source for human life. However, like a double-edged sword, nature can also turn into a terrible threat if humans act arbitrarily.

Illegal logging, for example, makes forests bare and flammable. When a forest is burned, it is not only the animals that are harmed because they lose their homes, but also humans who live not far from the forest area. Smoke from forest fires is not friendly to the human respiratory system. As a result, not a few residents experienced respiratory problems and had to be rushed to the nearest hospital for treatment.

5. Examples of Psychological Consequences of Social Symptoms

No one in this world is born with psychological problems. However, the pressures of life, the behavior of people around, and a toxic environment make many people experience various psychological problems. Starting from mild stress, depression, to other psychiatric problems.

Although it is rarely realized, a person’s mental problems can also be very disturbing to other people who are around him. If you have a neighbor who suffers from a mental disorder, it can sometimes be very upsetting because of his uncontrollable and destructive behavior. Once or twice, other people can be patient. However, if it is too frequent, emotional residents may be provoked to carry out attacks.

Characteristics of Social Symptoms

Not only divided into several forms and examples, social phenomena also have certain characteristics. What are the characteristics?

1. Complicated

After reading the types of social phenomena and also examples, you might be able to conclude that social phenomena are very complicated things. Social phenomena become complicated because they are influenced by various factors such as economic, political, social, cultural, and even psychological factors.

Not only that, social phenomena are also increasingly complicated because they involve many relationships, not only relationships with fellow human beings, but also human relationships with the natural surroundings.

2. Has Diverse Characteristics

Every social phenomenon that occurs in society is indeed different from one another. Social phenomena as a result of politics clearly cannot be equated with social symptoms as a result of psychology. However, even though every social phenomenon is different, all of them still have a relationship with one another.

Social symptoms due to politics, for example, are indeed carried out in the political sphere, while social symptoms due to psychology occur in certain environments. But in the end, it is society that will still be the victim.

3. Not General

Apart from having different characteristics from each other, social phenomena are also strongly influenced by the condition of the people in a region. Considering that the conditions in each region are different from each other, the social symptoms that appear in one area will also be different from the social phenomena that appear in other areas. It is this influence of the conditions of society in a different region that makes social phenomena not universal or uncommon.

4. Dynamic nature

Just because social phenomena are uncommon does not mean that society will always be faced with the same social phenomena forever. After all, life in a region tends to change from time to time.

These life changes also change social phenomena. The social phenomena that emerged ten years ago will clearly be different from the social phenomena that will emerge in the future. It is this change that makes social phenomena dynamic because they follow the changes that occur in people’s lives.

5. Contextual in nature

Another characteristic of social phenomena is their contextual nature. Social phenomena can be called contextual because social phenomena appear based on the situation in an area. In most urban areas in Indonesia, for example, social phenomena that arise are caused by economic problems.

Meanwhile, social phenomena in the world’s metropolitan cities are mostly caused by psychological problems where the citizens of the world’s metropolitan cities have a high level of stress when compared to residents of cities in developing countries.

6. Hard to Predict

Unlike rain which shows certain signs before it actually falls, social phenomena are abstract in nature, making it difficult to predict when they will come. Not infrequently, social symptoms suddenly appear in society just because they are triggered by small things that are trivial in nature.

Fortunately, even though the social phenomena that appear have a major effect on society, social phenomena can still be overcome with a note from the community because they want to work together and follow the existing norms.

Negative Impact of Social Symptoms

Social symptoms are not always bad, but on the other hand, social symptoms that appear can also have a negative effect on society. Here are the negative impacts of social phenomena that you need to be aware of.

1. Increasing the Crime Rate

Social phenomena can affect the behavior of society in general. Social symptoms as a result of the economy, for example, will affect the psychology of the people affected. The high cost of cooking oil a few months ago, for example, made people panic buy, and even caused riots in various areas because people were scrambling to buy the remaining cooking oil.

Social phenomena due to the economy have also forced many unemployed young people to commit crimes, such as stealing or selling drugs in order to get money. Actions like this clearly violate the law and make the crime rate increase significantly.

2. Increasing the Chances of Conflict

Not only does the crime rate increase, social phenomena can also open up opportunities for conflict to occur in society. Both the conflict between individuals and conflicts between groups.

Conflicts like this if left unchecked can lead to acts of violence such as brawls or wars which claim many lives in large numbers.

3. Enlarging the Gap Between Social Classes

Social inequality is nothing new in Indonesia. Even though it’s not too obvious, you can always find social inequality like this everywhere, especially in big cities, like Jakarta and other big cities in Indonesia.

Social phenomena can make the existing gap between people from the upper class and people from the lower middle class even bigger. If left unchecked, severe social inequalities in an area can make relations between its residents disharmonious.

Where the rich are reluctant to mingle with other circles that are considered unequal to them. Over time, other groups will feel emotional and end up with criminal acts such as robbery or theft committed by the lower class against people from the upper class.

So, that’s an explanation of social phenomena , complete with examples of social phenomena, their characteristics and negative impacts on society. Once again, social phenomena are not something you can predict when they will come and how big the effect will be on society. However, when they appear in an area, social phenomena can still be overcome by the community as long as they try to work together and follow the existing norms.

For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about social phenomena, you can really visit sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, we always try to provide the best and latest information for you and make you #MoreWithReading with sinaumedia.

Author: Siti Marliah

Also read:

Example of Social Conflict – The world of football is always colored by various interesting things that happen on and off the field. Many interesting matches filled with emotion and tension were presented by the two teams who were playing to win in every game.

Not infrequently, the emotions of the spectators who were present to watch directly at the stadium or television viewers also felt euphoria when watching their favorite team play.

Football has indeed become one of the most popular sports by all people, both women and men from various parts of the world. No wonder social issues also color this one sport where the players respect each other when the match takes place even though when playing they do not hesitate to injure opposing players but after the match they will make up and hug each other again because the principle of playing fair play is really upheld high in this one sport.

Other social issues also color football, not only positive things, but we also see a lot of negative things happening in football games, such as acts of racism committed by fans against players against their favorite team or between football players themselves.

Not long ago, the act of giving sympathy to a victim of racism who died because his neck was clamped by police in America had become an issue that was quite lively in football with the hashtag #BlackLivesMatter with the action that football players took, namely bending their knees just before the match started as an act of condolence. and giving the message that there is no place for football racism even around the world.

With the presence of many social issues that color the passion of football, this topic is interesting for us to discuss in this discussion of examples of social conflict. Next, we will provide further explanation regarding acts of racism in football below.

Definition of Racism

Racism is the understanding that one’s own race is superior to other races. Racism is often associated with the concept of discrimination based on a person’s ethnicity, religion, race, customs, class, or physical characteristics.

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), racism is defined as racial discrimination. Where racism is prejudice based on national origin; unilateral treatment of various countries (ethnicity).

Thus, racism is an understanding of discrimination against ethnicity, religion, race, custom (SARA), class, or similarity of physical characteristics for certain (biological) purposes.

Racism in general can be understood as an act of attacking attitudes, tendencies, statements and actions for or against groups of people, especially on the basis of racial identity.

Racist acts occur in various areas of social life such as education, healthcare, entertainment, etc. The existence of racist behavior can cause divisions, both among people and with certain groups.

Being born as a human with physical characteristics such as black skin, flat nose, curly hair, should not be seen as a mistake or a “genetic sin”. No human being has the right to choose when to be born, including being born with a “disabled” condition. This is purely God’s destiny. In other words, the shape and color of human skin is an undeniable feature of God. On the other hand, diversity and differences in skin color must be understood as racial pluralism, not showing superiority. Because all human beings are created by God equally and are endowed with individual rights that originate from nature and reason.

There is a lot of racism in the world of sports, both in Indonesia and abroad. For example, black players yell at fans like “monkeys”, etc. This can distract the player’s concentration, but also disrupt the flow of the game and damage the spirit of sportsmanship. Racism in the world of football often occurs in matches between countries or between clubs in Europe due to many factors such as a country’s past history, national ego and the existence of economic disparities between the two countries.

Examples of Short Speeches – When attending an event, we will definitely meet people giving speeches. Generally, this is done at the beginning of the event. Each speech that is delivered has its own theme, depending on their goals, the atmosphere, and also the conditions.

Therefore, before giving a speech, there are several preparations that must be planned properly, such as scripts and mental preparation. In this article, we will discuss the meaning of speech, structure, and examples of short speeches that can be used as references when you want to give a speech at an event.

Definition of Speech

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary, speech is an expression of thoughts that is poured in the form of words or discourse addressed to many people. When someone gives a speech, they will convey thoughts, ideas, and ideas orally in front of the general public. This is often referred to as an oration. That means income-giving activities that are carried out in public.

Speech itself is very important to convey several messages to the listeners. The message can be delivered directly or indirectly. If delivered directly, the message will appear in the form of an invitation or appeal. Meanwhile, if it is not direct, then the message will be in the text implicitly.

Speech Purpose

So, what is the speech for? Why are there always those things in every event? Apparently, this speech was made for a specific purpose, including:

– Convey some information needed by the listener.
– Convey facts to support or refute a statement.
– Warm up the atmosphere so that the speaker and listeners seem more intimate.
– Entertain listeners.
Convince listeners to have opinions or take certain actions.

Types of Speech Based on Purpose

Based on the objectives previously mentioned, we can conclude that speech is divided into several types. The following are several types of speeches based on their purpose, including:

1. Argumentative Speech

This argumentative speech generally contains arguments or arguments to defend an opinion. This type of speech only supports statements, but can also reject statements. In making an argumentative speech, factual data must be added. For example, statistical data or statements from experts who are experts in their fields.

2. Persuasive Speech

This type of speech has a function, namely to influence listeners to take an action or have one voice on a matter. A speech can encourage listeners to do something because there is an element of psychological manipulation in it. Without realizing it, the listener will be willing to do something that is asked.

3. Informative Speech

This type of informative speech generally has the goal of providing information to listeners. This speech is also the most performed by people. This type of informative speech is usually divided into three, namely:

a. Oral reports: namely speeches in the form of research reports, activity results reports, and project reports.
b. Oral instruction: usually in the form of teaching, in which the speech is usually delivered by the teacher.
c. Informative lectures: this speech comes in the form of a public lecture or conference.

4. Recreative Speech

The last type of speech is a recreational speech which has the aim of bringing entertainment or joy. Where this type of speech is done to melt the atmosphere so that it is warmer, relaxed, and also happy. When making a recreational speech, it is not uncommon for humor and jokes to be included in it.

Speech Text Structure

There are three parts in the structure of speech text, namely opening, body, and closing. The following is an explanation of the three sections:

1. Opener

A speech must begin with an introduction. Where this opening must be made as attractive as possible so that listeners are interested in paying close attention to the speech. This opening includes several things, namely opening greetings, thanksgiving, respect to people who are invited guests and also the audience, conveying the purpose of the speech, and finally an introduction to the contents.

2. Fill

Content is the most important part of a speech because this section will describe the purpose of the speech itself. For example, if the type of speech that is made is argumentative, then the content must be in the form of facts that support or reject the statement. Meanwhile, if the speech is informative, then the content is information that must be understood by the audience.

3. Cover

At the end of a speech is the closing. In this section, the speaker must make a conclusion from the various things that have been conveyed to the listeners. Not only that, there are other things in the closing that must be conveyed, namely invitations, appeals, thanks, apologies, and also closing greetings.

Examples of Short Speeches

The following are some examples of short speech texts that can be used as references. The examples of short speeches below have varied themes, including:

Examples of Short Speeches about Science

Peace be upon you, and Allah’s mercy and blessings.

Good morning, best wishes to all of us.

First, let us offer adoration and gratitude to God Almighty for having given us so many blessings and opportunities for all of us, so that we can gather at this happy event.

On this occasion, I will deliver a short speech about the importance of studying. Because basically, with knowledge, our life will be easier and also a blessing. In addition, knowledge can also elevate our degree and will get goodness in the sight of God.

Then, in a larger context, science can also encourage the human resources of a nation to be even better. With qualified human resources, a country will be more advanced and society will be more prosperous.

Therefore, from young to old, seeking knowledge is something that must be done. Don’t because we are getting old, then become lazy to sue you. Because science has a very broad meaning.

Thus a short speech about the importance of studying. Even though it’s short, hopefully it will be useful for all of us.

Wassalamualaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh.

Short Speech on Gotong Royong

Peace be upon you, and Allah mercy and blessings.

Honorable Mr/Mrs Teacher and also friends that I am proud of. First of all, let us praise and thank the presence of Allah SWT for His Mercy on all of us, so that we can all gather in this place in good health.

As we all know, Indonesian people are known to be very happy to help and work hand in hand. One of the proofs is the existence of a culture of gotong royong. Mutual cooperation or community service is one thing that is very positive. With this mutual cooperation, the sense of togetherness and also tolerance will be higher.

The culture of gotong royong is the key to peace for Indonesia’s heterogeneous society, because this nation consists of various ethnicities, religions and different races. But unfortunately, along with the times, the culture of gotong royong in Indonesian society seems to be disappearing little by little.

Nowadays, most people are preoccupied with their own personal affairs. So they don’t have much time to socialize and to pay attention to the social interests of the community.

Therefore. let’s start everything from ourselves, try to take a little of our time to socialize with the residents and the environment around us. Let us continue and develop our nation’s noble cultural heritage so that we can face the current globalization.

So in conclusion, gotong royong is one of the noble cultures of the Indonesian people which is useful for making every job feel lighter, can speed up the completion of work, and also strengthens a sense of unity and oneness.

Thus I convey this short speech. Sorry if there are words that are wrong or unclear. Thank You.

Wasalamualaikum wr.wb

Short Character Education Speech

Good morning ladies and gentlemen.

First and foremost, let us offer adoration and gratitude to God Almighty because today we have been given the opportunity to be able to gather in good health without lacking in anything thanks to His grace and favor. On today’s occasion, I will deliver a short speech about character education. Hopefully later what I will convey will then provide many benefits for all of us.

Ladies and gentlemen, today, the younger generation is facing various kinds of quite serious problems, namely the decline in moral values ​​and also character. The modern young generation is very easily influenced by a hedonic lifestyle and often ignores various values ​​or norms that exist in society. Not only that, according to BNN, drug users from the youth group in 2019 reached 4.3 million people.

Even every 7 minutes, there is one person who dies because of using illegal drugs. Seeing this kind of phenomenon, of course, questions arise about where is the role of school education, teachers, and also parents. Why can these teenagers fall into a free lifestyle that is not in accordance with the values ​​and norms that exist in society or religion?

Upon closer examination, it turns out that this is happening due to the weakness of character education in Indonesia. The formal education system still seems to focus too often on values ​​only. So many ignore the importance of good and noble character. In fact, even in schools, hours of moral and Pancasila education have also been reduced. This is what causes the younger generation to lose a good role model for their morale.

Therefore, we must start emphasizing moral education again, not only at school, but also at home. That’s the speech I can deliver. If there are words that are not pleasing to the hearts of the audience, I apologize profusely. Thank You.

Examples of Mother Theme Short Speeches

Peace be upon you, and Allah’s mercy and blessings

We thank Allah SWT because all of us here are still given the opportunity to meet together in this event. Thank God we say because we are all still blessed with healthy bodies, so we can all stay in touch.

Friends and audience who are blessed by Allah SWT, on this occasion I will deliver a short speech about someone we always care about in our lives, namely mothers.

In the teachings of Islam, we are obliged to respect mothers and even place them in our top priority. In fact, the Apostle also mentioned the mother three times, only after that did the father respect and love her. Then in Surah Al Isra, Allah mentions, “And your Lord has commanded you not to worship other than Him and to do good to your mother and father.”

In this verse it is clearly said that we as children must respect both parents, especially mothers. We are also not allowed to say ‘ah’, especially to yell and say rudely to mother. Because of mothers, we can be born in this world and Allah gives trust through our mothers and fathers.

Mother has played a very big role and contributed greatly to our lives, even since we were still in the womb. Mother was pregnant for nine months and had to give birth to us with great pain. When we are born, mothers who are still in pain selflessly give all their love and attention to us, namely their beloved children. Therefore, a saying emerged, mother’s love is eternal and of course the saying is true. Yes, right?

From mother’s struggles since we were still in the womb and after we were born, mothers are always willing to give love without expecting us to return anything. Like a children’s song,

“Mother’s love for beta
is infinite for all time.
Only giving without expecting it back.
Like the sun, shining on the world.”

Apart from not expecting anything, the paradise we hope for in this world is also under the soles of mother’s feet. Of course, we cannot take this literally. However, that means that the mother has a very great service, until heaven is under her feet and even the blessing of Allah is also in the blessing of the mother and both parents.

For that, we are all obliged to behave well and be devoted to our mothers until the end of our lives. Don’t let us become disobedient children because we don’t want to do what our mother says, or simply refuse to help our mother with household matters.

Because by being devoted to mothers and also parents, Allah will give an abundance of His blessings and also His grace to all of us. Thus my short speech about mothers this time. Hopefully we all benefit from the speech that I delivered.

Wassalamualaikum warahmatullahi wabarakatuh.

Speech on Innovation in Education

Honorable Mr. and Mrs. Student Guardians, I respect Mr., Mrs. Sukamaju Elementary School teacher and all my proud children

Assalamualaikum Wr. Wb.

There are no appropriate words to say on this occasion other than our obligation to offer praise and gratitude to the presence of Allah SWT, it is thanks to His grace that we can gather together at this place in the context of an annual meeting to discuss various materials and also next year’s teaching materials and try to innovate in education.

The presence of ladies and gentlemen and all of you here is proof that we all hope that education can be even better in the future. Ladies and gentlemen, if we all here agree that education is very important to improve people’s lives. Education plays a very important role in building the quality of a nation’s human resources.

With education, this nation will be increasingly seen because it has adequate human resources and is able to compete. Therefore, we as the spearhead of educational practice must always strive together in improving the quality of education so that education becomes more evenly distributed throughout the region.

The obstacle we often face is the lack of public awareness of the importance of education. There are still many people who think that education is not so important. This kind of paradigm must be abandoned immediately, so that our children can also understand the importance of education for the future.

As educators, the first thing we can do apart from the intention to build a better generation is to carry out various innovations in the field of teaching.

Maybe our students are too bored with the monotonous way of learning without things that make enthusiasm. Therefore, the education system should be changed through a different way of teaching. So, Ladies and Gentlemen, I am here to invite all levels of education to be able to form a new learning system that is fun and friendly to our students. So that children no longer need to be afraid of learning or lazy and reluctant to read.

We as parents, both at school and at home, should start improving our children’s learning systems, accompany them, and learn together. So that apart from gaining new knowledge, they will also feel cared for. That’s all I can say to the audience. I’m more or less sorry.

Wassalamualaikum Wr. Wb.

Also read related Examples of Short Speeches:

Short Speeches About Drugs – A speech session is a moment where someone speaks usually during a big event by going on stage to give motivational words or in the form of a message to the crowd. This speech moment is usually used by many motivators, principals, or state officials to speak in public with the aim of pouring out what’s in his head, be it ideas, ideas, or motivation to persuade someone.

In making a speech one must be skilled in speaking and understand exactly what ideas one wants to convey so that the audience is also enthusiastic and carefully listens to the contents of the speech. Some technical matters such as memorizing the material by rote, not being awkward, being able to master the stage are the basic things that someone who is giving a speech must be able to do.

Speeches can also take various forms, there are formal speeches which are usually made by school officials or state officials. There are public speeches that are usually made by motivators or religious speeches that are given by religious leaders to their congregation. However, one interesting speech material that we will discuss this time is a short speech about narcotics which aims to warn people to stay away from narcotics in all its forms.

For this reason, for Sinaumed’s friends who want to know some examples of speeches about drugs that can be used as references in this discussion, we have summarized various examples of short speeches about these drugs.

Furthermore, a discussion of a short speech about drugs can be seen below!

Definition of Speech

Before looking at some examples of short speeches about drugs, it’s a good idea to first listen to the meaning of the speech itself below.

Speech is an expression of thoughts in the form of words addressed to a large number of people to congratulate, welcome guests, celebrate certain holidays and various other forms of activity. Basically public speaking involves the art of monologue in speaking skills.

Speech is reciprocal, meaning that the speaker must pay attention to the other person even when the speaker is controlling the conversation. The speaker must listen to the message conveyed by the speaker, both in the form of words (verbal) and not in the form of words (non-verbal), in order to receive and fully understand what is conveyed. Speeches are usually given by leaders or people who are considered important to provide direction or advice to their listeners because the purpose of speeches is to provide information, advice, encouragement, warnings and information.

Examples of Short Speeches About Drugs

1. Short speech about drugs in school

Respected Principal of SMPN 31 Jakarta,

Ladies and gentlemen, teachers of SMPN 31 Jakarta that I respect,

I respect the employees and workers of SMPN 31 Jakarta and

My friends whom I love very much.

On this sunny morning there is nothing we can say other than gratitude for the presence of God Almighty who has given us all the grace and guidance to take part in this happy opportunity to educate on the dangers of drugs for health in good condition.
We do not forget to send blessings and greetings to our great prophet Muhammad SAW who has given us all instructions, directions and examples to stay on the right path, namely Islam which we believe to be the truth.

Mr. Principal and Mr. / Mrs. Teacher and friends who are happy

On this happy occasion, I would like to share the understanding and dangers/adverse effects of drugs in Indonesia because the number of drug users is very high due to weak drug law enforcement.

In Indonesia, international drug dealers can cooperate with Indonesian citizens and make huge profits. Here we tell you what are drugs? Drugs or an abbreviation of Narcotics, Psychotropics and Addictive Substances are substances/substances which, when inserted into the body, can make a person feel high or fly and cause hallucinatory and addictive effects.

Here we also tell you what illegal drugs are. Some types of drugs are Narcotics, Psychotropics. and addictive substances. Examples of Narcotics: Morphine, heroin, cocaine, etc. Examples of psychotropic substances: Ecstasy, methamphetamine and nipam. Examples of addictive substances: alcohol, nicotine and others. We also explain what are the dangers/negative effects on the body’s health, namely drugs can damage the circulatory system, damage the central nervous system, damage the body’s immune system and also change. There are still many dangers associated with drug use.

Mr. Principal and Mr. / Mrs. Teacher and friends who are happy

Here we provide advice on avoiding drugs through healthy activities, such as exercising or joining youth groups, engaging in creative and positive activities. And we should be able to choose good friends to be friends and bad friends to be shunned. I hope everyone here doesn’t use drugs because they are not good for the body besides that drugs are also illegal according to state law.

Mr principal and Mr/Mrs teacher and my friends,

That’s all I can share on this happy occasion. Hopefully my message is useful and can provide knowledge to all of us. Sorry for all the shortcomings and mistakes. Thank you to all.

2. Short speech about drugs based on law.

Peace be upon you, and Allah mercy and blessings.

Good afternoon, ladies and gentlemen. May we always be under the protection of God Almighty. Today I would like to say a few words about drugs and the laws that regulate them. As you know, drugs are understood as narcotics, psychotropics and illegal drugs. In Indonesia, drugs are prohibited and regulated by the Narcotics Law No. 35 of 2009.

Therefore, anyone who unlawfully or unlawfully manufactures, stores, uses, controls and distributes narcotics is subject to criminal law.

Unfortunately, drug dealers are getting smarter and using people outside their syndicate to deliver drugs without the couriers knowing.

To avoid this, never want to send anything without knowing what has been entrusted or given to us. If you see a suspicious person, report it to the police immediately.

Let’s protect our generation from the dangers of drugs. That’s all from me, stay tuned and have a nice day.

Wasalamualaikum wr.wb

3. Short speech about drugs on campus

Peace be upon you, and Allah mercy and blessings.

Greetings of peace and good luck to all of us

The Honorable Mr/Ms Dean and the faculty, as well as students of the National University of Jakarta.

First of all I would like to thank the presence of God Almighty for all His grace and gifts so that we can gather on this happy occasion. I also don’t forget to thank you for the opportunity to stand in front of a large audience and talk to the younger generation about drugs in the context of today’s World Drug Day.

The younger generation and drugs are two things that are very closely related, because drug cases involving our youth have been exposed recently. Not a few young people are willing to become drug dealers, so the problem of drugs among the younger generation is complicated. The involvement of Indonesian youth in international drug networks has also been rampant recently, forcing the police and related authorities to work hard to uncover and minimize this crime. One thing that is truly astonishing at this time is the rampant circulation of narcotics which has even infiltrated the community. Enough of a blow to law enforcement, of course.

We cannot just blame the younger generation for falling into this vicious circle. A wise move if we look for the root cause of why they sneak into the world of drugs. If the main problem lies in the role of parents who do not care about and love their children, then a model must be immediately created to deal with parents and other trouble provocations.

Locking the younger generation who are involved in the world of drugs, especially university students, to become drug users is not a smart solution. This decision does not solve the problem. What happened actually only silenced the problem for a moment and was like saving a time bomb that could explode at any time. It makes sense to place the younger generation of drug addicts in rehabilitation centers, so that drug addicts don’t feel alienated and guilty for a long time, which actually creates new problems in the future. This is very important considering that the younger generation is the backbone of the country and the future leaders of the nation.

That’s the speech I can give. If there is a wrong word that offends the audience, I apologize profusely. Hopefully my words are useful for all of us.

4. Short Speeches on Drugs in the Community

Assalamu’alaikum Wr. wb

Good morning and best wishes to all of us

All praise belongs to Allah, God Almighty. Assalatu wassalamu ala asrofil ambiya iwal mursalin, wa alaalihi wasohbihi ajmain.

Sincerely, Mr. Pondok Cabe Village Head

With respect, I am the staff of the Pondok Cabe sub-district

Sincerely, Sir/Madam, Pondok Cabe residents

May we always be peaceful and happy.

Praise and gratitude we pray to the presence of Allah SWT. who have given us so many blessings, especially health benefits, so that we can gather in this hall/building/field to conduct drug research and counseling activities. Framed greetings to Nabiyullah Muhammad saw. Hopefully by praying often, we will get His intercession on the Day of Resurrection.

Happy fathers, mothers and citizens. My purpose standing here is to give a speech, “Don’t come near drugs”.

Talking about drugs, it seems we all already know that this addictive substance is very dangerous. Not only is it dangerous for those who want to try it, it’s also dangerous for everyone who is around and dealing drugs.

Not without reason. Article 127(1) of the Narcotics Law reads:

• (1) Every criminal:
• A person who possesses Narcotics Category I is punishable by a maximum imprisonment of four years
• Class II drugs alone are punishable by up to two years in prison
• A person with narcotics class III shall be punished with imprisonment for a maximum of one year.

Therefore, any drug dealer, ie. users of narcotics, psychotropics and illegal drugs, will receive criminal sanctions and fines. In addition, the nature of addictive substances that can cause hallucinations and addiction in a person gradually destroys the physical and psychological well as making them fly high is just a momentary pleasure.

When it comes to threats, fines and other consequences of drug addiction, we must strengthen ourselves to stay away from these banned chemicals.

In addition, we need to know more about drugs by participating in seminars, training courses and information events, such as those being held now.

Finally, let’s also reflect on the feelings of the younger generation towards drugs in a more creative way. For example making anti-drug posters for students, posters about the dangers of drugs, and posters about stopping drugs.

Understand that drugs only provide temporary pleasure for the user. Therefore, along with learning science and knowledge, we must also strengthen our faith and piety to Allah SWT.

Ladies and gentlemen and citizens that I am proud of

I hope that this will be the first speech I can deliver on this happy occasion. In the future, let’s try to stay healthy, keep the enthusiasm for learning, and at the same time promote anti-drug thinking for a better future.

More or less I apologize

Wassalamu’alaikum Wr. wb

5. Short speech about drugs in terms of health

Assalamu’alaikum Wr. wb

All praise be to Allah SWT. Almighty, by His power we can gather today in good health.

Don’t forget to send shalawat and greetings to our great Prophet Muhammad SAW. which leads us to the path of Islam that pleases Allah.

Dear friends, this morning I will talk a little about the dangers of drugs in their effects on health. According to WHO, as the world health agency, the dangers of drugs are a real threat to the whole world, especially for young people who are easily exposed to promiscuity. The effects of drug addiction are not only seen in the short term but also in the long term. Drug abuse can not only cause addictive effects that slowly destroy the body, but also pave the way for us to destroy our lives and our futures.

Dear friends, the pleasure effect of drugs only lasts for a moment but the long-term effects are very bad for the health of the body because it can make the body suffer from various psychological problems and organ damage.

For that we must always be careful because now drug dealers can do anything to bring us down, especially students who are in an unstable state. That’s why I tell my friends to stay away from it and never try. No matter how serious the problems we face, using drugs will not solve our problems, instead it will make them worse. When friends need help with problems, go to the experts or find close friends to be able to share problems openly, where they listen to friends’ problems and look for solutions so that problems can be solved without having to torture their bodies with prohibited substances.

Dear friends, before I finish this speech, let us shout, say no to drugs.

Thank you for your attention, friends, more or less I’m sorry.

Wassalamu’alaikum Wr. wb

Conclusion

That’s all for a brief discussion of a short speech about drugs. The discussion this time focuses on discussing examples of speeches about drugs as a reference to stay away from all kinds of drugs.

To start giving a speech, look for material that is well mastered so that later in the speech you will not experience stage fright and the main goal is to convey the message in the speech so that the audience can understand it well.

Thus a review of a short speech about drugs. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about short speeches about drugs and other science related to public speaking, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Pandu Akram
Related articles:

5 Examples of Short Speeches on Various Themes and Explanations!

Speech: Definition, Purpose, Types and Structure of Speech Text

Outline Speeches: A How-to Guide and Their Purpose

Persuasive Speech: Purpose, Characteristics, Structure, and Examples

12 Examples of Complete Opening Speeches for Various Occasions

Poems for Beloved Teachers – Apart from parents, teachers are the most meritorious people in our lives. How not, school is the second place where we spend our childhood, youth, and adulthood. During that time, the teachers not only shared their knowledge with you, but also educated you to be good and useful human beings.

Without the teachings of a teacher, we would not be able to be who we are today. It doesn’t matter, as successful, as rich, or as great as we are today, you must not forget their services, let alone being bad to a teacher who once taught you.

In ancient times, our parents respected their teachers very much. Because of their respect, they even walked bent over and lowered their faces when passing a teacher. Nowadays, you really don’t need to do that just to show respect or thank the teacher who has educated you.

Instead, there are many ways you can show your respect and gratitude to them teachers. You can be nice in class, don’t fight back, respect him. Another way we can show our gratitude is to write a poem for our beloved teacher. However, before making a poem, you must first learn about poetry, and how to make it!

Definition of Poetry

The majority of us must have read poetry. Usually we read about it in online media, like Instagram posts. Apart from that, we also read poetry in poetry books or even Indonesian language textbooks.

Not only reading, some people with good writing skills are even able to compose their own poetry that is no less cool than popular writers or poets. Usually, if not kept to themselves, people also often send their poetry to various media for publication.

Although everyone has read poetry, few people really know, the true meaning of poetry. In general, poetry is an essay made to express the feelings of the maker. In contrast to short stories or writing in diaries, people who write poetry will express their feelings in poetic words that are simple but full of meaning.

Speaking of poetry and feelings, many people associate poetry with feelings of love. So, in this world there are indeed many love poems that have touching verses. Not infrequently, someone expresses feelings for the person he likes by sending a love poem, even reading it directly in front of the person he loves.

However, poetry is not only made with one theme. Besides love, poetry can also be a way to express other feelings that we feel. Starting from love, longing, anger, confusion, loneliness, not even a few people choose to express their hurt in a poem.

By writing poetry, a feeling can be expressed in a beautiful and touching way. Especially if you write poetry with all your heart, because anything that is made with all your heart will surely reach your heart. Be it the heart of the person you are aiming for, or any stranger who accidentally reads it.

Types of Poetry

Compared to other literary works, such as short stories or plays, poetry does seem simple. Usually a poem only consists of a few stanzas and short rhythmic sentences. Although it seems very simple, in fact, not all poetry is the same.

For those of you who don’t know, poetry is also divided into several types. These types of poetry are classified based on the way the poet wrote the poem and expressed his thoughts. Here are the types of poetry you need to know.

1. Narrative poetry

Narrative poetry is poetry that tells a story. Usually narrative poetry is inspired by the author’s own life. Narrative poetry is further divided into two types, namely ballads and romance.

Narrative poetry of the ballad type tells about a favorite character, and ballad poetry is made to express the author’s admiration for that character.

Meanwhile, narrative poetry of the romance type is the most common type of poetry, as well as being the most favorite. As the name implies, romance poetry is closely related to romanticism or love stories. This poem is very romantic, so romantic, in the past, romance poetry has become a powerful weapon for many men to express their feelings for the woman they love.

2. Lyric poetry

If in narrative poetry, the poets express a feeling through narration or story. So in lyric poetry, poets express various feelings. Not just one, but several feelings.

Just like narrative poetry, lyric poetry is also divided into three types, namely serenade, elegy, and ode. Serenada is a type of lyric poetry that has many fans. In particular, the verses in this type of poetry are not only recited with rhythm, but also sung complete with musical accompaniment. In addition, serenad poetry is usually romantic poetry that tells about love.

If serenadas can make you fall in love, then elegies will make you weep. The reason is, an elegy is a poem whose content is a feeling of sadness felt by the author.

Lastly is a lyric poem in the form of an ode. Poetry of the ode type itself is a poem whose contents are words of praise for a certain character or situation in a place. Even so, most ode poems are created to show admiration for someone, especially great figures who have contributed.

In Indonesia, this type of poetry is dedicated to commemorating the services and courage of heroes in liberating Indonesia. So, when reading a poem that has the nuance of the author’s admiration or reminiscing about an event, then that is a pulis ode.

3. Descriptive poetry

Descriptive poetry is a type of poetry in which the poet expresses his impressions of an incident or a particular situation. Descriptive poetry is divided into two types. The first is satire and the second is social criticism.

Satire or satirical poetry is poetry whose content is an expression of the poet’s dissatisfaction with a condition. But to express dissatisfaction is not done openly with harsh and harsh words, but the poets express it with satire.

Similar to satirical poetry, social criticism poetry also contains the poet’s dissatisfaction with the current conditions and situation. But instead of expressing it with satire, poetry of social criticism openly reveals the problems that occur.

If ode poetry is used to express admiration, then social criticism and satirical poetry are used to express anger and disappointment. Not infrequently this poem is made to satirize the ruling government.

How to Make Poems for Your Beloved Teacher

After knowing what poetry is, and its types, now it’s your turn to learn how to make poetry for your beloved teacher. Yup , even though poetry looks so simple, you can’t make poetry carelessly in order to produce meaningful poetry. For those of you who are writing poetry for the first time, here’s how to make poetry that you can apply!

1. Start by Looking for Inspiration

All works start from inspiration, enlightenment, ideas, or whatever you call it. The point is inspiration, enlightenment, or an idea is a new thought that appears and makes us move to make something.

Usually inspiration, enlightenment, or ideas come from the environment around us, the closest people, or it could also be inspired by an incident in the past.

Just like other works, making poetry also starts from inspiration. Sometimes inspiration can just appear when we are pensive. But sometimes, inspiration must be sought.

If you want to write a poem about nature, you can look for inspiration in a garden, or anywhere close to nature.

If you want to write a poem for your beloved teacher, then you have to pay attention to your teacher or remember what happened. These events will provoke an inspiration that moves you to start writing poetry.

2. Finding Themes for Poetry

Found inspiration, now it’s time to find a theme. Finding the theme of poetry is actually not as difficult as finding inspiration. This is because usually the theme for the poem appears almost simultaneously with the inspiration you get.

For example, you are inspired by the environment, so you can take the theme of environmental damage or conversely admire the beauty of the Earth that God created. If you are inspired by the teachers at your school, then usually the theme of the poetry taken is about feelings of awe, or infinite gratitude.

3. Language style

Inspiration can be found, the theme has been found, the next step is to put the inspiration and the theme you get in writing. By the way, writing poetry is different from writing novels. Poetry has its own style of language, one of which is using figure of speech.

Figure of speech is a figurative word used to make a poem more meaningful. While the rhythm is the strains of sound that is done repeatedly. If figurative language makes a poem more meaningful, rhythm is used to evoke the emotions of those who listen to the poem. Whether it’s angry, happy, or sad emotions.

4. Pay attention to diction and rhyme

Writing poetry cannot use just any words, considering that poetry is not only for telling stories, but also for evoking the emotions of those who read or hear it. For this reason, the use of diction is very important in making poetry. Diction is the choice of words, so it can be said that a good poem has the right set of words.

In addition to diction, rhyme is also important. Eits , even though the name is the same, the rhyme and rhythm are different. If you’ve read poetry often, you’ll notice that every line of poetry ends with the same letter. Well, the ending of the same letter is called rhyme.

Rhyme is very important in a poem because it makes the poem neater, it also makes us more creative in creating new and better stanzas.

5. Start Writing

Knowledge is of no use if it is not practiced. Instead of lots of theory, start writing right away. Write as soon as you get inspiration and a theme for your poem. Inspiration doesn’t always come from outside, but can also be obtained from things around you.

Just like all things, the ability to write will also get better the more it is sharpened. In the beginning, writing poetry was not easy. However, if you continue to hone it, the results will definitely be good in the end.

5 Examples of Poetry for Beloved Teachers by Famous Poets

Writing poetry, as discussed earlier, is not easy. For those of you who are still beginners in writing poetry, you must be confused. Confused where to start, confused also with the results. So that you have a little picture of good poetry, here are 5 examples of poetry for your beloved teacher by famous poets!

1. Poetry entitled “Hard Education” by Chairil Anwar

Hard Education

When I entered your class, I thought
what challenge would you give me
You gave me the motivation to pass it
And reject the weakness that doubts myself

You have truly opened my mind.
With your wisdom, hardness and decisiveness
you help me to see above
, find the goals that I need to achieve

You brought me out of my confusion
Thank you for your hard work
What you teach will grow me
Your concern really touches my heart and mind

I will always remember your jeweran
I wish all teachers were like you

2. The poem entitled “Teacher” by Kahlil Gibran

Teacher

Whoever wants to be a teacher
Let him begin to teach himself
Before teaching others
And let him also teach by example
Before teaching by words
For those who teach themselves
By justifying their own deeds
are More deserving of honor and glory
Than those who only teach others
And justify the deeds of others

3. A poem entitled “Bintang” by Chairil Anwar

Star

I love your classes.
You helped me to see
that to live happily,
learning is the key

You understand your students.
You’re caring and smart.
You’re the best teacher ever.
I knew that from the first time we met

I heed your words
Words from a true teacher
You are more than the best role model
As a teacher, you are a star

4. A poem entitled “Thank You, My Teacher” by Chairil Anwar

Thank you, my teacher

Thank you, Master.
Thank you, Master.
For the example you have set

I always consider everything you teach
And reflect it all on my character and personality
I want to be like you

Smart, attractive and crazy,
Positive, confident, protective
I want to be like you

Knowledgeable, deep understanding
Thinking with heart as well as head
Giving us the best
Sensitive and caring
I want to be like you

Giving your time, energy and talent
To ensure a bright future
for all of us.
Thank you teacher
Who has guided us
I want to be like you

5. A poem entitled “Some Teachers” by Chairil Anwar

Some teachers

What we learn
Is a tool for seeing the world
What we learn
Determines how we live in the environment

Some teachers teach the right things
in an easy-to-understand approach

Some teachers create a happy atmosphere
To enjoy all the lessons we do

Some teachers make us leaders
In order to be independent, happy and successful

Teachers are very important to us.
We will always remember them

Conclusion

Writing poetry for your beloved teacher is not easy. One reason is because you have no experience in writing poetry. However, the task of writing poetry is nothing, when compared to the task of reading poetry.

Getting a few people to read a poem to the teacher alone in front of the class is much more difficult. Shyness, pride, and lack of self-confidence are the reasons, but believe me, all those feelings will be incomparable to the joy your teacher feels. Even if your poem is short, your teacher will definitely appreciate it. So, don’t be shy anymore, okay!

Examples of fable stories can be one type of story that is much liked by children. Fable stories are usually read to children or even read by the children themselves. The fable story itself is a story about animal characters who live like humans. Some examples of very popular fables are the story of the Kancil, the Turtle, the Greedy Monkey, or the story of the Three Little Pigs.

Well, in this article we will learn about fables. Not only that, we will try to find the moral message of each fable example.

A. Fables

Etymologically, the word fable comes from the Latin word fabulat. Fables can be understood as a story about the life of animals that have behavior like humans in general. Starting from the way he talks, the way he thinks, to the way he dresses. Therefore, a fable is a type of story that is made up of fiction or fiction.

Even so, the fables in it are not entirely fiction. This is because the fable is included in the form of a prose literary work. Well, the form of prose is usually made as a form of representation of human life in a different form.

So, the story contained in the fable is certainly a form of implementation of real human life in an imaginary form. Several forms of application in a fable story usually depart from human activities or mindsets. Therefore, it will be very easy to find several human characters in various existing fables.

For example, animal characters in fables that have positive characters can be described as human traits, such as helpful, diligent, polite, and honest. Meanwhile, animal characters who have negative characters will be depicted as human beings with traits such as stealing, being cunning, and being arrogant.

This can be concluded if a fable is included in a work of fiction that describes human life, but has characters in the form of animals.

There are many benefits that can be learned from reading fables. You may find it easier to understand the nature and character of the people around you.

Fable stories can also be used as an effective tool to explore moral values ​​to be practiced in everyday life. This is because fables contain a lot of moral messages that are arranged to present a positive meaning to the readers.

B. Examples of Fable Stories

After knowing about the meaning of fables and their characteristics. In this section, examples of short fables will be presented from which you can take the moral message. The moral message itself is a mandate or invitation to do good from a story. Come on, enjoy reading fables!

1. An example of a fable story about the Praying Mantis

Praying mantis

An example of the first fable story about the Praying Mantis, as follows.

One day in a vineyard, there lived a very large number of members of the Ant family. These ants build their nests from leaves which are glued together using a liquid, like glue, which they secrete from their mouths.

The Ants see that autumn will soon be over and a long winter will soon come. When it’s winter, food will be very difficult to get, so the ants immediately look for various foods for them to collect as supplies when winter arrives.

Unlike the case with a Praying Mantis, the Praying Mantis has large eyes and long arms. They often live in trees like the ants. When winter was about to come, the Praying Mantis only practiced dancing every day.

The Grasshopper forgot that he had to gather food in preparation for the winter.

One day the praying mantis was dancing near the ant nest. She dances very gracefully. The slow and gentle movement of the hands and body makes the dance look very impressive. The Ants saw the Praying Mantis dancing, but they ignored the beautiful dance because they had a very important task.

The grasshopper who was dancing saw the ants walking with food to bring to the nest. The Praying Mantis was surprised by what the Ants were doing, so he asked one of the army ants who was standing guard near the worker ants.

“Why do you bring so much food into your nest?” the Ant replied, “We do it so we don’t starve when winter comes.”

Then the Grasshopper was surprised, “Winter?” said the Praying Mantis in shock, “don’t worry, it’s still a long time, we better have fun first,” said the Grasshopper. The ants don’t care about the Grasshopper. Ants are still diligently collecting food.

Winter is coming. The grasshoppers had not had time to collect food because they were busy dancing. The grasshopper was hungry and ran to the ant’s house. He asked the Ants for food.

The ants initially did not want to give their food for fear of running out. However, seeing the grasshopper limp in hunger, the ants could not bear it and gave their food to the grasshopper. Grasshopper is back in shape and he promises to be able to manage his time well so that it doesn’t have bad consequences.

The future belongs to everyone. So everyone needs to prepare for the future by trying. It’s not just enjoying the pleasures of the present without thinking about the future.

Moral Message: Use time wisely for a better future. Difficulties will be experienced by people who do not use their time properly. Therefore, while you can, make the most of your time.

2. An example of a fable about Brotherhood

Fellow Brothers Must Share

An example of the second fable about brotherhood is as follows.

One beautiful morning with bright sun, Old Man Deer visited Pip the Squirrel’s family residence in a village.

“Morning, Ms. Squirrel,” Old Man Deer greeted Mrs. Pip. “Yesterday, my nephew visited me. He brought quite a lot of souvenirs. I want to share it with my friends. These are special walnuts for your family.”

“Thank you, Old Man Deer,” said Mrs. Pip.

After Old Man Deer left, Pip’s Mother came into the house and called for her children. “Kids, look what we have? You have to share it equally, okay?”

“It’s fun,” Pip and his siblings rejoiced.

“Mom put it here, yes.”

After that, Mrs. Squirrel took care of the house where she lived. Meanwhile, Pip’s sisters want to taste the nuts.

“Here I share,” said Pip.

Out of ten nuts, he gave his sister two each.

“This is the rest for me, I’m not the biggest.”

“But… Mother ordered it to be divided equally,” said Titu, one of Pip’s twin sisters (accompanied by Puti’s crying), the other twin.

Hearing Puti’s cries, Pip’s mother came out and asked. While sobbing, Puti told her sister’s greed. “You can’t do that, Pip. What did you say earlier, said Pip’s mother.

“You can’t be greedy.”

“But Buuu, I’m bigger. My belly is bigger too,” said Pip.

Pip’s mother thought for a moment, “All right, Pip. You are indeed bigger. Your food needs are also more. However, if we only obey our desires and our stomachs, we will always feel that we are not enough.”

“In that case, you can just share it, okay? It won’t satisfy everyone. Here, I got four for you, Pip, for you are bigger and your Twins got three each.”

“You have to be willing to share, children, even if you don’t think it’s lacking, this is a fortune to be grateful for,” continued Mrs. Pip.

“That means it’s good, Mom, to be a bigger child. Always get more,” envied Puti.

“Yes, but the difference isn’t that much, is it? After all, your brother has more tasks than you. She has to take care of the house and find food. Would you like to switch jobs with Kak Pip?” asked his mother.

Puti and Titu imagine Pip’s tasks. Then they nodded in unison.

“I see. Brothers and sisters must get along, yes, must share. Don’t fight over trivial matters,” said Pip’s mother. “Yes, ma’am,” nodded Pip.

“Come on, let’s eat the peanuts together,” said Pip to his two younger siblings. Pip’s mother smiles seeing her children getting along again.

Moral Message: Greedy nature can lead to hostility, therefore, everyone must share and remind others.

3. Examples of fable stories about Mutual Respect for Differences

All Special

An example of the third fable about respecting differences is as follows.

Ulu, a Green Frog, is standing at the edge of the pond. That day the sky was very dark and that was the kind of day Ulu liked. Not long after, water began to drip slowly from the sky.

“The rain has come!” Ulu shouted happily. Ulu started humming while skipping around the pool. He saw a small ant taking shelter behind a sunflower.

“O Ants, the rain has come, don’t hide!” Ulu shouted at the ants who were trying hard to avoid the raindrops.

The ants sighed and looked at Ulu deeply, “Ulu, I don’t like the rain. You see how tiny I am? Rainwater will drag and drown me in the pool! I can’t swim like you, so I took shelter,” said the Ant.

“That’s why Ants, you have to practice swimming! I’ve been able to swim since I was a tadpole, why can’t you? Swimming is very easy, just stick out your legs,” Ulu stretched out his legs, “and kick back like this! Oops, sorry, your legs are short.”

Laughing, Ulu jumped and left the Ants.

The ants could only stare at Ulu with annoyance. Ants cannot swim because they walk. Ulu again shouted, “The rain has come! The rain has arrived! Oh, hey Fish! I really like the rain, how about you? Ulu stopped at the edge of the pond and spoke to the fish who were swimming in the pond. The fish raised its head up and spoke to Ulu.

“I can’t feel the rain, Ulu. See, I live with the water. How can I enjoy the rain like you, Ulu?” The fish were again circling in the pond.

“Hah! What a sad life you Fish! If you are like me, can live in two worlds, land and water, maybe you will be able to feel this happiness. Just enjoy your pool water, because you will never feel the raindrops on your body!”

What Ulu said really stabbed Fish’s heart. The fish stared at its scaly body, then stared at Ulu’s smooth body. The sad fish swam from Ulu to the other side of the pond. Ulu was again jumping around the pool and humming again.

When Ulu arrived under the tree, he saw a bird perched on a tree branch and cleaning its feathers. Ulu thought that birds were the same as ants and fish which could not enjoy the rain.

“Hey Bird, why don’t you want to go out and enjoy the rain? Are you afraid of getting your fur wet? Or are you afraid of sinking into the pool like the Ant? Or is it true that you can’t enjoy the beauty of the rain like fish?” After saying that, Ulu laughed out loud.

The bird looked at Ulu who was still laughing, “Hey Ulu, can you come up here?” Ulu confusion.

“What do you mean Bird?”

“Can you climb up here, Ulu?”

“What do you mean bird? Of course I can’t!” Ulu pouted and stared down at his two legs. Ulu regrets having short legs so he can’t fly.

“Ulu, don’t you know that the Creator made us with different uniqueness? I can’t swim like you and Fish, but I can fly around the sky.

The bird again said wisely, “That’s what I mean Ulu, we each have our own advantages. Ants can’t swim like you, but they can sneak into little places you can’t get through. Fish can’t jump like you, but it breathes underwater. You shouldn’t insult them!”

Ulu began to realize that his actions were wrong. Ulu secretly thought that what he was doing was not right. He should not boast about his strengths and insult his friends.

“I’m sorry, Bird.” said Ulu while looking sadly at the Ants and Fish who had been paying attention to their conversation.

“I’m sorry Ants, Fish, all this time I have offended you.”

Since then, Ulu started to respect his friends and they liked him back.

Moral Message: Every creature has been created by God in such a way. As good servants, we should take care of each other’s feelings by using kind words.

4. An example of a fable story about the Kind Elephant

Kind Elephant

An example of the fourth fable about a kind elephant is as follows.

During the day it was very hot in the forest. The place where the mouse deer, elephant and other animals live seems to be on fire. The mouse deer was thirsty while continuing to look for water.

On the way he saw a pool of very clear water. Without thinking he immediately plunged into the pool. Kancil’s actions were very careless, he didn’t think how to get up. Several times Kancil tried to climb up, but he couldn’t get to the top. The mouse deer could not do anything. He just screamed for help.

The mouse deer’s cry was heard by the elephant who happened to be passing by that place. “Hey, who’s in that pool?”

”I … The Kancil, your best friend.”

The mouse deer was silent for a moment, looking for a way so that the elephant would help him, “Help me lift this fish.”

“It’s true you got fish?”

“Really… true! I caught a really big fish.”

The elephant thought for a moment. It could just go down easily but what if it goes up later.

“You want to take advantage of me, Cil? You will deceive me for your interests and safety?”asked the Elephant.

The mouse deer was silent, “Once in a while you have to be taught a lesson,” said the elephant as he left the place. The elephant did not listen to the mouse deer’s screams. He was getting desperate.

The longer he was in that place, the mouse deer started to feel cold. Until late afternoon, no animal heard his screams.

“Oh bad! I’m really going to be stiff in this place,” he wondered if this was karma because he often pranked his friends.

Not long after, suddenly the Elephant reappeared.. Kancil asked for help again.

“Help me, I promise I won’t be jail again.”

“Promise?” Elephant stressed.

“Now have you come to your senses? And will you promise not to cheat, be ignorant, play pranks and harm other animals?”

“That’s right Mr. Elephant, I really promised.” The elephant stretched out its long trunk to catch the mouse deer and lifted him up.

“Thank you, Mr. Elephant! I will never forget your kindness,” said the mouse deer when he reached the top.

Since then, Kancil became a very good animal. He no longer plays pranks like he once did with other animals. We must be careful when we act. If you’re not careful, you’ll get hurt. If we are careful we will survive. It can even save others.

Moral: Be careful to be safe from danger. By being careful, one can also save those around him.

5. Examples of fable stories about Honesty

Horse in Tiger Skin

An example of the fifth fable about honesty is as follows.

A Horse was walking from a wheat field into a dense forest. The horse was content to eat the wheat in the field. He seemed happy that there were no wheat farmers to look after his fields.

As he headed towards the dense forest, on the way the Horse saw something, “It looks like Tiger skin,” muttered the Horse. The horse then approached him and it was true that what he saw was a tiger skin that was accidentally left behind by tiger hunters.

The horse tried to wear the Tiger skin, “Wow, what a coincidence, this Tiger skin fits my body very well. What am I going to do with him, huh?”

It crossed the Horse’s mind to frighten the forest animals that passed him. “I have to hide immediately. The place must be dark and frequented by forest animals. Where are you? asked the Horse in his heart while looking for a suitable place.

Finally, he found some bushes that were dark enough to hide in, and climbed into them using a Tiger pelt. Before long, several mountain Sheep walked towards him. The Horse muttered that the Sheep made an easy target for his pranks.

When the sheep passed by, the horse jumped on them and suddenly the sheep fled frantically. They were afraid of the Tiger skin that the Horse was wearing. “Please, there’s a Tiger! Run, quickly run!” shouted one of the Sheep. The Horse guffawed at the sight of the Sheep helter-skelter running.

After that, the horse immediately returned to hide in the bushes. He waited for another animal to come through the thicket. “Ah, there’s a Tapir coming here, but it’s really slow. Let it be, so I can get ready to jump longer!” said the Horse to himself.

When the horse jumped towards the tapir, he was startled and ran away from the horse wearing tiger skin. The horse returned to the bushes screaming triumphantly in its heart.

This time, the Horse waited longer than usual, but it didn’t bore him. Suddenly, a Forest Cat ran while carrying a Mouse in its mouth. The cat did not pass through the bushes, the Forest Cat sat eating the Mouse he caught near a big tree.

“Ah, it turns out that the Cat did not pass through these bushes. Let me surprise him there,” said the Horse to himself. The horse came out of the bushes and walked carefully toward the Forest Cat.

When he got very close to the Forest Cat, the Horse roared like a Tiger, but he didn’t realize that instead of roaring, he was neighing. Hearing the sound, the Forest Cat looked back and saw a Horse in the skin of a Tiger.

For a moment, the Forest Cat was getting ready to take a thousand steps, but instead he laughed out loud and said, “When I saw you wearing that Tiger skin, I would have run away scared, but apparently your voice is neighing a Horse, so I’m not afraid, hahaha !”

The Forest Cat also said to the Horse that until then, its neighing voice would not turn into a roar.

The “Tiger-skinned Horse” symbolizes that no matter how clever a person is at pretending, one day his pretense will be exposed. Honesty is the most beautiful attitude in this world.

Moral Message: Honesty is the main attitude that must be owned by a human being. It’s not good for someone to live life with a lot of pretense.

Book & Article Recommendations Related to Examples of Fables

Examples of Clippings – Since school, we are usually given clipping assignments. The most popular clippings are newspaper clippings. In the process, it also requires knowledge and proper manufacturing procedures so that there will be no difficulty in curating and turning it into clippings.

Usually, clippings are made by cutting certain parts of print media, such as tabloids, books, magazines, newspapers, and others. Then, the pieces are pasted on paper for documentation.

Clippings are usually made with a certain theme. Thus, the information contained will be on the same theme or within the same scope. In simple terms, clippings are made to combine various information, to spread one person’s ideas, thoughts, or experiences to others. Read more about the clipping examples below!

Definition of Clipping

Clipping is becoming one of the most traditional forms of archiving. Someone who does the clipping process will keep track of various articles or news print media. Then, collected in one unit.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), clipping is defined as cutting or cutting certain parts of newspapers, magazines, etc., which are then arranged according to a certain system.

In line with KBBI, Sri Murtono in the book “Art and Culture Skills” argues that clipping is an activity of collecting objects or pictures, arranging them, and pasting them on paper, books, or other media.

In simple terms, clippings can be interpreted as a product or work containing pieces of articles along with pictures. In a clipping usually arranged with the same theme. For example, in a clipping about mining issues in Wadas, the articles and pictures in it contain news about the issue.

The content in a clipping is usually related to one another. Clippings are usually arranged in a field. Such as cartons, hvs, cards, and others that are worthy of being used as documentation material. Although clipping is very simple and practical, it cannot be done haphazardly.

Procedure for Making Clippings

Clippings can be made easily and practically. In simple terms, clippings are made by cutting news or information in newspapers. Then stick it on a flat surface. For more details, here is the procedure for making clippings which have been summarized from the merdeka.com page.

1. Determine the Theme

Themes are important when creating clippings. Because it will determine the pieces of information that will be pasted on a flat surface. Not only that, the theme must be determined at the beginning of the clipping creation.

The goal is that clippings can focus on the main source that fits the theme. This theme also makes the clippings that are made better, systematic, and coherent. There are no definite rules regarding the theme.

The themes in the clippings are freed, according to their respective scientific fields. Any field can be used as a clipping. For example agriculture, health, technology, industry, journalism, and so forth.

2. Collect Data

Clipping is an activity of cutting certain parts of the printed media. Therefore, in its manufacture required relevant data. The diversity of types of data and materials is also important and is a highlight in making clippings.

Materials or data in question can be searched from various sources. Such as newspapers, books, magazines, tabloids, and other print media. Data can also be searched via the internet. Of course by using the internet, the process of collecting data will be much easier and more practical.

3. Setting up the Clipping Tool

If the materials have been collected, the next step is to prepare the clipping tool. The clipping tool consists of scissors, ruler, and glue. Sinaumed’s, you can also add decorations to attach to clippings. This will make the clipping look much more interesting.

These decorations can be in the form of colorful markers or stickers that match the theme. Sinaumed’s, it is also advisable to prepare HVS or folio paper in advance for clipping media. After that, you can cut or cut the materials that will be used as clippings.

4. Cut and Paste Clipping Material

If the materials, both in the form of information data and clipping tools, are ready. Then the next step is to cut the clipping material. Materials from various articles can be clipped, both article writing and supporting images.

Meanwhile, the cutting technique usually uses manual lines. Sinaumed’s can also cut with a special pattern or according to creativity. After cutting, data or images can be pasted on paper.

The goal is to help improve clipping creations. The result will look nicer and more colorful. Not monotonous, just newspaper attached to HVS paper.

After the pieces of information are posted on the HVS in a systematic and neat manner. It is better if the information or pictures are arranged according to the time of publication to make it easier to trace the chronology or other needs. When the newspaper clippings have been affixed to the HVS, then decorate them with flowers, markers, and other types of decorations. Thus, it looks more attractive.

5. Clipping Cover

The next step in making clippings is to provide a cover. Before making a clipping cover, first make sure that the clippings are neatly attached and really match the desired structure.

The purpose of making a cover is to attract the interest and attention of the reader. In addition, it is also able to increase the reader’s sense of attention. Sinaumed’s must make the cover neat and interesting to read. One of the tips that can be used is to make a cover with a contemporary design so that it will be fresher and more beautiful.

6. Bibliography

The bibliography is the last step in making clippings. Clipping is an activity of cutting or cutting certain parts of the printed media. Therefore, clipping uses various sources.

These sources must be included in the bibliography. This will help make clippings better and have a high value. This is because the information provided in the clippings can be conveyed and understood properly.

In order not to be monotonous, in the bibliography section, Sinaumed’s can attach stickers, pictures, or decorate with colored pencils or markers. The goal is to make the bibliography look more interesting and not boring to read.

Clipping Arrangement

To make it easier for Sinaumed’s and readers to read the clippings, the clippings must be arranged systematically. The following is the clipping arrangement suggested by the masfikr.com page.

1. Clipping Cover

The cover or cover must be in a clipping. The goal is to attract people’s interest when reading. As well as an identifier of the theme in the clipping. Therefore, make clippings as attractive and good as possible. The cover is made in such a way as to be able to describe the contents of the clipping.

2. Foreword Clipping

Clipping also requires an introduction like a scientific work or thesis. However, this preface can be given by Sinaumed’s or not. This is because there are very few clippings that use prefaces.

3. Table of Contents Clippings

The table of contents in the clipping is needed as navigation and makes it easier to find information in the clipping. The table of contents is compiled with information about the pages and themes discussed. Thus, facilitating the process of searching for information.

4. Clipping Contents

The content or discussion of the clipping must be in accordance with the title, theme and cover that has been determined. The goal is to be aligned and not confuse the people who will read it. Not only that, in making clippings, the source of the images and articles should be stated. You can do this by cutting out the names of magazines, newspapers and other media and the date of publication.

5. Conclusions and Suggestions

Information from various sources can be drawn conclusions. Thus, readers will easily understand the contents of the clippings through conclusions.

6. Bibliography

Even though the sources have been included in the contents, the bibliography remains a concern. Making a bibliography should not be done haphazardly. It must comply with the applicable standard rules.

Clipping Types

Clippings have various forms. Following are the various types of clippings reported from the katadata.co.id page.

1. School Clippings

Schools often assign their students to make clippings. The themes also vary, such as sports, art, culture, and so on. Here are the steps that can be followed in making school clippings.

• First, prepare a few sheets of notebook paper
• Then prepare the ingredients. Take for example, if Sinaumed’s could cut out several parts of a photo album document during school.
• After that, Sinaumed’s can make a frame out of colorful paper to decorate it.
• Next, paste the pieces on the notebook paper earlier. Arrange according to Sinaumed’s creativity.

2. Mini Clippings in Books

One easy way to do clipping is by combining mini-sized books with a clipping. You do this by providing an area on blank paper (before sticking other pieces) to add several photo albums that have been made into mini albums.

Next, use stiff paper covers along with other objects according to taste. This will give the mini album a luxurious feel. Then, enter another part of the piece as a complement.

Sinaumed’s can add the desired pieces of news from newspapers, magazines, newspapers, tabloids, or other print media.

3. Clipping Monogram

Monogram clippings are characterized by the use of gray paper. The following are the steps for making monogram clippings.

• Prepare ingredients and cut with scissors. Set the shape according to Sinaumed’s’ wishes.
• Before pasting, start making a Sinaumed’s clipping cover with a layer of cloth.
• Customize with a decorative touch. For example, covering blank pages using patterned paper and adding a metallic monogram to the cover.
• After that, the appearance of Sinaumed’s’ clippings will become more interesting.

Clipping Example

After knowing the concepts, types, and procedures for making clippings. The following is an example of a clipping that can be used as a reference for Sinaumed’s when making clippings. The following examples of clippings have been summarized from various pages on the internet.

1. Clippings About the Environment

2. Community News Clippings

3. Digital Clipping

4. Clipping About the News of the Independence Day of the Republic of Indonesia

5. Social Clipping

 

Example of Bibliography of Papers – As students or students, of course we get the task of writing papers or other scientific reports. In each writing, a bibliography is needed to strengthen citations or check for plagiarism in a work.

The bibliography itself is a reference list of all quotations used in scientific work. References included in the bibliography usually come from papers, books, articles in magazines or newspapers. The bibliography is located after the closing.

As for the purpose of writing a bibliography, namely as a form of scientific responsibility of the author to quote other people’s statements or opinions in the scientific work he makes. Writing a bibliography cannot be done haphazardly. It has certain rules.

Launching from the Ruangguru.com page, the benefits of writing a bibliography are as follows.

• Meet the ethics of writing
• The author’s form of thanks to the contributors of research data.
• As a supporter of the idea of ​​a writer.
• Instructions for tracing the correctness of the data taken.
• Cross reference, which shows on the page or part of the data written.

Purpose of Writing Bibliography

Writing a bibliography has several purposes. Launching from the Sampoernaunversity.ac.id page, the following is the purpose of writing a bibliography.

1. Avoid Plagiarism

By including a bibliography, it indicates that Sinaumed’s has compiled scientific work in accordance with applicable regulations. The list of references is valid and avoids quoting from references written by plagiarizing the work of others.

2. Strengthen Writing

Having a bibliography makes the statements that Sinaumed’s writes more valid and stronger. By including expert statements, the arguments or statements that Sinaumed’s makes are stronger and the potential for them to be broken is smaller.

3. Helping Readers

The bibliography will help the reader to find out the origin of a statement made. If the reader wants to read more about the topic, it will be easier to find references or previous research.

4. Awards for Authors

Not only avoiding plagiarism. Writing a bibliography also aims to give appreciation or a form of appreciation for the authors of books, articles, or other references. By writing the author’s name, Sinaumed’s has given appreciation for his effort and dedication in compiling a work.

How to Write a Bibliography

Writing a bibliography has rules that must be obeyed. The bibliography consists of the author’s name, year of publication, reference title, place of publication, and publisher’s name. Here’s how to write a bibliography that has been summarized from the Sampoernauniversity.ac.id page.

1. Author Name

The name of the author of the book or other reliable sources is the first element that must be written in the bibliography. The author’s name is used as the basis for sorting reference sources based on alphabetical order.

The rule for writing the author’s name is to put the last name first. Then, just put the first name and other name series. First and last name separated by a comma. It should be noted, academic degrees are not listed in the bibliography.

For example: Anwar, Chairil

Meanwhile, for books or reference sources written by three authors, the stipulation is that the name of the first author is written in the same format as one author. Meanwhile, the second name is written normally without being reversed and connected with the conjunction “and”.

For example: Rakhmat, Jalaluddin and Selo Soemardjan.

There are further provisions if the author of the reference is written by three authors. The stipulation is that the first author’s name is written in the one-author format. Furthermore, it is added with the abbreviation “et al” which means “and friends”.

For example: Rakhmat, Jalaluddin et al.

2. Year of Publication

After the author’s name is written with a period (.). Next, write down the year the book was published. The year of publication in a book is usually listed on the front page or the last page. Provisions for writing the year of publication of a book only include the year of publication in parentheses “()” and ends with a full stop (.).

For example: Jalaluddin, Rakhmat. (2007).

3. Reference Title

The next part is writing the title of the book. Provisions for writing the title of the book must be italicized and end with a full stop.

For example: Jalaluddin, Rakhmat. (2007). Communication Psychology.

4. Place of Publication

The element written after the year of publication is the place of publication of the book. In general, the book listed the place of publication. Write the place of publication by adding a colon after the name of the city of publication.

For example: Jalaluddin, Rakhmat. (2007). Communication Psychology . Bandung:

5. Publisher Name

The last part of the bibliography is the name of the publisher written in the book.

For example: Jalaluddin, Rakhmat. (2007). Communication Psychology . Bandung: Rosdakarya Youth

Errors that Occur in Writing Bibliography

Even though there are regulations regarding the writing of bibliography, there are still mistakes that are often made by writers. Summarizing from the Sampoernauniversity.ac.id page, the following are the mistakes that are often made when writing a bibliography.

1. No Author Name

It is not uncommon to find a reference source whose author’s name is not known. For such cases, the method of solving the case is by not needing to write down the author’s name. Writing begins with the title of the book, then the year it was published.

For example: Ten Deadly Marketing Sins (2004). New York: Wiley.

2. Author’s Name Contains Numbers

Some of the authors’ names contain numbers, especially for writers from abroad. If, Sinaumed’s encounters a case like this, then the method for writing a list of centers is as follows.

Anderson, Michael., III. (1995) . A Guide to Reptiles.  New York: Doubleday.

3. Edition book

Not infrequently, Sinaumed’s encounters books that go out of print more than once. However, over and over again with the same content. So the writing still uses the format or rules as usual. However, there is an additional “th edition” behind the title of the book, written in brackets, and the year is adjusted according to the time of publication.

For example: Jalaluddin, Rakhmat. (2010). Psychology of Communication (3rd ed.). Bandung: Rosdakarya Youth

4. The Author is Not a Person

When a book or reference is not written by a person but by a certain institution, organization or institution. So, the way of writing is using the name of the institution in front—replacing the author’s name—without being reversed and continued according to the writing format.

For example: World Health Organization (1988). International Medical Guide for Ships: Including the Ship’s Medicine Chest . Geneva: World Health Organization.

5. Sources from Electronic Books

In this digital age, books also change form. It is also loaded in an electronic format that can be accessed online. When Sinaumed’s uses an electronic book source ( E-book ), the writing format is added to the access site source behind the publisher.

For example: World Health Organization (1988). International Medical Guide for Ships: Including the Ship’s Medicine Chest . Geneva: World Health Organization. Available on Google Books.

6. Edited by Editor

The next case in writing a bibliography is a book that has been edited by an editor. When Sinaumed’s finds a case like this, the solution is to include the editor’s name in the reverse format with the additional information “Eds” in parentheses.

7. Translation Books

When a book is very popular it will usually be translated into the languages ​​spoken in that particular country. If Sinaumed’s uses translated books as a source in writing, it can use the format below.

Kotler, Philip (2005 ). Ten Deadly Marketing Sins (Yati Sumiharti, Translation)  . Jakarta: Erlangga

Example of Bibliography of Papers

A list of paper references can be obtained through books, articles, or other sources. Therefore, each source has its own way of writing a bibliography. Launching from various pages on the internet , here are some examples of bibliography of papers from various sources.

1. An example of a bibliography of a paper from a book

Arikunto, Syharsini. 1993. Research Procedures A Practice Approach. Yogyakarta: Rineka Cipta

RI Ministry of Religion. 2006. Al Qur’an and Translation. Jakarta: CV Naladana

Maryanto, Ibnu., et al. 2007.  Mammal Regional Names in Indonesia . Jakarta: LIPI Press

Jalaluddin, Rahmat. (2007). Communication Psychology . Bandung: Rosdakarya Youth

2. Example Bibliography of Papers from Organizations

New YorkHealth. (2002). Best practice guidelines for the management of type 2 diabetes in children and adolescents.  New York, Qld.: New York Health.

3. Sample Bibliography of Audio Visual Papers

Dion, Bene. Delicious Horrible . Imaginary, 2022.

Deddy Corbuzier . “TRY MOM ANSWER TRY JHT HOW??? – IDA FAUZIYAH – Deddy Corbuzier Podcast” . YouTube videos: 6:43. February 18, 2022. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oBaVVAMD870

4. Example of bibliography of papers from journal articles

Wise, Kevin et al. (2013). Enjoyment of Advergames and Brand Attitudes The Impact of Thematic Relevance, 2(1), 27-36.

Wise, Kevin. (2013). Enjoyment of Advergames and Brand Attitudes The Impact of Thematic Relevance , 2(1), 27-36.

Wise, Kevin & D. Bolls, Paul (2013). Enjoyment of Advergames and Brand Attitudes The Impact of Thematic Relevance, 2(1), 27-36.

agency. Sudarti. 2009.  The Classical Period of Tarumanegara in the Pandeglang Region of Banten Province . Archaeological Research Results Report. Bandung: Bandung Archaeological Center.

5. Example of Bibliography of Papers from Newspapers

Wage. 2000. Increase in Rice Imports Than Exports. Tribune (14 February 2000)

Gitiyarko, Vincentius. 2022. Indonesian is Still Upheld. Compass (p. 2)

Dewabrata, Vishnu, et al. 2022. Indonesian in Music Dynamics. Compass (p. 8)

Also read:

What is the meaning of state defense? State defense is no stranger to hearing. Since attending elementary school, students have been introduced to defending the country.

The definition of defending the country is an effort to protect the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia. What efforts must be made in defending the country? Before getting to that stage, let’s look at the basic things about defending the country.

This article will discuss the meaning of defending the state in general and according to experts, the concept of defending the state, the meaning of defending the state in Indonesia, the elements of defending the state, the functions and objectives of defending the state.

Definition of State Defense

State defense is a behavior and attitude of citizens. This attitude or behavior is inspired by his love for his country or nation. In this case, what is meant is the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia or NKRI.

This love for the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia is based on Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution, in establishing the survival of the state and nation as a whole. The obligation to defend the country is not only a demand from state apparatus such as the POLRI or TNI, as well as security forces. However, this task is also carried out by all Indonesian citizens which can be adapted to the profession and abilities they have.

State defense is a concept. This concept is drawn up by the statutory bodies and officials of a country. The concepts discussed here are regarding the patriotism of a citizen, a group or all components of a country. These things are done in the interest of maintaining the existence of the country.

All citizens have the same obligation in terms of state defense. This is a manifestation of the love of a citizen. This love is of course directed to the homeland that has given life to that person. Things like this already happen when someone is born into the world, grows up and is in an effort to find a livelihood.

Definition of State Defense According to Experts

1. According to the 1945 Constitution

a. UU no. 3 of 2002

The definition of defending the country is an attitude and behavior of the state that is imbued with love for the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia based on Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution in establishing the survival of the nation and state as a whole.

b. UU no. 20 of 2002 article 1, paragraph 2

The definition of defending the country is the attitude and behavior of citizens who are inspired by their love for the unitary state of the Republic of Indonesia which is based on Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution in ensuring the survival of the nation and state.

c. UU no. 56 of 2002

The definition of defending the country is the attitude and behavior of citizens who are inspired by their love for the unitary state of the Republic of Indonesia which is based on Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution in ensuring the survival of the nation and state.

2. Sunarso

The definition of defending the country according to Sunarso is that it contains four essentials that need to be defended. First, the independence and sovereignty of the state. Second, the unity and integrity of the nation. Third, territorial integrity and national jurisdiction. Fourth, the values ​​of Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution.

3. Darji Darmodihardjo

According to Darji Darmodiharjo, the notion of defending the country is the implementation of the national security doctrine. The point is to try to create a national security defense system. National security is expected to be able to secure and succeed in the national struggle in general.

4. Purnomo Yusgiantoro

The definition of defending the country is an attitude of community behavior. This attitude is imbued with love for the Republic of Indonesia or the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia. This is based on Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution, to ensure survival in the nation and state.

5. Chaidir Basrie

The definition of defending the country according to Chaidir Basrie is an attitude, determination and action taken by citizens. These actions are carried out in a comprehensive, integrated, regular and sustainable manner based on a sense of love for the motherland. In addition, there is also an attitude of awareness of the Indonesian state, awareness in the nation, pain and also loyalty to Pancasila.

The Concept of Defending the State

The concept of defending the country can be categorized into two types. The two types or concepts put forward by an expert named Sutarman, namely physical type and non-physical type. Physically, this concept can be interpreted as an effort in defense against a physical attack or aggression.

Such attacks can occur from parties that threaten the existence of a country. While the non-physical concept is interpreted as an effort to participate in an active role. Playing an active role here is to advance the country and nation.

There are many ways to do this. Either through education, social, moral, or increasing the welfare of the people who make up the country. In the implementation of state defense, a citizen can do it in two ways.

Physical and non-physical ways. Defending the country which is carried out physically includes such as the struggle by taking up arms. For example when there is an attack from a foreign country, which threatens the sovereignty of the Indonesian nation.

Meanwhile, defending the country which is carried out non-physically is defined as all efforts to protect the nation and state, as well as state sovereignty through a process. The process is carried out to increase nationalism.

Nationalism is a series of love and awareness in the process of living within the nation and state. In addition, an awareness in the process of living within the nation and state. As well as efforts to foster a sense of love for the motherland.

Defending the country can also be done by cultivating an activity. Activeness in playing an active role to realize the progress of the state and nation. Things like this must be instilled from an early age to all citizens.

The basis for the concept of defending the country is the presence of conscription activities. The subject of this concept is the state defense apparatus or a soldier. Either as a self-chosen job, or as the result of an unconscious design which is conscription.

There are several countries that carry out compulsory military service for their citizens who meet the requirements. Such as Iran, Israel, Singapore and others. In addition, a country that has a fully volunteer military will generally not require the services of its national conscripts, unless it is faced with a recruitment crisis during times of war.

In several countries, such as England, Spain, Germany and the United States, defending the country is carried out through military training. Generally one weekend per month. They can do it as an individual or a member of the regiment.

An example is the British Territorial Army. In some cases the bosa militia formed part of a military reserve force. An example is the United States National Guard.

In other countries such as the Republic of China or Taiwan, Israel and the Republic of Korea, it is mandatory for their citizens to serve for several years after a person has completed a national service. A military reserve force is different from a formation reserve, sometimes it will be called by the name military reserve. It is a designation for a non-committal group or unit of military personnel.

The meaning of non-committal is non-committal in battle by their commander. It makes them available to handle unforeseen situations. Like strengthening the defense of his country.

Definition of State Defense in Indonesia

State defense is the attitude and behavior of the colors of the Indonesian state. This attitude is imbued with his love for the Republic of Indonesia or the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia. This was done based on Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution, when establishing the survival of the nation and state as a whole.

Every citizen has the right as well as the obligation to participate in the defense of the state. The terms of the defense are regulated in the law. The awareness of defending the country is essentially a willingness to serve the country.

In addition, the willingness to sacrifice in defending the country. The spectrum of state defense is very broad. From the smoothest to the hardest. Such as starting good relations between fellow citizens, until together to ward off real threats to armed enemies.

Included in it are the best attitudes and actions for the nation and state. In Indonesia, the state defense process has been regulated formally. These arrangements are in the Act. Some of them have been mentioned in Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution, especially in article 30.

In that article, it is explained that defending the country is an obligation. This obligation must be carried out by all Indonesian citizens, without exception. The implementation of the obligation to defend the country is a proof and a process for all citizens.

This was done to show their willingness to serve the nation. As well as the awareness to sacrifice yourself. The point is to defend the country.

The understanding of defending the country is so broad. Among them began by fostering good relations among fellow citizens. Then proceed to the Cooperation process to deal with threats from various foreign parties.

This is clear evidence of a sense of nationalism that is instilled in every attitude and behavior of citizens when viewed from their position as citizens. Within the concept of defending the law, there is also a philosophy regarding how to act and behave in the best way, of course for the nation and state.

Elements of State Defense

There are several important elements that need to be known, before carrying out the process of defending the country. Understanding the elements of defending the country correctly will also raise awareness of the importance of defending the country. These elements are as follows:

• Have a soul of love for the motherland.
• Willing to sacrifice for the welfare of the nation and state.
• Have the belief that Pancasila is the state ideology.
• Have an awareness in the nation and state.
• Have the initial expertise to defend the country.

Legal Basis in Defending the Country

1. Ideal Foundation

The ideal foundation is the one that is in accordance with what is aspired to, wished for, or desired. The ideal foundation for defending the country in Indonesia is Pancasila

2. Constitutional Basis

The constitutional basis for defending the country in Indonesia is the 1945 Constitution (amendment). There are several articles that discuss efforts to defend the country, including the following:

a. Article 27 paragraph 3, the 1945 Constitution

Stating that all citizens have the right and obligation to participate in the defense of the country.

b. Article 30 paragraph 1, the 1945 Constitution

State that:

• Every citizen has the right and obligation to participate in the defense and security of the state.
• Every citizen has the right and obligation to participate in the defense and security of the State.
• State defense and security efforts are carried out through Sishankamrata (TNI as the Main component and the People as the Supporting component).

3. Operational Basis

The operational basis for defending the country in Indonesia is listed in Law no. 3 of 2002, on the meaning of defending the country.

State Defense Function

• The functions of state defense are as follows:
• To protect and defend the country from an outside threat.
• To maintain and maintain the territorial integrity of the Indonesian state.
• Defending the country is an obligation of all citizens.
• Defending the country is a historical call and must be carried out by all citizens.

The Purpose of Defending the Country

Defending the country certainly has a purpose. There are several objectives of defending the country, including the following:

• Aiming to do the best things for the nation and the country.
• Aims to maintain the welfare and survival of the nation and state.
• Aims to preserve the culture of the nation and state.
• Aims to maintain and maintain the identity and integrity of the nation and state.
• Aims to carry out the values ​​contained in Pancasila and the 1945 Constitution.

Those are explanations about defending the country. Starting from the notion of defending the country to the function and purpose of defending the country. As good citizens, we must participate in efforts to defend the country, OK, Grmaeds!

Causes of Water Pollution – The existence of water is one of the natural resources that is needed by all people on earth for their daily lives. Call it for washing, cooking, bathing, sanitation needs, to industrial needs.

Just imagine if there was no water on this planet, of course it would cause a lot of havoc. Therefore, the existence of water is very much taken into account and guarded by some people because it is a priceless “treasure”.

But unfortunately, at this time, problems around water have become a serious concern. One of these problems is water pollution which is usually caused by various kinds of waste resulting from human activities. If the water is polluted, of course it will affect its quality as the main commodity in life.

Then, what are the causes of water pollution? What is the most visible impact of this water pollution?

So that Sinaumed’s can understand this environmental pollution, let’s look at the following review!

Definition of Water Pollution

Before discussing the causes of water pollution, Sinaumed’s needs to know what water pollution means.

Water pollution is a change in conditions in water reservoirs, such as rivers, lakes and oceans due to human activities. We certainly already know that water has many benefits for human life, one of which is the potential as a tourist attraction.

Based on Government Regulation No. 20/1990 concerning Water Pollution Control, it also put forward a definition of water pollution, namely: “Water pollution is the entry or inclusion of living things, substances, energy, and or other components into water by human activities so that the quality of the water down to a certain limit that causes water to be of no other use according to its designation .” (Article 1 point 2)

As a result of water pollution which continues to occur and complicates human life, the government does not just sit idly by. Many efforts have been made by the government to control water pollution, one of which is by making regulations regarding the management of the surrounding environment.

One of the rules is contained in the Regional Regulation of the Province of Bali No.4 of 2005 concerning Control of Environmental Pollution and Destruction in article 5, which states that:

1. ” Everyone must maintain the preservation of environmental functions by means of prevention, supervision, control, and restoration of environmental quality due to environmental pollution and/or damage. ”
2. “ Anyone who carries out a business that contains the potential for environmental pollution and/or damage must provide true and accurate information regarding the control of environmental pollution and/or damage. ”

Therefore, efforts to prevent water pollution are not only carried out by the government. but also all the people who take advantage of the presence of water in the water reservoir.

5 Causes of Water Pollution

Actually, the cause of environmental pollution, especially water pollution, is not only caused by humans, but in fact it can be due to the environment around it.

Well, in general, the causes of water pollution are five, namely,

1. Garbage

The first cause of water pollution is due to the presence of waste that contains organic compounds and stagnates in the water. This type of waste is usually in the form of food industry waste, household waste, animal waste to humans.

If the remaining waste is disposed of into the water, it will cause pollution causing dissolution, precipitation, and colloidal formation. It should be noted, if the waste undergoes dissolution and precipitation, of course it will make the color of the water cloudy.

2. Factory waste

There are many types of industrial factories that produce organic waste that causes water pollution. For example, there is textile factory waste, paper factory waste, paint factory waste, pharmaceutical factory waste, and steel factory waste.

These industries will usually produce organic waste that smells bad and even contains sulfuric acid. If the industrial waste is later discharged into waterways or rivers, of course it will cause water pollution and damage the existing ecosystem. This waste usually contains viruses or bacteria.

Generally, this organic waste contains protein and amine groups, so when it is degraded by microorganisms, it will later decompose into volatile and foul-smelling compounds, for example NHვ.

3. Inorganic Compounds

Water pollution caused by inorganic compounds, usually in the form of metals. Almost the same as the previous cause, namely the content that is difficult to degrade or “digested” by microorganisms.

Especially if the type of waste that is disposed of contains mercury, lead, and cadmium, which are three very dangerous if accidentally consumed by humans.

The most obvious example of water pollution due to industrial waste has occurred in Minamata, Japan. The fishermen around Minamata Bay consume fish whose water has been polluted by mercury. As a result, many victims fell and suffered nerve damage which is called Minamata disease. More than eighty people died as a result of the water pollution.

4. Organic Compounds

These organic compounds can be in the form of pesticides, detergents, to oil waste. The chemical content in it can of course be dangerous if the polluted water is consumed by humans.

The chemical content is grouped into:

• Soap (detergent, shampoo and other cleaning agents)
• Pest control agents (insecticides)
• Chemical dyes
• Radioactive substance

5. Soil deposits

For the cause of this pollution, usually due to the influence of the surrounding environment in the form of soil or mud from erosion. Especially in rivers close to volcanic eruptions, surely the water will be polluted by the remains of the material released by the volcano.

Usually, the color of the river water will become cloudy due to the presence of soil or mud that gets into it. It is also possible that in the future, river water will become difficult for humans to use in meeting their daily needs.

Even though natural phenomena such as volcanic eruptions, storms and earthquakes also cause water pollution, the reality on the ground is that human activities are the most dominant in contaminating water quality.

Water Quality Parameters

In order to find out how the quality of the water in a water reservoir is, it is necessary to carry out certain tests. Whether or not the water in a watershed (DAS) is healthy can be seen from the quality of the water.

Water quality testing can be done in three ways, namely physical tests, chemical tests, and biological tests.

Based on Physics Test

In this physics test, the parameters used are temperature, current speed, brightness, and water level. Measurement of these physical parameters also includes measurements of solid objects around the water reservoir.

Based on Chemical Test

Then, there are also water quality parameters based on chemical tests, which are grouped into inorganic chemistry and organic chemistry. This chemical test is very important to determine whether the water in the shelter is good or not good for human use. The parameters include dissolved oxygen (DO), pH, ammonia, nitrate, nitrite, phosphorus, biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), chemical oxygen demand (COD), and others.

Based on Biological Test

Subsequent tests are based on biology, which relates to the presence of aquatic microorganism populations in it. An indicator to see whether the water in the shelter is good or not for use is based on the number of Fecal Coliform bacteria colonies.

Coliform bacteria are microorganisms found in human and animal feces. Thus, the presence of these bacteria in the water will indicate the possibility of the presence of other pathogenic bacteria.

The Impact of Water Pollution on Life

• The process of photosynthesis of plants in the water is also disrupted and because the surface of the bottom of the water is covered, fish eggs may not be able to hatch.
• Garbage deposits also block food sources for fish and block sunlight.
• The emergence of various germs that develop in water and are consumed by humans.
• The content of harmful substances such as lead, mercury, and carbon can damage human organs and cause cancer.
• Causing the death of ancient biota such as plankton, fish, and birds
• Leads to mutations in cancer cells and leukemia
• The decrease in dissolved oxygen in the water so that life in the water becomes disrupted.
• Deterioration of groundwater quality.
• Water can even be a medium for the spread of disease.
• Strong scent.

Ways to Overcome Water Pollution

1. Placing factory or industrial areas away from residential areas so that the waste is not wasted in local waterways.
2. Disposal of industrial waste must be regulated properly so as not to pollute the environmental ecosystem.
3. Expanding the green movement.
4. Supervise the use of pesticides and other chemicals that may cause pollution.
5. Take strict action against environmental polluters.
6. Conduct socialization to increase public awareness not to throw garbage in the river.
7. Agricultural intensification.
8. Imposing strict rules and punishments for people who litter, especially in rivers.
9. Control the use of pesticides.
10. Recycle animal manure to be used as manure instead of being dumped in rivers.

However, in carrying out these countermeasures, of course there are obstacles, namely in the form of a lack of public awareness to dispose of waste in its place to the lack of government attention to environmental pollution that occurs.

Well, that’s an explanation of what causes water pollution and how to deal with it. Even though there are still obstacles in the response effort, we as future generations should not just ignore them, OK? Sinaumed’s can reduce water pollution, starting with a small business, namely by not throwing garbage in the river.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Source:

https://source.belajar.kemdikbud.go.id/

Artajaya, I Wayan Eka, and Ni Kadek Felyanita Purnama Putri. (2021). Factors Causing Water Pollution in the Bindu River. Saraswati Law Journal, Vol.03, No.02.

Dadan, Rukandar. Water Pollution: Definition, Causes, and Impacts.

Rosmeiliyana, R. (2021). TA: WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS AND POLLUTION CONTROL STRATEGY OF THE CISANGKAN RIVER, CIMAHI CITY (Doctoral dissertation, Bandung National Institute of Technology).

Warlina, L. (2004). Water pollution: sources, impacts and countermeasures. Bogor Agricultural Institute . Unpublished. 

Added Benefits – Mining in Indonesia often leaves a bad impression, for example environmental pollution and natural exploitation. However, on the other hand, there are also benefits to be gained from the mining world, especially for the country. For some people, they don’t know that mining has quite a lot of benefits, and of course it can improve the country’s economy.

Considering that Indonesia is a country rich in mining products. This is because the geographical location of Indonesia is between the Eurasian plate and also the Pacific plate. These plates are formed from young plates which are located in the ring area or commonly known to the public as the Pacific Ring of Fire. The existence of several plate collisions makes the content of petroleum, gas, and precious metals abundant in it.

Then, do you know what are the benefits of mining for this huge country of Indonesia? Although it cannot be denied that there are also negative impacts arising from mining activities. But in reality the Mining Industry is one of the biggest sources of income.

Mining products in the territory of Indonesia have spread to all corners of the region in Indonesia. There are various kinds of mining products in Indonesia that you can find. For example, Petroleum, Tin, Coal, Gas, Gold, Aluminum, Iron, Steel, Sand, and many others. Of course behind all the negative impacts after mining that are often found by the community, there are benefits that can be provided from mining activities. So, what are the benefits of mining it? The following is a review of the benefits of mining for the Indonesian economy. Let’s see the full discussion below.

A. Free of Import Fees

The first benefit is that there is no import fee, this benefit is one of the most important benefits in the Indonesian economy. By using its own mining products, the Indonesian state does not need to import mineral materials from other countries. This can provide an advantage to save on import costs.

Based on the type of natural resources can be divided into two types, with one of them being non-renewable natural resources. An example of such a natural resource is mining. Reporting from an official website from the Ministry of Education and Culture of the Republic of Indonesia, said that mining materials can be divided into three types, including:

– This first type of mining material comes from energy sources or non-metallic mining materials, these types include natural gas, petroleum, and also coal.

– This second type of mining material comes from metals, these types include silver, gold, copper, nickel, tin, bauxite, manganese, and also iron.

– The third type of mining material comes from Industry, this type includes lime, and also asbestos.

With the existence of mining materials that are very varied, Indonesia uses its own mining products. If the Indonesian state uses its own mining products, then Indonesia does not need to import goods from other countries. This can provide an advantage for the country so that it can save on the cost of importing stems. These mining goods have weight, and also the shipping process is quite large for a country that does not have its own mining products. In addition to requiring expenses to purchase mining products, it also requires substantial costs to deliver goods. For this reason, the Indonesian state does not import goods from other countries.

In addition, with this mining industry, the community or local residents can fulfill their daily needs by buying raw materials directly in their own country. This can not only stabilize the percentage of export activity, and also imports, but at the same time can reduce the cost of importing mining products, and also accustom Indonesian citizens to always love domestic products.

B. Sources of Employment

This second benefit is a source of employment, this benefit is one of the benefits that is quite important for the economy in Indonesia. The mining industry is a very large industry which absorbs a large number of workers with various qualifications. Consists of elementary, intermediate, to expert levels. Indirectly, this mining industry can help Indonesia to reduce the unemployment rate which always increases every year.

Not only that, from the mining industry, the knowledge of someone who lives in the area around the mining area has also broadly increased. In fact, many of them dare to start businesses, such as grocery store businesses, laundry businesses, credit counters, food stalls, and so on. The availability of jobs also helps reduce crime rates caused by economic factors, or the inability of a person to meet their needs, or the difficulty in finding a job.

In addition, mining activities that require a large number of human workers require a large number of workers to fulfill them. Mining products that have spread in almost all regions of Indonesia have made many mining companies stand up. This makes mining activities a source of employment for many people. That way it can help mining activities run quickly and smoothly. And in particular can reduce the number of unemployed in Indonesia.

C. Increasing State and Regional Income

The third benefit is being able to increase state and regional income, this benefit is one of the most important and useful benefits for the Indonesian economy. Because the mining results can provide a very large foreign exchange for the country and the region. Not only that, the processing of natural wealth in the form of mining materials can also have a positive impact on the economy in areas around mining locations to make them more developed. Communities can also set up various businesses around the mining area, for example stalls or other businesses.

The mining industry is one of the major industries that utilizes minerals, including gold, tin, coal, iron ore, asphalt, as well as other minerals to be sold or used as raw materials for production.

With the existence of this mining industry, areas used to establish mining companies or areas close to mining excavations have changed to become more advanced. Even the economy of the region around the area will gradually increase gradually. As for the country, the mining industry, which includes iron ore, coal, tin, gold, and others, is one of the largest foreign exchange earners capable of driving growth and development of the Indonesian state’s economy to an even better level.

D. Transportation and Communication are Becoming More Advanced

The fourth benefit is that transportation and communication are becoming more advanced, this benefit is one of the most important and useful benefits for the economy in Indonesia. In general, mining is carried out in remote areas. Locations that are in remote areas, generally very minimal access to transportation, as well as communication.

Why is the area around the mining area becoming more developed? Because access to mining is not just one. It takes a branching road so that the process of mining products can run smoothly.

With this mining activity, transportation access can change to become more advanced, because the roads needed to access mining require more than one road, so that activities can run quickly and smoothly. So that with the many roads that will be opened, the people in the area around the mine have many access roads to the city or central areas. Also, with this mining activity, transportation routes to various areas are automatically opened. So that it can have an impact, namely road access from the mining center will be easy.

This can not only provide smoothness for the distribution of goods, but can also provide convenience for residents in the vicinity to reach other areas, without needing or spending a lot of time.

Apart from being able to expedite transportation, mining activities or the mining industry are also able to open access to communications, and can also improve communication in these remote areas.

The large number of workers and activities to communicate in the mining area also encourage owners of mining companies and operators to build a signal tower in the area around the location so that communication can run smoothly. This has a positive impact on all communities around the mine.

Thanks to this mining industry, areas that were previously isolated, had difficulty getting a signal, and could not be connected to the internet, are now becoming areas that are starting to open up, and are filled with telecommunications transmitters, so they can access the internet and get a pretty good signal.

If concluded, mining which is generally carried out in remote areas, of course, really needs access to transportation and also communication. The existence of this mining activity has made access to transportation and communication more advanced than before.

E. Increasing Awareness to Protect the Environment

The fourth benefit is increasing awareness to protect the environment, this one benefit is quite important for a green environment to exist, and will have an impact in the future. Post-mining activities generally make the environment around mining polluted. This pollution has made residents living around the mining area more concerned, and motivated to restore the environment to a green environment. Society will feel more sensitive, and also sensitive to environmental pollution, that’s what can bring a positive impact in the future.

The mining industry can have many positive impacts on society. The residents who initially did not care about the surrounding environment, are now starting to realize the importance of protecting the environment.

Given that the mining industry also has a bad influence on the surrounding environment. Because the surrounding community is now starting to carry out an oversight in order to minimize environmental pollution. In fact, the people around them consciously carry out a reforestation in order to balance the bad effects caused by the mining process.

Based on data obtained from Agincourt Resource, said that mining companies engaged in exploration, mining, and also processing of minerals into silver bars and gold, said that there are five benefits of well-managed mining natural resources. The details include increasing state and regional revenues, increasing awareness of the importance of protecting the environment, sources of employment, advances in communication and transportation technology, and free import fees.

In general, mining is carried out by drilling the soil into the earth’s mantle. These activities can certainly have a negative impact on the people who live around the mining area. However, it also provides many benefits for the needs of society and the country. Certainly in the process of mining activity it is necessary to have an effort to reduce environmental pollution and other adverse effects.

F. How to Manage Non-Renewable Natural Resources

After you know the benefits that you can get from mining activities, it would be nice for you to also understand how to manage non-renewable natural resources, especially mining materials?

If it is interpreted that non-renewable natural resources are natural resources that will run out, if their use is carried out continuously. In order to carry out this recovery, it takes a very long time so that these natural resources can form again as before. Examples of non-renewable natural resources, especially mining materials, include oil, coal, natural gas, gold, iron, silver, and many others.

This, of course, is carried out by the mining industry and other supporters continuously. However, if natural resources are used continuously without knowing limits, and so on. So it is likely that these natural resources can run out quickly. That way, it can certainly have an impact on the next generation or in the future. That is why an effort or method is needed to manage this non-renewable natural resource. So it’s no wonder that protecting these natural resources is very important, and it’s important for you to manage these natural resources properly and usefully. Well, what are they? Here are some ways you can do to manage non-renewable natural resources, especially mining materials, including the following:

– The first way you can do is to make an effort in the form of a savings in all its use.

– Then, the second way that you can do is carry out mining export activities, but not as raw materials, but as materials that have become finished goods or raw materials.

– Then, the third way you can do that is to create an innovative replacement material so you don’t depend too much on just one resource.

These three methods are considered to be able to help you in managing non-renewable natural resources, especially mining materials. Hopefully you can apply the method above in your daily life.

Thus the complete discussion regarding the importance of the benefits of mining for the state, region and society. If you know and understand what are the benefits that can be useful for the economy, and how to manage non-renewable natural resources, it can help you use natural resources wisely and carefully. Hopefully the above reviews can add insight into the knowledge of the readers.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles